+ All Categories
Home > Documents > i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team...

i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team...

Date post: 22-Mar-2018
Category:
Upload: ngokhanh
View: 226 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
49
i".k Telco NsW Authority GOVERNMENT
Transcript
Page 1: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

ik TelcoNsW AuthorityGOVERNMENT

Contents

Chairpersonrsquos report 3

Acting Managing Directorrsquos report 4

About the NSW Telco Authority 5

Our operating principles 5

Our 201314 objectives5

Our Act 5

Our stakeholders 6

Governance 6

The Board 6

Board meetings8

Our senior management team8

Organisation chart 9

Internal audit and risk management10

Digital information security policy 12

Year in review 13

Core activities13

Projects 18

Participation and responses to inquiries19

Financial statements 20

Independent auditorrsquos report 21

Statement by the Acting Managing Director 23

Statement of comprehensive income 24

Budget outline for 20141544

Statutory reporting obligations 44

Human resources 44

Senior Executives 45

Credit card certification45

Payment of accounts 46

Investment performance 47

Risk management and insurance 47

Disclosure of controlled entities 47

Consultants 47

Work Health and Safety 47

Government Information (Public Access) Act 2009 48

Public interest disclosures 48

Exemptions 48

Annual report production 48

2

Chairpersonrsquos report

I am pleased to present the

201314 Annual Report for

the NSW Telco Authority

which marks our second

year as a statutory

authority within the Finance

and Services cluster It also

marks the second full year

the Board has been in

place

Over the past 12 months the Authority and its

Board has continued to actively work towards its

strategic goals and provide leadership and

guidance to the government operational

telecommunications sector It has been a

privilege to be in the role of Chairperson of the

Board for the past two years and I am looking

forward to continuing to build the capability of

the Board

In the last financial year we have undertaken an

independent review of the Boardrsquos operations

and arrangements in line with the new Premierrsquos

guidelines on Boards and Committees This review

found that there was a high level of respect

among board members and between the Board

and NSW Telco Authority management The

review also identified that there were

opportunities for the Board to increase its

capabilities in key areas and its diversity To this

end I am pleased to report that three new

members were appointed to the Board in May

and June 2014 These new members Ms Liz Ward

Ms Kylie De Courteney and Ms Kaaren Koomen

provide the Board with a greater depth of

experience and expertise and I look forward to

working with them and the other members in the

coming financial year

Over the course of the last year key governance

arrangements have been put in place to assist

the NSW Telco Authority and the Board in

delivering the current and future requirements of

agencies as well as developing best practice for

the sector

The Business and Strategy Group (BSG) was

established as a representative committee of

NSW Government radio communications

stakeholders acting in the capacity of a sector-

wide leadership group In its support of the NSW

Telco Authority the BSG provides advice on

appropriate approaches and strategies for how

to best meet those needs including to identify

and realise opportunities for multi-agency

cooperation and collaboration and to develop

best practice for the way the sector operates

The Technology (Planning and Review) Group

(TPRG) was also established to provide technical

advice to the Authority and the BSG It provides

advice on appropriate technology architecture

and solutions to meet current and future

operational telecommunications and business

requirements The TPRG assists the Authority in its

sector-wide coordination role taking a whole of

government view in order to improve integration

collaboration and consolidation as well as service

improvements for users

I am also pleased to report that over the past

year the Authority has been working in

partnership with industry and agencies to simplify

access for NSW Government buyers and industry

suppliers As a result of this work the Authority has

achieved over $3 million in savings for the NSW

Government through the implementation of the

ITS 2573 procurement scheme This procurement

reform is part of a suite of measures the Authority

aims to implement over the coming years to help

drive a more competitive marketplace for the

sector

I am looking forward to the upcoming 12 months

which will see the Authority and the Board using

the new governance arrangements to lead the

sector Over the next year we will develop a 10

year whole of government strategy for

operational telecommunications services to set

the direction for infrastructure and service

provision across agencies It will identify the most

appropriate mix of delivery models to effectively

and efficiently provide critical services addressing

the needs of frontline staff for whom quality and

availability of service remain paramount

Rod Gilmour

Chairperson

3

Acting Managing Directorrsquos

report

In the last year the NSW

Telco Authority has

continued to provide

essential radio

communication services to

NSW Government

agencies including our

emergency services and

lead sector wide reform

The Authority has managed the Government

Radio Network (GRN) ensuring our 30000 users

have access to a reliable and efficient radio

network On 1 August 2013 Airwave Solutions

Australia assumed management responsibilities for

the GRN Airwave was chosen following an

extensive tender process that included a Client

Reference Group and evaluation teams

comprised of representatives from public safety

organisations utilities and other NSW Government

agencies The contract with Airwave includes a

number of provisions aimed at improving service

delivery for agencies including higher service level

requirements such as improved response and

restoration times as well as increased

governance and accountability

A separate maintenance agreement was

negotiated with the original equipment

manufacturer Motorola Solutions who continue

to support the core and critical components of

the network The transition between network

managers was handled professionally and

seamlessly between the parties and I would like to

acknowledge both Airwave and Motorola for

their contributions during this time

The Authority worked with Motorola and Airwave

to upgrade the GRN core which was completed

in December 2013 This was a highly complex

project delivered with minimal impact to the

network It was delivered in two stages to mitigate

risks associated with major system version

changes I would like to acknowledge the

cooperation that was given by all agencies

involved allowing us to overhaul our network

efficiently and effectively

The Authorityrsquos telecommunications emergency

management team provided support to our

colleagues at the Rural Fire Service during the

October 2013 bushfires The team coordinated

the effort to maintain vital links between the

community and our emergency services

The Authority also established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to oversee the

efficient allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of spectrum for NSW Government

entities This includes all Government licences in

the 400 MHz Harmonised Government Spectrum

bands as well as other spectrum allocations as

required

Over the past year the NSW Telco Authority has

worked with the Board to develop the Enterprise

Risk Management Framework The framework

comprises a policy procedure and tools to assist

in identifying and managing risks All Board

members were independently interviewed during

the year to assess their thoughts and ideas in

relation to risk management and this was

reflected in the final draft Enterprise Risk

Management Framework Further work will be

undertaken over the next twelve months to

embed risk management within the Authorityrsquos

business processes

My appointment as Acting Managing Director

occurred after the end of the reporting period

and I would like to acknowledge the work of my

predecessors Mr Laurie Glanfield and Mr John

Hubby

Shaun Smith

Acting Managing Director

4

About us

Our purpose is to lead and drive the

reform of government operational

telecommunications services and deliver

solutions to better enable our

stakeholders to respond to the needs of

the NSW community

Our operating principles

We will

ensure services continue to meet business

needs and provide an equal or improved

level of service

provide strategic direction and value to the

whole-of-government

use technology as an enabler rather than a

driver of services

engage our stakeholders as partners in

aligning strategies consolidating assets and

reforming services

acknowledge and provide for the unique

operating requirements of emergency service

organisations

ensure the capabilities and skills of the sector

continue to develop

Our 201314 objectives

1 Integrate and enhance service delivery to

better meet the needs of business partners

2 Manage the efficient allocation and use of

spectrum

3 Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets

which are fit for purpose

4 Improve governance and risk management

5 Strengthen sector-wide capabilities and

engagement with partners

Our Act

The NSW Telco Authority is a statutory authority

created under the NSW Government

Telecommunications Act 1991

The Authority was established in 2011 as a result of

the recommendations of the Strategic Review of

NSW Government Mobile Radio Services

undertaken by the NSW Department of Premier

and Cabinet and associated direction provided

by Premierrsquos Memorandum M2010-16

Government Mobile Radio Services

This memorandum was replaced on 1 September

2014 by the new OFS-2014-02-NSW Government

Radio Communications Strategy circular which

provides guidance to agencies on ensuring that

their radio and related communications

investment planning and spectrum licensing

decisions are in line with the future direction of the

sector

The roles undertaken by the Authority include

reform the statersquos infrastructure and services to

make the portfolio more efficient improve

services and streamline processes

undertake the planning deployment and

management of government owned radio

and data networks

identify develop deliver and procure

communications technologies which meet the

needs of customers

manage voice and data spectrum allocations

on behalf of all NSW agencies

coordinate responses to telecommunications

outages during major emergencies and

natural disasters including acting as a conduit

between telecommunications carriers and

emergency management organisations

provide strategy policy and advocacy for the

sector including liaising with national bodies

and stakeholders on sector reforms and

enhancing the capabilities of the sector

The Authority operates as a statutory authority

within the Finance and Services cluster For routine

matters we report to the Minister for Finance and

Service and on specific matters the Cabinet Sub-

Committee on Counter Terrorism and Emergency

Management

5

Our stakeholders

The Authority has a wide range of business

partners including emergency services

organisations providers of essential services and

other NSW Government agencies

In addition to developing partnerships with

industry the Authority also works closely with the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA) and relevant agencies in other states

and territories

Governance

The NSW Telco Authority is overseen by a Board of

part-time independent and government

members who with the Managing Director and

executive management are accountable for the

operations of the Authority

The Authority recognises the importance of

agency collaboration and the different skills and

experience that contribute to the development of

policy and strategy As a result a tiered

framework has been adopted to facilitate and

support engagement This model is informed by

the governance framework development

experiences in the NSW Governmentrsquos approach

to Procurement and Information and

Communications Technology

The following advisory groups have been

established as collaborative forums for

engagement with our business partners

Business and Strategy Group (BSG)

Technology (Planning and Review) Group

(TPRG)

Network client forum

The Board

The Telco Authority Board is established under the

NSW Government Telecommunications Act 1991

The Board has adopted a Charter and a Code of

Conduct to guide its operations The Board

provides policy and strategic direction for the

NSW Telco Authority The Minister administers the

Act and nominates the members after

consultation with various sectors of the NSW

Government

Review of the Board

The Board of the Telco Authority engaged an

independent consultant to undertake a review of

the effectiveness of the Board its activities and its

internal governance arrangements during 2013

The review was undertaken as the Board had

been operating for more than 12 months

The Boardrsquos inaugural membership considered the

review outcomes in December 2013 The Board

including new members appointed in May 2014

has endorsed the recommended improvements

to the Boardrsquos Charter and Code of Conduct

Issues concerning the Boardrsquos gender balance

asset management finance and risk

management skills were addressed with the

appointment of several new members

Current members (as 30 June 2014)

In accordance with the Act and to ensure a

broad range of skills and experience the Board is

comprised of members nominated as follows

Chairperson Rod Gilmour (FAIM MAICD) was

General Manager Corporate Affairs Planning

and Human Resources of the Sydney Airport

Corporation Limited until 2011 He is an

experienced leader and change manager with

achievements in transport business development

regulatory frameworks and planning and

environment Mr Gilmour has held many board

and authority appointments including as a

Director of the National Rail Corporation

Nominated by the Minister for Finance and

Services

Deputy Chairperson Peter Barrie is an Assistant

Commissioner of the NSW Police Force

operational Communications and Information

Command He has a wealth of operational

policing experience and is recognised as a leader

in Australian radio and public safety

communications He sits on a number of state and

national boards and committees He is responsible

for the management of the NSW Police Force

radio network and a major capital program of

works to refresh their assets to prepare for future

growth and opportunities Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services in concert with

the Minister for Police and Emergency Services

6

Acting Managing Director (until September 2014)

John Hubby (Master of Public Health and

Bachelor of Business Administration) the Deputy

Secretary Corporate Services for Finance and

Services since April 2012 was appointed as Acting

Chief Executive of Finance and Services on 29

April 2014 As well as previously serving as the

Chief Executive of Juvenile Justice NSW Mr Hubby

has also held executive roles in the health sector

in NSW and in the USA

Board member Shane Fitzsimmons (qualifications

in Management and Leadership from the

Australian Institute of Police Management and

NSW TAFE) is Commissioner of the NSW Rural Fire

Service Commissioner Fitzsimmons has a wealth of

strategic and operational fire knowledge and was

awarded the Australian Fire Service Medal in 2001

Nominate by the Minister for Finance and Services

in concert with the Minister for Police and

Emergency Services

Board member Matt Roberts (Master of

Economics and a Bachelor of Economics) is a

Deputy Secretary of the NSW Treasury and is

responsible for policy development and budget

management across several portfolios He was

previously the Director of the National Reform

Branch advising the Council of Australian

Governments Nominate by the Treasurer

Board member Alan Lipman (Bachelor of Business

(Admin)) was the Executive Director of Lomb

Scientific (Australia) Pty Ltd and previously the

General Manager Marketing for Advance

Healthcare Group Limited Mr Lipmanrsquos private

sector expertise is in the management of budgets

implementation of strategy and people

management He has served on the boards of

many non-profit organisations Nominated by the

Minister for Resources and Energy

Board member David Quilty (Graduate Diploma

in Industrial Relations and Bachelor of Arts) is the

Executive Director of the Pharmacy Guild of

Australia Prior to taking up his current role David

directed his own consulting firm providing

strategic advice to businesses and industry

organisations Before that David spent five years

as an executive at Telstra the last three as Group

Managing Director Public Policy and

Communications He has also worked in various

advisory roles in government including six years as

the chief of staff to the Minister for

Communications Information Technology and

the Arts Nominated by the Premier

Board member Kylie De Courteney (Bachelor of

Commerce) has extensive experience as a

Transformation Program Manager and

Management Consultant Kylie has been

responsible for the delivery of large scale

transformational change in some of Australiarsquos

largest and most complex organisations in the

private sector government and professional

services including the University of Sydney Sydney

Trains Chartered Accountants Australia and New

Zealand NSW Roads and Maritime Services

Energy Australia and Telstra Nominated by the

Minister for Resources and Energy

Board member Liz Ward (Master of Business

Administration) is a senior executive with 30 yearsrsquo

experience in driving business growth and

improvement within a diverse range of industries

in Australia New Zealand USA Africa Europe

and the Asia Pacific region Liz has been in Chief

Executive and Director roles across a number of

private and government organisations including

Sydney Trains AUX Investments Telstra CentrePort

Wellington Ltd EDS and Telecom New Zealand

Nominated by the Minister for Transport

Board member Kaaren Koomen (Bachelor of

ArtsLaw Master of Law) is a highly experience

executive with over 25 yearsrsquo experience in

leadership roles in the private and public sector

with a particular focus on communications and

technology She is currently an Executive Director

with IBM Australia and New Zealand and a

member of the Global IBM Government Programs

Leadership Team She has extensive board

experience on over 10 public and private boards

and committees and currently serves on four

including Chair of the Museum of Australian

Democracy at Eureka and Vice President of the

Australian Services Roundtable Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services

Other members during the reporting period

Board member (until April 2014) David Abrahams

(Bachelor of Science Cand Mag Honours

equivalent Knowledge Management) has

expertise in the Information Communications

Technology Industry He is principal consultant to

Organise Internet ndash Online Mr Abrahams is a past

7

chair and board member of

YouthConnectionscomau and a past lecturer in

Major Information Technology projects at the

University of Newcastle He is the current

Chairperson of Regional Development Australia

(Central Coast) and is a consultant to state and

local governments Nominated by the Minister for

Resources and Energy

Board member (until December 2013) Gavin

Campbell (MBA Bachelor of Engineering

(Mechanical) is the NSW Director of Asset

Operations for Sydney Trains Mr Campbell leads a

team of approximately 4000 people who work

behind the scenes to maintain Sydney Trainsrsquo

assets He spent much of his earlier career at

Qantas where he headed its Defence Services

delivering improved customer service a new

safety performance program and restructuring

the business to position it for future growth

Nominated by the Minister for Transport

Acting Managing Director (until March 2014)

Laurie Glanfield was the Secretary of the NSW

Department of Finance and Services Prior this Mr

Glanfield was the Director General of the

Department of Attorney General and Justice for

over 20 years Mr Glanfield has also held a

number of state-wide national and international

positions including NSW Chief Information Officer

NSW Coordinator for the National Broadband

Network Founding Member of the International

Consortium for Court Excellence and Deputy

President of the Australasian Institute of Judicial

Administration In 2001 Mr Glanfield was made a

Member of the Order of Australia for services to

the law through the implementation of policies

for legal reform and for making the legal system

more accessible to the community

Acting Managing Director (until August 2013)

Michael Coutts-Trotter (Bachelor of Arts) was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Finance and Services and Managing Director of

the Telco Authority Prior to this role with the Telco

Authority in April 2011 Mr Coutts-Trotter was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Education and Training Before that he was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Finance and Commerce Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services

Board meetings

The Board was appointed in 2012 and held its

inaugural meeting in July 2012 There were six

meetings held during the reporting period

Member Period Meetings

Attended Eligible

Rod Gilmour Full year 6 6

Peter Barrie Full year 5 6

Shane

Fitzsimmons

Full year 3 6

Matt

Roberts

Full year 5 6

Alan

Lipman

Full year 4 6

David Quilty Full year 5 6

John Hubby From May

2014

1 1

Kaaren

Koomen

From June

2014

0 1

Kylie De

Courteney

From June

2014

1 1

Liz Ward From May

2014

0 1

Michael

Coutts-

Trotter

From July

2013 to

August 2013

0 0

Gavin

Campbell

Until

December

2013

2 4

Laurie

Glanfield

From

September

2013 to

March 2014

3 4

David

Abrahams

Until April

2014

5 5

Our senior management team

The NSW Telco Authority has a small senior

management team who work with experienced

and qualified staff to deliver the functions and

operations of the organisation

Shaun Smith Bachelor of Engineering (Honours)

Executive Director (aManaging Director after the

reporting period)

Phillip King Bachelor of Engineering

(Telecommunications)

Chief Technology Officer 8

Review of Organisational Structure Organisation chart

In late 201213 the Telco Authority undertook a

Telco Authority Board

Managing Director

Executive

Network and Services

Portfolio Management Office

Policy Governance and Reform

Telecommunications Emergencies

Business Planning and Financial Control

Commercial

review of its organisational structure to determine

the best operating model for the expanding and

changing role for the Authority During 201314

the outcomes of the review were progressively

implemented The new organisational structure

takes into account the work required by the

Authority in meeting its corporate plan

obligations and brings resources to key technical

communications and project management

activities

Recruitment to fill the majority of key positions was

undertaken during 201314 Further recruitment to

fill a number of executive positions will be carried

out once the new Government Sector Executive

employment arrangements are in place

9

bulltbull~middot ~shyNSW GOVERtllMENT

Mclltell Ekiding

2middot24 Rswson Place

Sydney NSW 2000

Tel 02 9372 7088Fabull 02 93n 7954 bull

Tel co Authority

TIY 1300 301181 ABN 85 430 594 829

WWWkonampwgovau

Internal Audit and Risk Management Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the New South Wales Government Telecommunications A uthority

I John Hubby Acting Managing Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority (Talco) am of the opinion that the Telco has internal audij and risk management processes in operation that are exclud ing the exceptions described below compliant with the core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 Internal Audit and Risk Management Policy

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the internal audij and risk management processes for the Talco depart from the following core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 and that (a) the circumstances giving rise to these departures have been detennined by the Minister for Finance amp Services and (b) the Telco has implemented the following practicable alternative measures that will achieve a level of assurance equivalent to the requirement

Ministerially Determined Deoarture

bull Core Requirement 2 An Audit amp Risk Committee has been established

Reason for Departure and Description of Practicable Alternative Measures lmolemented

bull TPP 12middot04 Guidance on Shared Arrangements and Subcommittees for Audit and Risk Committees states in section 1 Guidance on Shared Arrangements sub section 11 Detenninlng

eligibility to participate in a Shared Arrangement on page 6 that Subcommittees should only be established within a legal entity Subcommittees should not be established to create capacity for an

ARC to provide oversight over other legal entities within a cluster This precludes the NSW Government Telecommunications Authority and the State Records Authority from forming a

subcommittee as they are both separate legal entities Both Telco Authority and SRA agreed to fonn a subcommittee as full compliance to TPP 09middot 05 would impose an unreasonable administrative and cost burden

bull A review of the fonner Department of Finance amp Services cluster arrangements for Audit amp Risk Committees was conducted to ensure that smaller related entities were relieved of the cost burdens of supporting their own Audit amp Risk Committees and to provide an equivalent coverage of their obligations under TPP 09-05 through sharing of the Oeoartmenf s resources

The determination by the Minister for Finance amp Services in respect of these departures dated 15 July 2013 is appended to this attestation statement

Internal audit and risk management

10

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the Audit and Risk Committee for the Department of Finance amp Services is constituted and operates in accordance with the independence and governance requirements of Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 The Chair and Members of the Audit and Risk Committee are

bull Carolyn Burlew Independent Chair (period of appointment from 14 October 2011 to 14 October 2015)

bull Ralph Kelly Independent Member (period of appointment from 1 September 2011 to 1 September 2014)

bull Jim Mitchell Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Elizabeth Crouch Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Christine Feldmanis Independent Member (period of appointment from 18 November 2013 to 18 November 2016)

This Audit and Risk Committee has been established under a Minister approved shared arrangement with the State Records Authority in accordance with a resolution of the Board of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

These processes including the practicable alternative measures implemented provide a level of assurance that enables the senior management of the Telco to understand manage and satisfactorily control risk exposures

As required by the policy I have submitted an Attestation Statement outlining compliance with exceptions with the policy to the Treasury on behalf of the Treasurer

11

Digital Information Security Annual Attestation Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the

New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

I Shaun Smith AManaging Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications

Telco) Authority am of the opinion that the Telco Authority has implemented actions towards an

Information Security Management System during the financial year being reported on consistent

with the Core Requirements set out in the Digital Information Security Policy for the NSW Public

Sector and the approach in place with the Office of Finance and Services and its Shared Service

Provider

I am of the opinion that the security controls in place to mitigate identified risks to the digital

information and digital information systems of the Telco Authority are being made adequate for the

foreseeable future Risk assessments performed during the year identified areas requiring

improvement Plans to address these areas including completing the transition to an information

classification and labelling scheme are developed and being implemented

I am of the opinion that all business units under the control of the Telco Authority with a risk profile

sufficient to warrant an independent Information Security Management System have developed an

Information Security Management System in accordance with the Core Requirements of the Digital

Information Security Policy for the NSW Public Sector

I am of the opinion that where necessary in accordance with the Digital Information Security Policy

for the NSW Public Sector the Telco Authority is transitioning towards adopting relevant practices

aligned with ASNZS ISO IEC 27001 Information technology -Security techniques - Information

security management systems - Requirements

Shaun Smith

Acting Managing Director

Date ~(t~tj

Digital information security policy

12

Year in review

The 2013 to 2014 financial year was the Authorityrsquos

second full year of operation as a statutory

authority within the Office of Finance and

Services

In the past 12 months the Authority has been

committed to achieving priority activities

developing and maintaining key projects and

putting into place important governance and risk

management arrangements

Core activities

Strategic planning

As part of its long term strategic planning

approach the Board of the Telco Authority held a

planning day in November 2013 and discussed

with the Minister for Finance and Services how

best to plan for the future direction of the NSW

Government operational telecommunications

sector Following these discussions the NSW

Government endorsed the Telco Authorityrsquos

approach to develop a long-term operational

telecommunications strategy The focus of the

strategy will be planning for the most efficient and

cost-effective way of delivering operational

telecommunications services to frontline staff

Consultation with frontline agencies on long term

plans for the sector will continue throughout 2014

The strategy will look at the most cost effective

and efficient service delivery models while

maintaining or improving existing services for

officers in the field The strategy will build on the

existing work of the Telco Authority to rationalise

existing infrastructure and reduce duplication of

effort while addressing sector capability issues

and the deployment of new technology and

services such as a mobile broadband capability

The long term strategy together with the sector

wide reform activities already being undertaken

helped define the Telco Authorityrsquos 201415

Corporate Plan The Corporate Plan was

considered and approved by the Board in June

2014 The combination of the strategy and the

Authorityrsquos own corporate planning work will

ensure that a cohesive and coordinated

approach to sector reform will be achieved

NSW Government Radio Network

The Telco Authority manages the NSW

Government Radio Network (GRN) The GRN is

used by public safety entities and other NSW

government agencies for essential

communications The GRN is an important

strategic asset supporting the Authorityrsquos focus to

provide better services whilst delivering

meaningful sector reform in line with Government

policy

Following a comprehensive competitive tender

process and managed transition period on 1

August 2013 Airwave Solutions (Australia)

13

commenced the management and operation of

the GRN With oversight and assurance provided

by the Telco Authority Airwave provides day-to-

day management monitoring maintenance and

service restoration for the network

A separate maintenance agreement is in place

with Motorola Solutions who continue to support

the core and critical components of the network

The GRN geographically covers a third of NSW

and provides mission critical grade

telecommunication services to frontline agencies

over an area covering approximately 80 per cent

of the NSW population as well as the Australian

Capital Territory

Users with a GRN-enabled terminal are able to

communicate with other users within the

coverage area The contractual target is to

achieve 99950 per cent availability During

201314 availability of 99927 per cent was

achieved

Mobile Data Radio Network

The Telco Authority continued to provide the

Government Mobile Data Radio Network in

partnership with Sigtec Pty Ltd as the network

manager responsible for day to day operations

and maintenance This network provides a shared

capacity for low speed data communications use

for computer-aided dispatching of data

The network is utilised by approximately 400

vehicles in the NSW Ambulance fleet to send

information via data as opposed to voice and is

essential to achieving a rapid patient response

The mobile data radio network was available

99999 per cent of the year

Telecommunications Services Functional Area

The Telco Authorityrsquos Telecommunications Services

Functional Area (TELCOFAC) is operational 24

hours a day seven days a week

TELCOFAC plays a critical role in managing

operational activities with telecommunications

carriers public safety agencies and other partner

agencies during emergencies These activities

ensure that critical telecommunication links are

maintained so that members of the public are

able to call triple zero and receive emergency

alert messages during emergencies

TELCOFAC coordinates a comprehensive

approach for handling emergencies and

incidents through the following phases

Prevention ndash designed to minimise emergency

consequences

Preparation ndash addresses the preparation

planning and skills training for the TELCOFAC

to mobilise their structures and resources to

support response to and recovery from an

emergency

Response ndash responding to emergencies to

minimise impacts to individuals the

community and property

Recovery ndash restores critical and significant

telecommunications services to normal

operations

October 2013 bushfires

In October 2013 the TELCOFAC was involved in

the most intensive operations since its inception ndash

the State of Emergency declared in response to

the bushfires in the Blue Mountains the Greater

Hunter Central Coast and Southern Highlands

The TELCOFAC coordinated the effort by

telecommunication carriers and public safety

agencies to protect critical telecommunications

infrastructure restore telecommunication services

affected by the severe bushfires and where

necessary coordinate the augmentation of

telecommunication services to support

responders in the field TELCOFAC also

coordinated the deployment of emergency

communications for the Springwood Recovery

Centre

The focus of the TELCOFAC in 2014 is building

capability With a full complement of staff the

focus is on the tactical and operational training

improving our capability to operate out of hours

improving capabilities for mobile deployment and

sustaining high intensity protracted liaison

operations

14

15

201314 Corporate Plan

The Corporate Plan presents the Telco Authorityrsquos purpose objectives and goals as well as the values and

operating principles that the Authority operates under The plan was developed in collaboration with key

stakeholders client groups staff and the Board

The Plan aligns with the goals set out in NSW 2021 A Plan to Make NSW Number One the Governmentrsquos

commitment to improve opportunities and quality of life for people in regional and metropolitan NSW It is a

short term plan and is the first step towards delivering on a long term vision for the Telco Authorityrsquos

management in NSW

As the Authority will be leading a period of significant sector wide change the plan is a living document

which will actively drive organisation achievement for the next financial year and beyond

Objective 1 - Integrate and enhance service delivery to better meet the needs of

business partners

Key strategies

11 Understand and plan for the diverse needs of business partners

12 Progressively integrate NSW Police into the Government Radio Network

13 Maintain and improve the quality reliability and efficiency of services

14 Build emergency telecommunications capability across the four phases of emergency management

201314 achievements

Documenting the service requirements of agencies

Development of an asset management framework

Ongoing use of the GRN by NSW Police Force special operations officers

Establishment of governance arrangements for trialling general purpose police officers on the GRN

Development of a strategy to address risks and improve reliability of backhaul links

Establishment of the telecommunications services functional area subcommittee (TELCOFAC)

Objective 2 - Manage the efficient allocation and use of spectrum

Key strategies

21 Participate in strategic partnerships with other jurisdictions to achieve interoperability and improve

services

22 Ensure a coordinated and strategic approach to the allocation of radio spectrum to meet the needs

of NSW Government

23 Develop a dedicated data capability to meet the needs of NSW Government

201314 achievements

Establishment of a Spectrum Management Office within the Authority to plan manage and

implement the allocation of spectrum across NSW Government

Development of a framework for spectrum management

Contributed to the development of a national implementation plan for Public Safety Mobile

Broadband

16

Objective 3 - Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets which are fit for purpose

Key strategies

31 Work with partners to improve the efficiency and reduce duplication of telecommunications assets

across NSW

32 Coordinate capital planning processes for telecommunications assets across government

33 Improve and align access to telecommunications assets across NSW

34 Maintain a centralised understanding of all government telecommunications assets across NSW

35 Coordinate the procurement of operational telecommunications assets across government

201314 achievements

Initiating pilot programs to consolidate telecommunications assets on a small number targeted sites

Undertaking a cooperative telecommunications capital planning process with key business partners

Designing of a legal framework for future access to telecommunications sites

Implementation of the ITS 2573 prequalification scheme for the procurement of operational

communications

Objective 4 - Improve governance and risk management

Key strategies

41 Enable the Board and related governance arrangements to provide strategic direction to the sector

42 Reduce the likelihood and consequence of risk to the Authority and NSW Government

43 Embed an enhanced shared and rigorous approach to project management

44 Develop and maintain appropriate standards and guidelines

45 Measure and report on performance

201314 achievements

Implementation of stakeholder governance arrangements

Development of an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Framework

Enhancement of the Program Management Office to oversee project control and reporting

Undertaking regular communication with business partners

Publication of the Authorityrsquos first annual report for 201213

Objective 5 - Strengthen sector wide capabilities and engagement with partners

Key strategies

51 Lead improvements to the capacity of the sector

52 Undertake positive proactive engagement with business partners

53 Improve the capacity of the organisation to drive reform

54 Build an inclusive culture of performance and innovation

201314 achievements

Completion of a sector wide capability audit

Implementation of a new Authority organisational structure

Key positions with the Authority recruited

Implementation of performance plans aligned to the Corporate Plan for all staff

17

Projects ITS 2573 Improved Government

Telecommunications Prequalification Scheme

The Telco Authorityrsquos ITS 2573 scheme has saved

over $3 million since its introduction in May 2013

The scheme streamlines purchasing arrangements

for operational telecommunications equipment

infrastructure and services including handsets

network assets and design services

More than 70 NSW Government agencies

including emergency services agencies own

andor operate radio telecommunications

networks to support their operations The scheme

has simplified access for NSW Government buyers

and industry suppliers meaning agencies can

better match the right supplier to the right job This

allows agencies to focus on their core business As

a result the scheme saves time and money while

driving a more competitive marketplace that is

fairer for both large and small suppliers

Under the arrangements vendors can be added

to the scheme periodically and are lsquoprequalifiedrsquo

to do work over $150000 or lsquoregisteredrsquo for work

under $150000 The Authority will continue to work

with stakeholders to use the scheme to drive

greater efficiencies through its combined

purchasing power A recent example is the

terminal equipment subpanel

GRN Core Upgrade

During October 2013 the Telco Authority

completed an upgrade of the Government Radio

Network (GRN) core The core upgrade was a

highly complex project that was delivered in two

stages to reduce risks and have a minimal impact

on the network The project which ensures that

the GRN core is operating on up to date software

also allows several emergency services agencies

to connect their dispatch consoles to the GRN

Spectrum Management Office establishment

The Telco Authority established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to sit within the

Authority This office oversees the efficient

allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of all Government licences in the

400 MHz HGS bands as well as any other

spectrum allocations as required

Some of the ongoing benefits of this approach

are expected to include

a reduction in the allocation of spectrum

required to operate business as usual and

emergency response operations

a reduction in licensing costs to the NSW

Government by surrendering redundant

licences through the removal of duplicated

services

improved spectrum allocation through more

efficient processes and effective tools

an increased opportunity for better planning

in the 400 MHz HGS band by increasing the

allocation and usability of spectrum in that

band

a more efficient use of available spectrum

due to enabling a spectrum assignment that

is fit for purpose

assurance that agencies will be allocated

spectrum they need within the new HGS

bands

Infrastructure Rationalisation Project

In 201314 the Telco Authority commenced a

project to develop a series of rationalisation plans

The project is developing a framework to identify

opportunities for cost avoidance or cost reduction

through asset rationalisation of network

infrastructure The objectives of the project are to

identify what an optimised portfolio of NSW

Government assets consists of

develop a framework to identify opportunities

for cost avoidance or cost reduction through

NSW Government operational

telecommunications asset rationalisation

which will result in an equal or improved level

of service to stakeholder agencies

apply the framework to determine the

quantifiable benefit to the NSW Government

achieved through rationalisation

Plans will be developed for infrastructure

backhaul services and radio networks The project

will provide a basis for development of a forward

technology strategy architecture and roadmap

The Infrastructure Rationalisation Project will

conclude during the 201415 financial year

18

Sector Capability Review

The Telco Authority carried out a Sector Capability

Review to understand how agencies and state-

owned corporations (SOCs) plan deploy and

manage operational telecommunications (OT)

The objective of the review was to document and

measure 16 key capabilities for each agency The

findings were used to identify recommendations

to achieve more effective and efficient

management of operational telecommunications

and improve services to the public

Participation and responses to

inquiries

The Telco Authority is the lead organisation

focused on government operational

telecommunications in NSW and a key driver of

sector reform To meet this role the Authority

provides input to significant inquiries and

consultation reviews throughout the year During

201314 the Telco Authority contributed to a

number of national forums on radio and

communications issues The main ones are

highlighted below

Objects of the Radiocommunications Act

1992 (Commonwealth)

The former Commonwealth Department of

Broadband Communications and the Digital

Economy (DBCDE) commenced a process to

examine the regulatory framework for the

management of spectrum in Australia An initial

focus point of this work was the objects of the

Radiocommunications Act 1992 The objects set

out the priorities for the regulator of spectrum the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA)

The Telco Authority provided a submission

highlighting the importance of maintaining the

requirement for the ACMA to allocate spectrum

for public safety law enforcement and

emergency services purposes NSW public safety

agencies rely on radio services to ensure that

frontline staff are able to communicate when

dealing with an incident so it is essential that they

have access to sufficient and appropriate

spectrum for this purpose

Australian Parliament Inquiry ndash Allocation of

Spectrum for PSMB

In July 2013 the Parliamentary Joint Committee on

Law Enforcement issued a report following its

inquiry into the allocation of spectrum for public

safety mobile broadband (PSMB) purposes The

inquiry was established to consider the quantum

and type of spectrum required in order to ensure

public safety agencies are able to access a PSMB

capability

The Telco Authority along with the Department of

Premier and Cabinet contributed to a multi-

jurisdictional submission to the Inquiry that spelt

out the need for 2 x10MHz of spectrum for

PSMB This amount is required to ensure that

agencies are able to respond to large scale

incidents which occur with increasing frequency

The submission also addressed overflow

arrangements to commercial services during

periods of significant demand

19

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 2: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Contents

Chairpersonrsquos report 3

Acting Managing Directorrsquos report 4

About the NSW Telco Authority 5

Our operating principles 5

Our 201314 objectives5

Our Act 5

Our stakeholders 6

Governance 6

The Board 6

Board meetings8

Our senior management team8

Organisation chart 9

Internal audit and risk management10

Digital information security policy 12

Year in review 13

Core activities13

Projects 18

Participation and responses to inquiries19

Financial statements 20

Independent auditorrsquos report 21

Statement by the Acting Managing Director 23

Statement of comprehensive income 24

Budget outline for 20141544

Statutory reporting obligations 44

Human resources 44

Senior Executives 45

Credit card certification45

Payment of accounts 46

Investment performance 47

Risk management and insurance 47

Disclosure of controlled entities 47

Consultants 47

Work Health and Safety 47

Government Information (Public Access) Act 2009 48

Public interest disclosures 48

Exemptions 48

Annual report production 48

2

Chairpersonrsquos report

I am pleased to present the

201314 Annual Report for

the NSW Telco Authority

which marks our second

year as a statutory

authority within the Finance

and Services cluster It also

marks the second full year

the Board has been in

place

Over the past 12 months the Authority and its

Board has continued to actively work towards its

strategic goals and provide leadership and

guidance to the government operational

telecommunications sector It has been a

privilege to be in the role of Chairperson of the

Board for the past two years and I am looking

forward to continuing to build the capability of

the Board

In the last financial year we have undertaken an

independent review of the Boardrsquos operations

and arrangements in line with the new Premierrsquos

guidelines on Boards and Committees This review

found that there was a high level of respect

among board members and between the Board

and NSW Telco Authority management The

review also identified that there were

opportunities for the Board to increase its

capabilities in key areas and its diversity To this

end I am pleased to report that three new

members were appointed to the Board in May

and June 2014 These new members Ms Liz Ward

Ms Kylie De Courteney and Ms Kaaren Koomen

provide the Board with a greater depth of

experience and expertise and I look forward to

working with them and the other members in the

coming financial year

Over the course of the last year key governance

arrangements have been put in place to assist

the NSW Telco Authority and the Board in

delivering the current and future requirements of

agencies as well as developing best practice for

the sector

The Business and Strategy Group (BSG) was

established as a representative committee of

NSW Government radio communications

stakeholders acting in the capacity of a sector-

wide leadership group In its support of the NSW

Telco Authority the BSG provides advice on

appropriate approaches and strategies for how

to best meet those needs including to identify

and realise opportunities for multi-agency

cooperation and collaboration and to develop

best practice for the way the sector operates

The Technology (Planning and Review) Group

(TPRG) was also established to provide technical

advice to the Authority and the BSG It provides

advice on appropriate technology architecture

and solutions to meet current and future

operational telecommunications and business

requirements The TPRG assists the Authority in its

sector-wide coordination role taking a whole of

government view in order to improve integration

collaboration and consolidation as well as service

improvements for users

I am also pleased to report that over the past

year the Authority has been working in

partnership with industry and agencies to simplify

access for NSW Government buyers and industry

suppliers As a result of this work the Authority has

achieved over $3 million in savings for the NSW

Government through the implementation of the

ITS 2573 procurement scheme This procurement

reform is part of a suite of measures the Authority

aims to implement over the coming years to help

drive a more competitive marketplace for the

sector

I am looking forward to the upcoming 12 months

which will see the Authority and the Board using

the new governance arrangements to lead the

sector Over the next year we will develop a 10

year whole of government strategy for

operational telecommunications services to set

the direction for infrastructure and service

provision across agencies It will identify the most

appropriate mix of delivery models to effectively

and efficiently provide critical services addressing

the needs of frontline staff for whom quality and

availability of service remain paramount

Rod Gilmour

Chairperson

3

Acting Managing Directorrsquos

report

In the last year the NSW

Telco Authority has

continued to provide

essential radio

communication services to

NSW Government

agencies including our

emergency services and

lead sector wide reform

The Authority has managed the Government

Radio Network (GRN) ensuring our 30000 users

have access to a reliable and efficient radio

network On 1 August 2013 Airwave Solutions

Australia assumed management responsibilities for

the GRN Airwave was chosen following an

extensive tender process that included a Client

Reference Group and evaluation teams

comprised of representatives from public safety

organisations utilities and other NSW Government

agencies The contract with Airwave includes a

number of provisions aimed at improving service

delivery for agencies including higher service level

requirements such as improved response and

restoration times as well as increased

governance and accountability

A separate maintenance agreement was

negotiated with the original equipment

manufacturer Motorola Solutions who continue

to support the core and critical components of

the network The transition between network

managers was handled professionally and

seamlessly between the parties and I would like to

acknowledge both Airwave and Motorola for

their contributions during this time

The Authority worked with Motorola and Airwave

to upgrade the GRN core which was completed

in December 2013 This was a highly complex

project delivered with minimal impact to the

network It was delivered in two stages to mitigate

risks associated with major system version

changes I would like to acknowledge the

cooperation that was given by all agencies

involved allowing us to overhaul our network

efficiently and effectively

The Authorityrsquos telecommunications emergency

management team provided support to our

colleagues at the Rural Fire Service during the

October 2013 bushfires The team coordinated

the effort to maintain vital links between the

community and our emergency services

The Authority also established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to oversee the

efficient allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of spectrum for NSW Government

entities This includes all Government licences in

the 400 MHz Harmonised Government Spectrum

bands as well as other spectrum allocations as

required

Over the past year the NSW Telco Authority has

worked with the Board to develop the Enterprise

Risk Management Framework The framework

comprises a policy procedure and tools to assist

in identifying and managing risks All Board

members were independently interviewed during

the year to assess their thoughts and ideas in

relation to risk management and this was

reflected in the final draft Enterprise Risk

Management Framework Further work will be

undertaken over the next twelve months to

embed risk management within the Authorityrsquos

business processes

My appointment as Acting Managing Director

occurred after the end of the reporting period

and I would like to acknowledge the work of my

predecessors Mr Laurie Glanfield and Mr John

Hubby

Shaun Smith

Acting Managing Director

4

About us

Our purpose is to lead and drive the

reform of government operational

telecommunications services and deliver

solutions to better enable our

stakeholders to respond to the needs of

the NSW community

Our operating principles

We will

ensure services continue to meet business

needs and provide an equal or improved

level of service

provide strategic direction and value to the

whole-of-government

use technology as an enabler rather than a

driver of services

engage our stakeholders as partners in

aligning strategies consolidating assets and

reforming services

acknowledge and provide for the unique

operating requirements of emergency service

organisations

ensure the capabilities and skills of the sector

continue to develop

Our 201314 objectives

1 Integrate and enhance service delivery to

better meet the needs of business partners

2 Manage the efficient allocation and use of

spectrum

3 Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets

which are fit for purpose

4 Improve governance and risk management

5 Strengthen sector-wide capabilities and

engagement with partners

Our Act

The NSW Telco Authority is a statutory authority

created under the NSW Government

Telecommunications Act 1991

The Authority was established in 2011 as a result of

the recommendations of the Strategic Review of

NSW Government Mobile Radio Services

undertaken by the NSW Department of Premier

and Cabinet and associated direction provided

by Premierrsquos Memorandum M2010-16

Government Mobile Radio Services

This memorandum was replaced on 1 September

2014 by the new OFS-2014-02-NSW Government

Radio Communications Strategy circular which

provides guidance to agencies on ensuring that

their radio and related communications

investment planning and spectrum licensing

decisions are in line with the future direction of the

sector

The roles undertaken by the Authority include

reform the statersquos infrastructure and services to

make the portfolio more efficient improve

services and streamline processes

undertake the planning deployment and

management of government owned radio

and data networks

identify develop deliver and procure

communications technologies which meet the

needs of customers

manage voice and data spectrum allocations

on behalf of all NSW agencies

coordinate responses to telecommunications

outages during major emergencies and

natural disasters including acting as a conduit

between telecommunications carriers and

emergency management organisations

provide strategy policy and advocacy for the

sector including liaising with national bodies

and stakeholders on sector reforms and

enhancing the capabilities of the sector

The Authority operates as a statutory authority

within the Finance and Services cluster For routine

matters we report to the Minister for Finance and

Service and on specific matters the Cabinet Sub-

Committee on Counter Terrorism and Emergency

Management

5

Our stakeholders

The Authority has a wide range of business

partners including emergency services

organisations providers of essential services and

other NSW Government agencies

In addition to developing partnerships with

industry the Authority also works closely with the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA) and relevant agencies in other states

and territories

Governance

The NSW Telco Authority is overseen by a Board of

part-time independent and government

members who with the Managing Director and

executive management are accountable for the

operations of the Authority

The Authority recognises the importance of

agency collaboration and the different skills and

experience that contribute to the development of

policy and strategy As a result a tiered

framework has been adopted to facilitate and

support engagement This model is informed by

the governance framework development

experiences in the NSW Governmentrsquos approach

to Procurement and Information and

Communications Technology

The following advisory groups have been

established as collaborative forums for

engagement with our business partners

Business and Strategy Group (BSG)

Technology (Planning and Review) Group

(TPRG)

Network client forum

The Board

The Telco Authority Board is established under the

NSW Government Telecommunications Act 1991

The Board has adopted a Charter and a Code of

Conduct to guide its operations The Board

provides policy and strategic direction for the

NSW Telco Authority The Minister administers the

Act and nominates the members after

consultation with various sectors of the NSW

Government

Review of the Board

The Board of the Telco Authority engaged an

independent consultant to undertake a review of

the effectiveness of the Board its activities and its

internal governance arrangements during 2013

The review was undertaken as the Board had

been operating for more than 12 months

The Boardrsquos inaugural membership considered the

review outcomes in December 2013 The Board

including new members appointed in May 2014

has endorsed the recommended improvements

to the Boardrsquos Charter and Code of Conduct

Issues concerning the Boardrsquos gender balance

asset management finance and risk

management skills were addressed with the

appointment of several new members

Current members (as 30 June 2014)

In accordance with the Act and to ensure a

broad range of skills and experience the Board is

comprised of members nominated as follows

Chairperson Rod Gilmour (FAIM MAICD) was

General Manager Corporate Affairs Planning

and Human Resources of the Sydney Airport

Corporation Limited until 2011 He is an

experienced leader and change manager with

achievements in transport business development

regulatory frameworks and planning and

environment Mr Gilmour has held many board

and authority appointments including as a

Director of the National Rail Corporation

Nominated by the Minister for Finance and

Services

Deputy Chairperson Peter Barrie is an Assistant

Commissioner of the NSW Police Force

operational Communications and Information

Command He has a wealth of operational

policing experience and is recognised as a leader

in Australian radio and public safety

communications He sits on a number of state and

national boards and committees He is responsible

for the management of the NSW Police Force

radio network and a major capital program of

works to refresh their assets to prepare for future

growth and opportunities Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services in concert with

the Minister for Police and Emergency Services

6

Acting Managing Director (until September 2014)

John Hubby (Master of Public Health and

Bachelor of Business Administration) the Deputy

Secretary Corporate Services for Finance and

Services since April 2012 was appointed as Acting

Chief Executive of Finance and Services on 29

April 2014 As well as previously serving as the

Chief Executive of Juvenile Justice NSW Mr Hubby

has also held executive roles in the health sector

in NSW and in the USA

Board member Shane Fitzsimmons (qualifications

in Management and Leadership from the

Australian Institute of Police Management and

NSW TAFE) is Commissioner of the NSW Rural Fire

Service Commissioner Fitzsimmons has a wealth of

strategic and operational fire knowledge and was

awarded the Australian Fire Service Medal in 2001

Nominate by the Minister for Finance and Services

in concert with the Minister for Police and

Emergency Services

Board member Matt Roberts (Master of

Economics and a Bachelor of Economics) is a

Deputy Secretary of the NSW Treasury and is

responsible for policy development and budget

management across several portfolios He was

previously the Director of the National Reform

Branch advising the Council of Australian

Governments Nominate by the Treasurer

Board member Alan Lipman (Bachelor of Business

(Admin)) was the Executive Director of Lomb

Scientific (Australia) Pty Ltd and previously the

General Manager Marketing for Advance

Healthcare Group Limited Mr Lipmanrsquos private

sector expertise is in the management of budgets

implementation of strategy and people

management He has served on the boards of

many non-profit organisations Nominated by the

Minister for Resources and Energy

Board member David Quilty (Graduate Diploma

in Industrial Relations and Bachelor of Arts) is the

Executive Director of the Pharmacy Guild of

Australia Prior to taking up his current role David

directed his own consulting firm providing

strategic advice to businesses and industry

organisations Before that David spent five years

as an executive at Telstra the last three as Group

Managing Director Public Policy and

Communications He has also worked in various

advisory roles in government including six years as

the chief of staff to the Minister for

Communications Information Technology and

the Arts Nominated by the Premier

Board member Kylie De Courteney (Bachelor of

Commerce) has extensive experience as a

Transformation Program Manager and

Management Consultant Kylie has been

responsible for the delivery of large scale

transformational change in some of Australiarsquos

largest and most complex organisations in the

private sector government and professional

services including the University of Sydney Sydney

Trains Chartered Accountants Australia and New

Zealand NSW Roads and Maritime Services

Energy Australia and Telstra Nominated by the

Minister for Resources and Energy

Board member Liz Ward (Master of Business

Administration) is a senior executive with 30 yearsrsquo

experience in driving business growth and

improvement within a diverse range of industries

in Australia New Zealand USA Africa Europe

and the Asia Pacific region Liz has been in Chief

Executive and Director roles across a number of

private and government organisations including

Sydney Trains AUX Investments Telstra CentrePort

Wellington Ltd EDS and Telecom New Zealand

Nominated by the Minister for Transport

Board member Kaaren Koomen (Bachelor of

ArtsLaw Master of Law) is a highly experience

executive with over 25 yearsrsquo experience in

leadership roles in the private and public sector

with a particular focus on communications and

technology She is currently an Executive Director

with IBM Australia and New Zealand and a

member of the Global IBM Government Programs

Leadership Team She has extensive board

experience on over 10 public and private boards

and committees and currently serves on four

including Chair of the Museum of Australian

Democracy at Eureka and Vice President of the

Australian Services Roundtable Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services

Other members during the reporting period

Board member (until April 2014) David Abrahams

(Bachelor of Science Cand Mag Honours

equivalent Knowledge Management) has

expertise in the Information Communications

Technology Industry He is principal consultant to

Organise Internet ndash Online Mr Abrahams is a past

7

chair and board member of

YouthConnectionscomau and a past lecturer in

Major Information Technology projects at the

University of Newcastle He is the current

Chairperson of Regional Development Australia

(Central Coast) and is a consultant to state and

local governments Nominated by the Minister for

Resources and Energy

Board member (until December 2013) Gavin

Campbell (MBA Bachelor of Engineering

(Mechanical) is the NSW Director of Asset

Operations for Sydney Trains Mr Campbell leads a

team of approximately 4000 people who work

behind the scenes to maintain Sydney Trainsrsquo

assets He spent much of his earlier career at

Qantas where he headed its Defence Services

delivering improved customer service a new

safety performance program and restructuring

the business to position it for future growth

Nominated by the Minister for Transport

Acting Managing Director (until March 2014)

Laurie Glanfield was the Secretary of the NSW

Department of Finance and Services Prior this Mr

Glanfield was the Director General of the

Department of Attorney General and Justice for

over 20 years Mr Glanfield has also held a

number of state-wide national and international

positions including NSW Chief Information Officer

NSW Coordinator for the National Broadband

Network Founding Member of the International

Consortium for Court Excellence and Deputy

President of the Australasian Institute of Judicial

Administration In 2001 Mr Glanfield was made a

Member of the Order of Australia for services to

the law through the implementation of policies

for legal reform and for making the legal system

more accessible to the community

Acting Managing Director (until August 2013)

Michael Coutts-Trotter (Bachelor of Arts) was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Finance and Services and Managing Director of

the Telco Authority Prior to this role with the Telco

Authority in April 2011 Mr Coutts-Trotter was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Education and Training Before that he was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Finance and Commerce Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services

Board meetings

The Board was appointed in 2012 and held its

inaugural meeting in July 2012 There were six

meetings held during the reporting period

Member Period Meetings

Attended Eligible

Rod Gilmour Full year 6 6

Peter Barrie Full year 5 6

Shane

Fitzsimmons

Full year 3 6

Matt

Roberts

Full year 5 6

Alan

Lipman

Full year 4 6

David Quilty Full year 5 6

John Hubby From May

2014

1 1

Kaaren

Koomen

From June

2014

0 1

Kylie De

Courteney

From June

2014

1 1

Liz Ward From May

2014

0 1

Michael

Coutts-

Trotter

From July

2013 to

August 2013

0 0

Gavin

Campbell

Until

December

2013

2 4

Laurie

Glanfield

From

September

2013 to

March 2014

3 4

David

Abrahams

Until April

2014

5 5

Our senior management team

The NSW Telco Authority has a small senior

management team who work with experienced

and qualified staff to deliver the functions and

operations of the organisation

Shaun Smith Bachelor of Engineering (Honours)

Executive Director (aManaging Director after the

reporting period)

Phillip King Bachelor of Engineering

(Telecommunications)

Chief Technology Officer 8

Review of Organisational Structure Organisation chart

In late 201213 the Telco Authority undertook a

Telco Authority Board

Managing Director

Executive

Network and Services

Portfolio Management Office

Policy Governance and Reform

Telecommunications Emergencies

Business Planning and Financial Control

Commercial

review of its organisational structure to determine

the best operating model for the expanding and

changing role for the Authority During 201314

the outcomes of the review were progressively

implemented The new organisational structure

takes into account the work required by the

Authority in meeting its corporate plan

obligations and brings resources to key technical

communications and project management

activities

Recruitment to fill the majority of key positions was

undertaken during 201314 Further recruitment to

fill a number of executive positions will be carried

out once the new Government Sector Executive

employment arrangements are in place

9

bulltbull~middot ~shyNSW GOVERtllMENT

Mclltell Ekiding

2middot24 Rswson Place

Sydney NSW 2000

Tel 02 9372 7088Fabull 02 93n 7954 bull

Tel co Authority

TIY 1300 301181 ABN 85 430 594 829

WWWkonampwgovau

Internal Audit and Risk Management Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the New South Wales Government Telecommunications A uthority

I John Hubby Acting Managing Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority (Talco) am of the opinion that the Telco has internal audij and risk management processes in operation that are exclud ing the exceptions described below compliant with the core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 Internal Audit and Risk Management Policy

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the internal audij and risk management processes for the Talco depart from the following core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 and that (a) the circumstances giving rise to these departures have been detennined by the Minister for Finance amp Services and (b) the Telco has implemented the following practicable alternative measures that will achieve a level of assurance equivalent to the requirement

Ministerially Determined Deoarture

bull Core Requirement 2 An Audit amp Risk Committee has been established

Reason for Departure and Description of Practicable Alternative Measures lmolemented

bull TPP 12middot04 Guidance on Shared Arrangements and Subcommittees for Audit and Risk Committees states in section 1 Guidance on Shared Arrangements sub section 11 Detenninlng

eligibility to participate in a Shared Arrangement on page 6 that Subcommittees should only be established within a legal entity Subcommittees should not be established to create capacity for an

ARC to provide oversight over other legal entities within a cluster This precludes the NSW Government Telecommunications Authority and the State Records Authority from forming a

subcommittee as they are both separate legal entities Both Telco Authority and SRA agreed to fonn a subcommittee as full compliance to TPP 09middot 05 would impose an unreasonable administrative and cost burden

bull A review of the fonner Department of Finance amp Services cluster arrangements for Audit amp Risk Committees was conducted to ensure that smaller related entities were relieved of the cost burdens of supporting their own Audit amp Risk Committees and to provide an equivalent coverage of their obligations under TPP 09-05 through sharing of the Oeoartmenf s resources

The determination by the Minister for Finance amp Services in respect of these departures dated 15 July 2013 is appended to this attestation statement

Internal audit and risk management

10

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the Audit and Risk Committee for the Department of Finance amp Services is constituted and operates in accordance with the independence and governance requirements of Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 The Chair and Members of the Audit and Risk Committee are

bull Carolyn Burlew Independent Chair (period of appointment from 14 October 2011 to 14 October 2015)

bull Ralph Kelly Independent Member (period of appointment from 1 September 2011 to 1 September 2014)

bull Jim Mitchell Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Elizabeth Crouch Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Christine Feldmanis Independent Member (period of appointment from 18 November 2013 to 18 November 2016)

This Audit and Risk Committee has been established under a Minister approved shared arrangement with the State Records Authority in accordance with a resolution of the Board of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

These processes including the practicable alternative measures implemented provide a level of assurance that enables the senior management of the Telco to understand manage and satisfactorily control risk exposures

As required by the policy I have submitted an Attestation Statement outlining compliance with exceptions with the policy to the Treasury on behalf of the Treasurer

11

Digital Information Security Annual Attestation Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the

New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

I Shaun Smith AManaging Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications

Telco) Authority am of the opinion that the Telco Authority has implemented actions towards an

Information Security Management System during the financial year being reported on consistent

with the Core Requirements set out in the Digital Information Security Policy for the NSW Public

Sector and the approach in place with the Office of Finance and Services and its Shared Service

Provider

I am of the opinion that the security controls in place to mitigate identified risks to the digital

information and digital information systems of the Telco Authority are being made adequate for the

foreseeable future Risk assessments performed during the year identified areas requiring

improvement Plans to address these areas including completing the transition to an information

classification and labelling scheme are developed and being implemented

I am of the opinion that all business units under the control of the Telco Authority with a risk profile

sufficient to warrant an independent Information Security Management System have developed an

Information Security Management System in accordance with the Core Requirements of the Digital

Information Security Policy for the NSW Public Sector

I am of the opinion that where necessary in accordance with the Digital Information Security Policy

for the NSW Public Sector the Telco Authority is transitioning towards adopting relevant practices

aligned with ASNZS ISO IEC 27001 Information technology -Security techniques - Information

security management systems - Requirements

Shaun Smith

Acting Managing Director

Date ~(t~tj

Digital information security policy

12

Year in review

The 2013 to 2014 financial year was the Authorityrsquos

second full year of operation as a statutory

authority within the Office of Finance and

Services

In the past 12 months the Authority has been

committed to achieving priority activities

developing and maintaining key projects and

putting into place important governance and risk

management arrangements

Core activities

Strategic planning

As part of its long term strategic planning

approach the Board of the Telco Authority held a

planning day in November 2013 and discussed

with the Minister for Finance and Services how

best to plan for the future direction of the NSW

Government operational telecommunications

sector Following these discussions the NSW

Government endorsed the Telco Authorityrsquos

approach to develop a long-term operational

telecommunications strategy The focus of the

strategy will be planning for the most efficient and

cost-effective way of delivering operational

telecommunications services to frontline staff

Consultation with frontline agencies on long term

plans for the sector will continue throughout 2014

The strategy will look at the most cost effective

and efficient service delivery models while

maintaining or improving existing services for

officers in the field The strategy will build on the

existing work of the Telco Authority to rationalise

existing infrastructure and reduce duplication of

effort while addressing sector capability issues

and the deployment of new technology and

services such as a mobile broadband capability

The long term strategy together with the sector

wide reform activities already being undertaken

helped define the Telco Authorityrsquos 201415

Corporate Plan The Corporate Plan was

considered and approved by the Board in June

2014 The combination of the strategy and the

Authorityrsquos own corporate planning work will

ensure that a cohesive and coordinated

approach to sector reform will be achieved

NSW Government Radio Network

The Telco Authority manages the NSW

Government Radio Network (GRN) The GRN is

used by public safety entities and other NSW

government agencies for essential

communications The GRN is an important

strategic asset supporting the Authorityrsquos focus to

provide better services whilst delivering

meaningful sector reform in line with Government

policy

Following a comprehensive competitive tender

process and managed transition period on 1

August 2013 Airwave Solutions (Australia)

13

commenced the management and operation of

the GRN With oversight and assurance provided

by the Telco Authority Airwave provides day-to-

day management monitoring maintenance and

service restoration for the network

A separate maintenance agreement is in place

with Motorola Solutions who continue to support

the core and critical components of the network

The GRN geographically covers a third of NSW

and provides mission critical grade

telecommunication services to frontline agencies

over an area covering approximately 80 per cent

of the NSW population as well as the Australian

Capital Territory

Users with a GRN-enabled terminal are able to

communicate with other users within the

coverage area The contractual target is to

achieve 99950 per cent availability During

201314 availability of 99927 per cent was

achieved

Mobile Data Radio Network

The Telco Authority continued to provide the

Government Mobile Data Radio Network in

partnership with Sigtec Pty Ltd as the network

manager responsible for day to day operations

and maintenance This network provides a shared

capacity for low speed data communications use

for computer-aided dispatching of data

The network is utilised by approximately 400

vehicles in the NSW Ambulance fleet to send

information via data as opposed to voice and is

essential to achieving a rapid patient response

The mobile data radio network was available

99999 per cent of the year

Telecommunications Services Functional Area

The Telco Authorityrsquos Telecommunications Services

Functional Area (TELCOFAC) is operational 24

hours a day seven days a week

TELCOFAC plays a critical role in managing

operational activities with telecommunications

carriers public safety agencies and other partner

agencies during emergencies These activities

ensure that critical telecommunication links are

maintained so that members of the public are

able to call triple zero and receive emergency

alert messages during emergencies

TELCOFAC coordinates a comprehensive

approach for handling emergencies and

incidents through the following phases

Prevention ndash designed to minimise emergency

consequences

Preparation ndash addresses the preparation

planning and skills training for the TELCOFAC

to mobilise their structures and resources to

support response to and recovery from an

emergency

Response ndash responding to emergencies to

minimise impacts to individuals the

community and property

Recovery ndash restores critical and significant

telecommunications services to normal

operations

October 2013 bushfires

In October 2013 the TELCOFAC was involved in

the most intensive operations since its inception ndash

the State of Emergency declared in response to

the bushfires in the Blue Mountains the Greater

Hunter Central Coast and Southern Highlands

The TELCOFAC coordinated the effort by

telecommunication carriers and public safety

agencies to protect critical telecommunications

infrastructure restore telecommunication services

affected by the severe bushfires and where

necessary coordinate the augmentation of

telecommunication services to support

responders in the field TELCOFAC also

coordinated the deployment of emergency

communications for the Springwood Recovery

Centre

The focus of the TELCOFAC in 2014 is building

capability With a full complement of staff the

focus is on the tactical and operational training

improving our capability to operate out of hours

improving capabilities for mobile deployment and

sustaining high intensity protracted liaison

operations

14

15

201314 Corporate Plan

The Corporate Plan presents the Telco Authorityrsquos purpose objectives and goals as well as the values and

operating principles that the Authority operates under The plan was developed in collaboration with key

stakeholders client groups staff and the Board

The Plan aligns with the goals set out in NSW 2021 A Plan to Make NSW Number One the Governmentrsquos

commitment to improve opportunities and quality of life for people in regional and metropolitan NSW It is a

short term plan and is the first step towards delivering on a long term vision for the Telco Authorityrsquos

management in NSW

As the Authority will be leading a period of significant sector wide change the plan is a living document

which will actively drive organisation achievement for the next financial year and beyond

Objective 1 - Integrate and enhance service delivery to better meet the needs of

business partners

Key strategies

11 Understand and plan for the diverse needs of business partners

12 Progressively integrate NSW Police into the Government Radio Network

13 Maintain and improve the quality reliability and efficiency of services

14 Build emergency telecommunications capability across the four phases of emergency management

201314 achievements

Documenting the service requirements of agencies

Development of an asset management framework

Ongoing use of the GRN by NSW Police Force special operations officers

Establishment of governance arrangements for trialling general purpose police officers on the GRN

Development of a strategy to address risks and improve reliability of backhaul links

Establishment of the telecommunications services functional area subcommittee (TELCOFAC)

Objective 2 - Manage the efficient allocation and use of spectrum

Key strategies

21 Participate in strategic partnerships with other jurisdictions to achieve interoperability and improve

services

22 Ensure a coordinated and strategic approach to the allocation of radio spectrum to meet the needs

of NSW Government

23 Develop a dedicated data capability to meet the needs of NSW Government

201314 achievements

Establishment of a Spectrum Management Office within the Authority to plan manage and

implement the allocation of spectrum across NSW Government

Development of a framework for spectrum management

Contributed to the development of a national implementation plan for Public Safety Mobile

Broadband

16

Objective 3 - Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets which are fit for purpose

Key strategies

31 Work with partners to improve the efficiency and reduce duplication of telecommunications assets

across NSW

32 Coordinate capital planning processes for telecommunications assets across government

33 Improve and align access to telecommunications assets across NSW

34 Maintain a centralised understanding of all government telecommunications assets across NSW

35 Coordinate the procurement of operational telecommunications assets across government

201314 achievements

Initiating pilot programs to consolidate telecommunications assets on a small number targeted sites

Undertaking a cooperative telecommunications capital planning process with key business partners

Designing of a legal framework for future access to telecommunications sites

Implementation of the ITS 2573 prequalification scheme for the procurement of operational

communications

Objective 4 - Improve governance and risk management

Key strategies

41 Enable the Board and related governance arrangements to provide strategic direction to the sector

42 Reduce the likelihood and consequence of risk to the Authority and NSW Government

43 Embed an enhanced shared and rigorous approach to project management

44 Develop and maintain appropriate standards and guidelines

45 Measure and report on performance

201314 achievements

Implementation of stakeholder governance arrangements

Development of an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Framework

Enhancement of the Program Management Office to oversee project control and reporting

Undertaking regular communication with business partners

Publication of the Authorityrsquos first annual report for 201213

Objective 5 - Strengthen sector wide capabilities and engagement with partners

Key strategies

51 Lead improvements to the capacity of the sector

52 Undertake positive proactive engagement with business partners

53 Improve the capacity of the organisation to drive reform

54 Build an inclusive culture of performance and innovation

201314 achievements

Completion of a sector wide capability audit

Implementation of a new Authority organisational structure

Key positions with the Authority recruited

Implementation of performance plans aligned to the Corporate Plan for all staff

17

Projects ITS 2573 Improved Government

Telecommunications Prequalification Scheme

The Telco Authorityrsquos ITS 2573 scheme has saved

over $3 million since its introduction in May 2013

The scheme streamlines purchasing arrangements

for operational telecommunications equipment

infrastructure and services including handsets

network assets and design services

More than 70 NSW Government agencies

including emergency services agencies own

andor operate radio telecommunications

networks to support their operations The scheme

has simplified access for NSW Government buyers

and industry suppliers meaning agencies can

better match the right supplier to the right job This

allows agencies to focus on their core business As

a result the scheme saves time and money while

driving a more competitive marketplace that is

fairer for both large and small suppliers

Under the arrangements vendors can be added

to the scheme periodically and are lsquoprequalifiedrsquo

to do work over $150000 or lsquoregisteredrsquo for work

under $150000 The Authority will continue to work

with stakeholders to use the scheme to drive

greater efficiencies through its combined

purchasing power A recent example is the

terminal equipment subpanel

GRN Core Upgrade

During October 2013 the Telco Authority

completed an upgrade of the Government Radio

Network (GRN) core The core upgrade was a

highly complex project that was delivered in two

stages to reduce risks and have a minimal impact

on the network The project which ensures that

the GRN core is operating on up to date software

also allows several emergency services agencies

to connect their dispatch consoles to the GRN

Spectrum Management Office establishment

The Telco Authority established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to sit within the

Authority This office oversees the efficient

allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of all Government licences in the

400 MHz HGS bands as well as any other

spectrum allocations as required

Some of the ongoing benefits of this approach

are expected to include

a reduction in the allocation of spectrum

required to operate business as usual and

emergency response operations

a reduction in licensing costs to the NSW

Government by surrendering redundant

licences through the removal of duplicated

services

improved spectrum allocation through more

efficient processes and effective tools

an increased opportunity for better planning

in the 400 MHz HGS band by increasing the

allocation and usability of spectrum in that

band

a more efficient use of available spectrum

due to enabling a spectrum assignment that

is fit for purpose

assurance that agencies will be allocated

spectrum they need within the new HGS

bands

Infrastructure Rationalisation Project

In 201314 the Telco Authority commenced a

project to develop a series of rationalisation plans

The project is developing a framework to identify

opportunities for cost avoidance or cost reduction

through asset rationalisation of network

infrastructure The objectives of the project are to

identify what an optimised portfolio of NSW

Government assets consists of

develop a framework to identify opportunities

for cost avoidance or cost reduction through

NSW Government operational

telecommunications asset rationalisation

which will result in an equal or improved level

of service to stakeholder agencies

apply the framework to determine the

quantifiable benefit to the NSW Government

achieved through rationalisation

Plans will be developed for infrastructure

backhaul services and radio networks The project

will provide a basis for development of a forward

technology strategy architecture and roadmap

The Infrastructure Rationalisation Project will

conclude during the 201415 financial year

18

Sector Capability Review

The Telco Authority carried out a Sector Capability

Review to understand how agencies and state-

owned corporations (SOCs) plan deploy and

manage operational telecommunications (OT)

The objective of the review was to document and

measure 16 key capabilities for each agency The

findings were used to identify recommendations

to achieve more effective and efficient

management of operational telecommunications

and improve services to the public

Participation and responses to

inquiries

The Telco Authority is the lead organisation

focused on government operational

telecommunications in NSW and a key driver of

sector reform To meet this role the Authority

provides input to significant inquiries and

consultation reviews throughout the year During

201314 the Telco Authority contributed to a

number of national forums on radio and

communications issues The main ones are

highlighted below

Objects of the Radiocommunications Act

1992 (Commonwealth)

The former Commonwealth Department of

Broadband Communications and the Digital

Economy (DBCDE) commenced a process to

examine the regulatory framework for the

management of spectrum in Australia An initial

focus point of this work was the objects of the

Radiocommunications Act 1992 The objects set

out the priorities for the regulator of spectrum the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA)

The Telco Authority provided a submission

highlighting the importance of maintaining the

requirement for the ACMA to allocate spectrum

for public safety law enforcement and

emergency services purposes NSW public safety

agencies rely on radio services to ensure that

frontline staff are able to communicate when

dealing with an incident so it is essential that they

have access to sufficient and appropriate

spectrum for this purpose

Australian Parliament Inquiry ndash Allocation of

Spectrum for PSMB

In July 2013 the Parliamentary Joint Committee on

Law Enforcement issued a report following its

inquiry into the allocation of spectrum for public

safety mobile broadband (PSMB) purposes The

inquiry was established to consider the quantum

and type of spectrum required in order to ensure

public safety agencies are able to access a PSMB

capability

The Telco Authority along with the Department of

Premier and Cabinet contributed to a multi-

jurisdictional submission to the Inquiry that spelt

out the need for 2 x10MHz of spectrum for

PSMB This amount is required to ensure that

agencies are able to respond to large scale

incidents which occur with increasing frequency

The submission also addressed overflow

arrangements to commercial services during

periods of significant demand

19

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 3: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Chairpersonrsquos report

I am pleased to present the

201314 Annual Report for

the NSW Telco Authority

which marks our second

year as a statutory

authority within the Finance

and Services cluster It also

marks the second full year

the Board has been in

place

Over the past 12 months the Authority and its

Board has continued to actively work towards its

strategic goals and provide leadership and

guidance to the government operational

telecommunications sector It has been a

privilege to be in the role of Chairperson of the

Board for the past two years and I am looking

forward to continuing to build the capability of

the Board

In the last financial year we have undertaken an

independent review of the Boardrsquos operations

and arrangements in line with the new Premierrsquos

guidelines on Boards and Committees This review

found that there was a high level of respect

among board members and between the Board

and NSW Telco Authority management The

review also identified that there were

opportunities for the Board to increase its

capabilities in key areas and its diversity To this

end I am pleased to report that three new

members were appointed to the Board in May

and June 2014 These new members Ms Liz Ward

Ms Kylie De Courteney and Ms Kaaren Koomen

provide the Board with a greater depth of

experience and expertise and I look forward to

working with them and the other members in the

coming financial year

Over the course of the last year key governance

arrangements have been put in place to assist

the NSW Telco Authority and the Board in

delivering the current and future requirements of

agencies as well as developing best practice for

the sector

The Business and Strategy Group (BSG) was

established as a representative committee of

NSW Government radio communications

stakeholders acting in the capacity of a sector-

wide leadership group In its support of the NSW

Telco Authority the BSG provides advice on

appropriate approaches and strategies for how

to best meet those needs including to identify

and realise opportunities for multi-agency

cooperation and collaboration and to develop

best practice for the way the sector operates

The Technology (Planning and Review) Group

(TPRG) was also established to provide technical

advice to the Authority and the BSG It provides

advice on appropriate technology architecture

and solutions to meet current and future

operational telecommunications and business

requirements The TPRG assists the Authority in its

sector-wide coordination role taking a whole of

government view in order to improve integration

collaboration and consolidation as well as service

improvements for users

I am also pleased to report that over the past

year the Authority has been working in

partnership with industry and agencies to simplify

access for NSW Government buyers and industry

suppliers As a result of this work the Authority has

achieved over $3 million in savings for the NSW

Government through the implementation of the

ITS 2573 procurement scheme This procurement

reform is part of a suite of measures the Authority

aims to implement over the coming years to help

drive a more competitive marketplace for the

sector

I am looking forward to the upcoming 12 months

which will see the Authority and the Board using

the new governance arrangements to lead the

sector Over the next year we will develop a 10

year whole of government strategy for

operational telecommunications services to set

the direction for infrastructure and service

provision across agencies It will identify the most

appropriate mix of delivery models to effectively

and efficiently provide critical services addressing

the needs of frontline staff for whom quality and

availability of service remain paramount

Rod Gilmour

Chairperson

3

Acting Managing Directorrsquos

report

In the last year the NSW

Telco Authority has

continued to provide

essential radio

communication services to

NSW Government

agencies including our

emergency services and

lead sector wide reform

The Authority has managed the Government

Radio Network (GRN) ensuring our 30000 users

have access to a reliable and efficient radio

network On 1 August 2013 Airwave Solutions

Australia assumed management responsibilities for

the GRN Airwave was chosen following an

extensive tender process that included a Client

Reference Group and evaluation teams

comprised of representatives from public safety

organisations utilities and other NSW Government

agencies The contract with Airwave includes a

number of provisions aimed at improving service

delivery for agencies including higher service level

requirements such as improved response and

restoration times as well as increased

governance and accountability

A separate maintenance agreement was

negotiated with the original equipment

manufacturer Motorola Solutions who continue

to support the core and critical components of

the network The transition between network

managers was handled professionally and

seamlessly between the parties and I would like to

acknowledge both Airwave and Motorola for

their contributions during this time

The Authority worked with Motorola and Airwave

to upgrade the GRN core which was completed

in December 2013 This was a highly complex

project delivered with minimal impact to the

network It was delivered in two stages to mitigate

risks associated with major system version

changes I would like to acknowledge the

cooperation that was given by all agencies

involved allowing us to overhaul our network

efficiently and effectively

The Authorityrsquos telecommunications emergency

management team provided support to our

colleagues at the Rural Fire Service during the

October 2013 bushfires The team coordinated

the effort to maintain vital links between the

community and our emergency services

The Authority also established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to oversee the

efficient allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of spectrum for NSW Government

entities This includes all Government licences in

the 400 MHz Harmonised Government Spectrum

bands as well as other spectrum allocations as

required

Over the past year the NSW Telco Authority has

worked with the Board to develop the Enterprise

Risk Management Framework The framework

comprises a policy procedure and tools to assist

in identifying and managing risks All Board

members were independently interviewed during

the year to assess their thoughts and ideas in

relation to risk management and this was

reflected in the final draft Enterprise Risk

Management Framework Further work will be

undertaken over the next twelve months to

embed risk management within the Authorityrsquos

business processes

My appointment as Acting Managing Director

occurred after the end of the reporting period

and I would like to acknowledge the work of my

predecessors Mr Laurie Glanfield and Mr John

Hubby

Shaun Smith

Acting Managing Director

4

About us

Our purpose is to lead and drive the

reform of government operational

telecommunications services and deliver

solutions to better enable our

stakeholders to respond to the needs of

the NSW community

Our operating principles

We will

ensure services continue to meet business

needs and provide an equal or improved

level of service

provide strategic direction and value to the

whole-of-government

use technology as an enabler rather than a

driver of services

engage our stakeholders as partners in

aligning strategies consolidating assets and

reforming services

acknowledge and provide for the unique

operating requirements of emergency service

organisations

ensure the capabilities and skills of the sector

continue to develop

Our 201314 objectives

1 Integrate and enhance service delivery to

better meet the needs of business partners

2 Manage the efficient allocation and use of

spectrum

3 Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets

which are fit for purpose

4 Improve governance and risk management

5 Strengthen sector-wide capabilities and

engagement with partners

Our Act

The NSW Telco Authority is a statutory authority

created under the NSW Government

Telecommunications Act 1991

The Authority was established in 2011 as a result of

the recommendations of the Strategic Review of

NSW Government Mobile Radio Services

undertaken by the NSW Department of Premier

and Cabinet and associated direction provided

by Premierrsquos Memorandum M2010-16

Government Mobile Radio Services

This memorandum was replaced on 1 September

2014 by the new OFS-2014-02-NSW Government

Radio Communications Strategy circular which

provides guidance to agencies on ensuring that

their radio and related communications

investment planning and spectrum licensing

decisions are in line with the future direction of the

sector

The roles undertaken by the Authority include

reform the statersquos infrastructure and services to

make the portfolio more efficient improve

services and streamline processes

undertake the planning deployment and

management of government owned radio

and data networks

identify develop deliver and procure

communications technologies which meet the

needs of customers

manage voice and data spectrum allocations

on behalf of all NSW agencies

coordinate responses to telecommunications

outages during major emergencies and

natural disasters including acting as a conduit

between telecommunications carriers and

emergency management organisations

provide strategy policy and advocacy for the

sector including liaising with national bodies

and stakeholders on sector reforms and

enhancing the capabilities of the sector

The Authority operates as a statutory authority

within the Finance and Services cluster For routine

matters we report to the Minister for Finance and

Service and on specific matters the Cabinet Sub-

Committee on Counter Terrorism and Emergency

Management

5

Our stakeholders

The Authority has a wide range of business

partners including emergency services

organisations providers of essential services and

other NSW Government agencies

In addition to developing partnerships with

industry the Authority also works closely with the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA) and relevant agencies in other states

and territories

Governance

The NSW Telco Authority is overseen by a Board of

part-time independent and government

members who with the Managing Director and

executive management are accountable for the

operations of the Authority

The Authority recognises the importance of

agency collaboration and the different skills and

experience that contribute to the development of

policy and strategy As a result a tiered

framework has been adopted to facilitate and

support engagement This model is informed by

the governance framework development

experiences in the NSW Governmentrsquos approach

to Procurement and Information and

Communications Technology

The following advisory groups have been

established as collaborative forums for

engagement with our business partners

Business and Strategy Group (BSG)

Technology (Planning and Review) Group

(TPRG)

Network client forum

The Board

The Telco Authority Board is established under the

NSW Government Telecommunications Act 1991

The Board has adopted a Charter and a Code of

Conduct to guide its operations The Board

provides policy and strategic direction for the

NSW Telco Authority The Minister administers the

Act and nominates the members after

consultation with various sectors of the NSW

Government

Review of the Board

The Board of the Telco Authority engaged an

independent consultant to undertake a review of

the effectiveness of the Board its activities and its

internal governance arrangements during 2013

The review was undertaken as the Board had

been operating for more than 12 months

The Boardrsquos inaugural membership considered the

review outcomes in December 2013 The Board

including new members appointed in May 2014

has endorsed the recommended improvements

to the Boardrsquos Charter and Code of Conduct

Issues concerning the Boardrsquos gender balance

asset management finance and risk

management skills were addressed with the

appointment of several new members

Current members (as 30 June 2014)

In accordance with the Act and to ensure a

broad range of skills and experience the Board is

comprised of members nominated as follows

Chairperson Rod Gilmour (FAIM MAICD) was

General Manager Corporate Affairs Planning

and Human Resources of the Sydney Airport

Corporation Limited until 2011 He is an

experienced leader and change manager with

achievements in transport business development

regulatory frameworks and planning and

environment Mr Gilmour has held many board

and authority appointments including as a

Director of the National Rail Corporation

Nominated by the Minister for Finance and

Services

Deputy Chairperson Peter Barrie is an Assistant

Commissioner of the NSW Police Force

operational Communications and Information

Command He has a wealth of operational

policing experience and is recognised as a leader

in Australian radio and public safety

communications He sits on a number of state and

national boards and committees He is responsible

for the management of the NSW Police Force

radio network and a major capital program of

works to refresh their assets to prepare for future

growth and opportunities Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services in concert with

the Minister for Police and Emergency Services

6

Acting Managing Director (until September 2014)

John Hubby (Master of Public Health and

Bachelor of Business Administration) the Deputy

Secretary Corporate Services for Finance and

Services since April 2012 was appointed as Acting

Chief Executive of Finance and Services on 29

April 2014 As well as previously serving as the

Chief Executive of Juvenile Justice NSW Mr Hubby

has also held executive roles in the health sector

in NSW and in the USA

Board member Shane Fitzsimmons (qualifications

in Management and Leadership from the

Australian Institute of Police Management and

NSW TAFE) is Commissioner of the NSW Rural Fire

Service Commissioner Fitzsimmons has a wealth of

strategic and operational fire knowledge and was

awarded the Australian Fire Service Medal in 2001

Nominate by the Minister for Finance and Services

in concert with the Minister for Police and

Emergency Services

Board member Matt Roberts (Master of

Economics and a Bachelor of Economics) is a

Deputy Secretary of the NSW Treasury and is

responsible for policy development and budget

management across several portfolios He was

previously the Director of the National Reform

Branch advising the Council of Australian

Governments Nominate by the Treasurer

Board member Alan Lipman (Bachelor of Business

(Admin)) was the Executive Director of Lomb

Scientific (Australia) Pty Ltd and previously the

General Manager Marketing for Advance

Healthcare Group Limited Mr Lipmanrsquos private

sector expertise is in the management of budgets

implementation of strategy and people

management He has served on the boards of

many non-profit organisations Nominated by the

Minister for Resources and Energy

Board member David Quilty (Graduate Diploma

in Industrial Relations and Bachelor of Arts) is the

Executive Director of the Pharmacy Guild of

Australia Prior to taking up his current role David

directed his own consulting firm providing

strategic advice to businesses and industry

organisations Before that David spent five years

as an executive at Telstra the last three as Group

Managing Director Public Policy and

Communications He has also worked in various

advisory roles in government including six years as

the chief of staff to the Minister for

Communications Information Technology and

the Arts Nominated by the Premier

Board member Kylie De Courteney (Bachelor of

Commerce) has extensive experience as a

Transformation Program Manager and

Management Consultant Kylie has been

responsible for the delivery of large scale

transformational change in some of Australiarsquos

largest and most complex organisations in the

private sector government and professional

services including the University of Sydney Sydney

Trains Chartered Accountants Australia and New

Zealand NSW Roads and Maritime Services

Energy Australia and Telstra Nominated by the

Minister for Resources and Energy

Board member Liz Ward (Master of Business

Administration) is a senior executive with 30 yearsrsquo

experience in driving business growth and

improvement within a diverse range of industries

in Australia New Zealand USA Africa Europe

and the Asia Pacific region Liz has been in Chief

Executive and Director roles across a number of

private and government organisations including

Sydney Trains AUX Investments Telstra CentrePort

Wellington Ltd EDS and Telecom New Zealand

Nominated by the Minister for Transport

Board member Kaaren Koomen (Bachelor of

ArtsLaw Master of Law) is a highly experience

executive with over 25 yearsrsquo experience in

leadership roles in the private and public sector

with a particular focus on communications and

technology She is currently an Executive Director

with IBM Australia and New Zealand and a

member of the Global IBM Government Programs

Leadership Team She has extensive board

experience on over 10 public and private boards

and committees and currently serves on four

including Chair of the Museum of Australian

Democracy at Eureka and Vice President of the

Australian Services Roundtable Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services

Other members during the reporting period

Board member (until April 2014) David Abrahams

(Bachelor of Science Cand Mag Honours

equivalent Knowledge Management) has

expertise in the Information Communications

Technology Industry He is principal consultant to

Organise Internet ndash Online Mr Abrahams is a past

7

chair and board member of

YouthConnectionscomau and a past lecturer in

Major Information Technology projects at the

University of Newcastle He is the current

Chairperson of Regional Development Australia

(Central Coast) and is a consultant to state and

local governments Nominated by the Minister for

Resources and Energy

Board member (until December 2013) Gavin

Campbell (MBA Bachelor of Engineering

(Mechanical) is the NSW Director of Asset

Operations for Sydney Trains Mr Campbell leads a

team of approximately 4000 people who work

behind the scenes to maintain Sydney Trainsrsquo

assets He spent much of his earlier career at

Qantas where he headed its Defence Services

delivering improved customer service a new

safety performance program and restructuring

the business to position it for future growth

Nominated by the Minister for Transport

Acting Managing Director (until March 2014)

Laurie Glanfield was the Secretary of the NSW

Department of Finance and Services Prior this Mr

Glanfield was the Director General of the

Department of Attorney General and Justice for

over 20 years Mr Glanfield has also held a

number of state-wide national and international

positions including NSW Chief Information Officer

NSW Coordinator for the National Broadband

Network Founding Member of the International

Consortium for Court Excellence and Deputy

President of the Australasian Institute of Judicial

Administration In 2001 Mr Glanfield was made a

Member of the Order of Australia for services to

the law through the implementation of policies

for legal reform and for making the legal system

more accessible to the community

Acting Managing Director (until August 2013)

Michael Coutts-Trotter (Bachelor of Arts) was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Finance and Services and Managing Director of

the Telco Authority Prior to this role with the Telco

Authority in April 2011 Mr Coutts-Trotter was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Education and Training Before that he was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Finance and Commerce Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services

Board meetings

The Board was appointed in 2012 and held its

inaugural meeting in July 2012 There were six

meetings held during the reporting period

Member Period Meetings

Attended Eligible

Rod Gilmour Full year 6 6

Peter Barrie Full year 5 6

Shane

Fitzsimmons

Full year 3 6

Matt

Roberts

Full year 5 6

Alan

Lipman

Full year 4 6

David Quilty Full year 5 6

John Hubby From May

2014

1 1

Kaaren

Koomen

From June

2014

0 1

Kylie De

Courteney

From June

2014

1 1

Liz Ward From May

2014

0 1

Michael

Coutts-

Trotter

From July

2013 to

August 2013

0 0

Gavin

Campbell

Until

December

2013

2 4

Laurie

Glanfield

From

September

2013 to

March 2014

3 4

David

Abrahams

Until April

2014

5 5

Our senior management team

The NSW Telco Authority has a small senior

management team who work with experienced

and qualified staff to deliver the functions and

operations of the organisation

Shaun Smith Bachelor of Engineering (Honours)

Executive Director (aManaging Director after the

reporting period)

Phillip King Bachelor of Engineering

(Telecommunications)

Chief Technology Officer 8

Review of Organisational Structure Organisation chart

In late 201213 the Telco Authority undertook a

Telco Authority Board

Managing Director

Executive

Network and Services

Portfolio Management Office

Policy Governance and Reform

Telecommunications Emergencies

Business Planning and Financial Control

Commercial

review of its organisational structure to determine

the best operating model for the expanding and

changing role for the Authority During 201314

the outcomes of the review were progressively

implemented The new organisational structure

takes into account the work required by the

Authority in meeting its corporate plan

obligations and brings resources to key technical

communications and project management

activities

Recruitment to fill the majority of key positions was

undertaken during 201314 Further recruitment to

fill a number of executive positions will be carried

out once the new Government Sector Executive

employment arrangements are in place

9

bulltbull~middot ~shyNSW GOVERtllMENT

Mclltell Ekiding

2middot24 Rswson Place

Sydney NSW 2000

Tel 02 9372 7088Fabull 02 93n 7954 bull

Tel co Authority

TIY 1300 301181 ABN 85 430 594 829

WWWkonampwgovau

Internal Audit and Risk Management Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the New South Wales Government Telecommunications A uthority

I John Hubby Acting Managing Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority (Talco) am of the opinion that the Telco has internal audij and risk management processes in operation that are exclud ing the exceptions described below compliant with the core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 Internal Audit and Risk Management Policy

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the internal audij and risk management processes for the Talco depart from the following core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 and that (a) the circumstances giving rise to these departures have been detennined by the Minister for Finance amp Services and (b) the Telco has implemented the following practicable alternative measures that will achieve a level of assurance equivalent to the requirement

Ministerially Determined Deoarture

bull Core Requirement 2 An Audit amp Risk Committee has been established

Reason for Departure and Description of Practicable Alternative Measures lmolemented

bull TPP 12middot04 Guidance on Shared Arrangements and Subcommittees for Audit and Risk Committees states in section 1 Guidance on Shared Arrangements sub section 11 Detenninlng

eligibility to participate in a Shared Arrangement on page 6 that Subcommittees should only be established within a legal entity Subcommittees should not be established to create capacity for an

ARC to provide oversight over other legal entities within a cluster This precludes the NSW Government Telecommunications Authority and the State Records Authority from forming a

subcommittee as they are both separate legal entities Both Telco Authority and SRA agreed to fonn a subcommittee as full compliance to TPP 09middot 05 would impose an unreasonable administrative and cost burden

bull A review of the fonner Department of Finance amp Services cluster arrangements for Audit amp Risk Committees was conducted to ensure that smaller related entities were relieved of the cost burdens of supporting their own Audit amp Risk Committees and to provide an equivalent coverage of their obligations under TPP 09-05 through sharing of the Oeoartmenf s resources

The determination by the Minister for Finance amp Services in respect of these departures dated 15 July 2013 is appended to this attestation statement

Internal audit and risk management

10

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the Audit and Risk Committee for the Department of Finance amp Services is constituted and operates in accordance with the independence and governance requirements of Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 The Chair and Members of the Audit and Risk Committee are

bull Carolyn Burlew Independent Chair (period of appointment from 14 October 2011 to 14 October 2015)

bull Ralph Kelly Independent Member (period of appointment from 1 September 2011 to 1 September 2014)

bull Jim Mitchell Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Elizabeth Crouch Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Christine Feldmanis Independent Member (period of appointment from 18 November 2013 to 18 November 2016)

This Audit and Risk Committee has been established under a Minister approved shared arrangement with the State Records Authority in accordance with a resolution of the Board of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

These processes including the practicable alternative measures implemented provide a level of assurance that enables the senior management of the Telco to understand manage and satisfactorily control risk exposures

As required by the policy I have submitted an Attestation Statement outlining compliance with exceptions with the policy to the Treasury on behalf of the Treasurer

11

Digital Information Security Annual Attestation Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the

New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

I Shaun Smith AManaging Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications

Telco) Authority am of the opinion that the Telco Authority has implemented actions towards an

Information Security Management System during the financial year being reported on consistent

with the Core Requirements set out in the Digital Information Security Policy for the NSW Public

Sector and the approach in place with the Office of Finance and Services and its Shared Service

Provider

I am of the opinion that the security controls in place to mitigate identified risks to the digital

information and digital information systems of the Telco Authority are being made adequate for the

foreseeable future Risk assessments performed during the year identified areas requiring

improvement Plans to address these areas including completing the transition to an information

classification and labelling scheme are developed and being implemented

I am of the opinion that all business units under the control of the Telco Authority with a risk profile

sufficient to warrant an independent Information Security Management System have developed an

Information Security Management System in accordance with the Core Requirements of the Digital

Information Security Policy for the NSW Public Sector

I am of the opinion that where necessary in accordance with the Digital Information Security Policy

for the NSW Public Sector the Telco Authority is transitioning towards adopting relevant practices

aligned with ASNZS ISO IEC 27001 Information technology -Security techniques - Information

security management systems - Requirements

Shaun Smith

Acting Managing Director

Date ~(t~tj

Digital information security policy

12

Year in review

The 2013 to 2014 financial year was the Authorityrsquos

second full year of operation as a statutory

authority within the Office of Finance and

Services

In the past 12 months the Authority has been

committed to achieving priority activities

developing and maintaining key projects and

putting into place important governance and risk

management arrangements

Core activities

Strategic planning

As part of its long term strategic planning

approach the Board of the Telco Authority held a

planning day in November 2013 and discussed

with the Minister for Finance and Services how

best to plan for the future direction of the NSW

Government operational telecommunications

sector Following these discussions the NSW

Government endorsed the Telco Authorityrsquos

approach to develop a long-term operational

telecommunications strategy The focus of the

strategy will be planning for the most efficient and

cost-effective way of delivering operational

telecommunications services to frontline staff

Consultation with frontline agencies on long term

plans for the sector will continue throughout 2014

The strategy will look at the most cost effective

and efficient service delivery models while

maintaining or improving existing services for

officers in the field The strategy will build on the

existing work of the Telco Authority to rationalise

existing infrastructure and reduce duplication of

effort while addressing sector capability issues

and the deployment of new technology and

services such as a mobile broadband capability

The long term strategy together with the sector

wide reform activities already being undertaken

helped define the Telco Authorityrsquos 201415

Corporate Plan The Corporate Plan was

considered and approved by the Board in June

2014 The combination of the strategy and the

Authorityrsquos own corporate planning work will

ensure that a cohesive and coordinated

approach to sector reform will be achieved

NSW Government Radio Network

The Telco Authority manages the NSW

Government Radio Network (GRN) The GRN is

used by public safety entities and other NSW

government agencies for essential

communications The GRN is an important

strategic asset supporting the Authorityrsquos focus to

provide better services whilst delivering

meaningful sector reform in line with Government

policy

Following a comprehensive competitive tender

process and managed transition period on 1

August 2013 Airwave Solutions (Australia)

13

commenced the management and operation of

the GRN With oversight and assurance provided

by the Telco Authority Airwave provides day-to-

day management monitoring maintenance and

service restoration for the network

A separate maintenance agreement is in place

with Motorola Solutions who continue to support

the core and critical components of the network

The GRN geographically covers a third of NSW

and provides mission critical grade

telecommunication services to frontline agencies

over an area covering approximately 80 per cent

of the NSW population as well as the Australian

Capital Territory

Users with a GRN-enabled terminal are able to

communicate with other users within the

coverage area The contractual target is to

achieve 99950 per cent availability During

201314 availability of 99927 per cent was

achieved

Mobile Data Radio Network

The Telco Authority continued to provide the

Government Mobile Data Radio Network in

partnership with Sigtec Pty Ltd as the network

manager responsible for day to day operations

and maintenance This network provides a shared

capacity for low speed data communications use

for computer-aided dispatching of data

The network is utilised by approximately 400

vehicles in the NSW Ambulance fleet to send

information via data as opposed to voice and is

essential to achieving a rapid patient response

The mobile data radio network was available

99999 per cent of the year

Telecommunications Services Functional Area

The Telco Authorityrsquos Telecommunications Services

Functional Area (TELCOFAC) is operational 24

hours a day seven days a week

TELCOFAC plays a critical role in managing

operational activities with telecommunications

carriers public safety agencies and other partner

agencies during emergencies These activities

ensure that critical telecommunication links are

maintained so that members of the public are

able to call triple zero and receive emergency

alert messages during emergencies

TELCOFAC coordinates a comprehensive

approach for handling emergencies and

incidents through the following phases

Prevention ndash designed to minimise emergency

consequences

Preparation ndash addresses the preparation

planning and skills training for the TELCOFAC

to mobilise their structures and resources to

support response to and recovery from an

emergency

Response ndash responding to emergencies to

minimise impacts to individuals the

community and property

Recovery ndash restores critical and significant

telecommunications services to normal

operations

October 2013 bushfires

In October 2013 the TELCOFAC was involved in

the most intensive operations since its inception ndash

the State of Emergency declared in response to

the bushfires in the Blue Mountains the Greater

Hunter Central Coast and Southern Highlands

The TELCOFAC coordinated the effort by

telecommunication carriers and public safety

agencies to protect critical telecommunications

infrastructure restore telecommunication services

affected by the severe bushfires and where

necessary coordinate the augmentation of

telecommunication services to support

responders in the field TELCOFAC also

coordinated the deployment of emergency

communications for the Springwood Recovery

Centre

The focus of the TELCOFAC in 2014 is building

capability With a full complement of staff the

focus is on the tactical and operational training

improving our capability to operate out of hours

improving capabilities for mobile deployment and

sustaining high intensity protracted liaison

operations

14

15

201314 Corporate Plan

The Corporate Plan presents the Telco Authorityrsquos purpose objectives and goals as well as the values and

operating principles that the Authority operates under The plan was developed in collaboration with key

stakeholders client groups staff and the Board

The Plan aligns with the goals set out in NSW 2021 A Plan to Make NSW Number One the Governmentrsquos

commitment to improve opportunities and quality of life for people in regional and metropolitan NSW It is a

short term plan and is the first step towards delivering on a long term vision for the Telco Authorityrsquos

management in NSW

As the Authority will be leading a period of significant sector wide change the plan is a living document

which will actively drive organisation achievement for the next financial year and beyond

Objective 1 - Integrate and enhance service delivery to better meet the needs of

business partners

Key strategies

11 Understand and plan for the diverse needs of business partners

12 Progressively integrate NSW Police into the Government Radio Network

13 Maintain and improve the quality reliability and efficiency of services

14 Build emergency telecommunications capability across the four phases of emergency management

201314 achievements

Documenting the service requirements of agencies

Development of an asset management framework

Ongoing use of the GRN by NSW Police Force special operations officers

Establishment of governance arrangements for trialling general purpose police officers on the GRN

Development of a strategy to address risks and improve reliability of backhaul links

Establishment of the telecommunications services functional area subcommittee (TELCOFAC)

Objective 2 - Manage the efficient allocation and use of spectrum

Key strategies

21 Participate in strategic partnerships with other jurisdictions to achieve interoperability and improve

services

22 Ensure a coordinated and strategic approach to the allocation of radio spectrum to meet the needs

of NSW Government

23 Develop a dedicated data capability to meet the needs of NSW Government

201314 achievements

Establishment of a Spectrum Management Office within the Authority to plan manage and

implement the allocation of spectrum across NSW Government

Development of a framework for spectrum management

Contributed to the development of a national implementation plan for Public Safety Mobile

Broadband

16

Objective 3 - Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets which are fit for purpose

Key strategies

31 Work with partners to improve the efficiency and reduce duplication of telecommunications assets

across NSW

32 Coordinate capital planning processes for telecommunications assets across government

33 Improve and align access to telecommunications assets across NSW

34 Maintain a centralised understanding of all government telecommunications assets across NSW

35 Coordinate the procurement of operational telecommunications assets across government

201314 achievements

Initiating pilot programs to consolidate telecommunications assets on a small number targeted sites

Undertaking a cooperative telecommunications capital planning process with key business partners

Designing of a legal framework for future access to telecommunications sites

Implementation of the ITS 2573 prequalification scheme for the procurement of operational

communications

Objective 4 - Improve governance and risk management

Key strategies

41 Enable the Board and related governance arrangements to provide strategic direction to the sector

42 Reduce the likelihood and consequence of risk to the Authority and NSW Government

43 Embed an enhanced shared and rigorous approach to project management

44 Develop and maintain appropriate standards and guidelines

45 Measure and report on performance

201314 achievements

Implementation of stakeholder governance arrangements

Development of an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Framework

Enhancement of the Program Management Office to oversee project control and reporting

Undertaking regular communication with business partners

Publication of the Authorityrsquos first annual report for 201213

Objective 5 - Strengthen sector wide capabilities and engagement with partners

Key strategies

51 Lead improvements to the capacity of the sector

52 Undertake positive proactive engagement with business partners

53 Improve the capacity of the organisation to drive reform

54 Build an inclusive culture of performance and innovation

201314 achievements

Completion of a sector wide capability audit

Implementation of a new Authority organisational structure

Key positions with the Authority recruited

Implementation of performance plans aligned to the Corporate Plan for all staff

17

Projects ITS 2573 Improved Government

Telecommunications Prequalification Scheme

The Telco Authorityrsquos ITS 2573 scheme has saved

over $3 million since its introduction in May 2013

The scheme streamlines purchasing arrangements

for operational telecommunications equipment

infrastructure and services including handsets

network assets and design services

More than 70 NSW Government agencies

including emergency services agencies own

andor operate radio telecommunications

networks to support their operations The scheme

has simplified access for NSW Government buyers

and industry suppliers meaning agencies can

better match the right supplier to the right job This

allows agencies to focus on their core business As

a result the scheme saves time and money while

driving a more competitive marketplace that is

fairer for both large and small suppliers

Under the arrangements vendors can be added

to the scheme periodically and are lsquoprequalifiedrsquo

to do work over $150000 or lsquoregisteredrsquo for work

under $150000 The Authority will continue to work

with stakeholders to use the scheme to drive

greater efficiencies through its combined

purchasing power A recent example is the

terminal equipment subpanel

GRN Core Upgrade

During October 2013 the Telco Authority

completed an upgrade of the Government Radio

Network (GRN) core The core upgrade was a

highly complex project that was delivered in two

stages to reduce risks and have a minimal impact

on the network The project which ensures that

the GRN core is operating on up to date software

also allows several emergency services agencies

to connect their dispatch consoles to the GRN

Spectrum Management Office establishment

The Telco Authority established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to sit within the

Authority This office oversees the efficient

allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of all Government licences in the

400 MHz HGS bands as well as any other

spectrum allocations as required

Some of the ongoing benefits of this approach

are expected to include

a reduction in the allocation of spectrum

required to operate business as usual and

emergency response operations

a reduction in licensing costs to the NSW

Government by surrendering redundant

licences through the removal of duplicated

services

improved spectrum allocation through more

efficient processes and effective tools

an increased opportunity for better planning

in the 400 MHz HGS band by increasing the

allocation and usability of spectrum in that

band

a more efficient use of available spectrum

due to enabling a spectrum assignment that

is fit for purpose

assurance that agencies will be allocated

spectrum they need within the new HGS

bands

Infrastructure Rationalisation Project

In 201314 the Telco Authority commenced a

project to develop a series of rationalisation plans

The project is developing a framework to identify

opportunities for cost avoidance or cost reduction

through asset rationalisation of network

infrastructure The objectives of the project are to

identify what an optimised portfolio of NSW

Government assets consists of

develop a framework to identify opportunities

for cost avoidance or cost reduction through

NSW Government operational

telecommunications asset rationalisation

which will result in an equal or improved level

of service to stakeholder agencies

apply the framework to determine the

quantifiable benefit to the NSW Government

achieved through rationalisation

Plans will be developed for infrastructure

backhaul services and radio networks The project

will provide a basis for development of a forward

technology strategy architecture and roadmap

The Infrastructure Rationalisation Project will

conclude during the 201415 financial year

18

Sector Capability Review

The Telco Authority carried out a Sector Capability

Review to understand how agencies and state-

owned corporations (SOCs) plan deploy and

manage operational telecommunications (OT)

The objective of the review was to document and

measure 16 key capabilities for each agency The

findings were used to identify recommendations

to achieve more effective and efficient

management of operational telecommunications

and improve services to the public

Participation and responses to

inquiries

The Telco Authority is the lead organisation

focused on government operational

telecommunications in NSW and a key driver of

sector reform To meet this role the Authority

provides input to significant inquiries and

consultation reviews throughout the year During

201314 the Telco Authority contributed to a

number of national forums on radio and

communications issues The main ones are

highlighted below

Objects of the Radiocommunications Act

1992 (Commonwealth)

The former Commonwealth Department of

Broadband Communications and the Digital

Economy (DBCDE) commenced a process to

examine the regulatory framework for the

management of spectrum in Australia An initial

focus point of this work was the objects of the

Radiocommunications Act 1992 The objects set

out the priorities for the regulator of spectrum the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA)

The Telco Authority provided a submission

highlighting the importance of maintaining the

requirement for the ACMA to allocate spectrum

for public safety law enforcement and

emergency services purposes NSW public safety

agencies rely on radio services to ensure that

frontline staff are able to communicate when

dealing with an incident so it is essential that they

have access to sufficient and appropriate

spectrum for this purpose

Australian Parliament Inquiry ndash Allocation of

Spectrum for PSMB

In July 2013 the Parliamentary Joint Committee on

Law Enforcement issued a report following its

inquiry into the allocation of spectrum for public

safety mobile broadband (PSMB) purposes The

inquiry was established to consider the quantum

and type of spectrum required in order to ensure

public safety agencies are able to access a PSMB

capability

The Telco Authority along with the Department of

Premier and Cabinet contributed to a multi-

jurisdictional submission to the Inquiry that spelt

out the need for 2 x10MHz of spectrum for

PSMB This amount is required to ensure that

agencies are able to respond to large scale

incidents which occur with increasing frequency

The submission also addressed overflow

arrangements to commercial services during

periods of significant demand

19

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 4: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Acting Managing Directorrsquos

report

In the last year the NSW

Telco Authority has

continued to provide

essential radio

communication services to

NSW Government

agencies including our

emergency services and

lead sector wide reform

The Authority has managed the Government

Radio Network (GRN) ensuring our 30000 users

have access to a reliable and efficient radio

network On 1 August 2013 Airwave Solutions

Australia assumed management responsibilities for

the GRN Airwave was chosen following an

extensive tender process that included a Client

Reference Group and evaluation teams

comprised of representatives from public safety

organisations utilities and other NSW Government

agencies The contract with Airwave includes a

number of provisions aimed at improving service

delivery for agencies including higher service level

requirements such as improved response and

restoration times as well as increased

governance and accountability

A separate maintenance agreement was

negotiated with the original equipment

manufacturer Motorola Solutions who continue

to support the core and critical components of

the network The transition between network

managers was handled professionally and

seamlessly between the parties and I would like to

acknowledge both Airwave and Motorola for

their contributions during this time

The Authority worked with Motorola and Airwave

to upgrade the GRN core which was completed

in December 2013 This was a highly complex

project delivered with minimal impact to the

network It was delivered in two stages to mitigate

risks associated with major system version

changes I would like to acknowledge the

cooperation that was given by all agencies

involved allowing us to overhaul our network

efficiently and effectively

The Authorityrsquos telecommunications emergency

management team provided support to our

colleagues at the Rural Fire Service during the

October 2013 bushfires The team coordinated

the effort to maintain vital links between the

community and our emergency services

The Authority also established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to oversee the

efficient allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of spectrum for NSW Government

entities This includes all Government licences in

the 400 MHz Harmonised Government Spectrum

bands as well as other spectrum allocations as

required

Over the past year the NSW Telco Authority has

worked with the Board to develop the Enterprise

Risk Management Framework The framework

comprises a policy procedure and tools to assist

in identifying and managing risks All Board

members were independently interviewed during

the year to assess their thoughts and ideas in

relation to risk management and this was

reflected in the final draft Enterprise Risk

Management Framework Further work will be

undertaken over the next twelve months to

embed risk management within the Authorityrsquos

business processes

My appointment as Acting Managing Director

occurred after the end of the reporting period

and I would like to acknowledge the work of my

predecessors Mr Laurie Glanfield and Mr John

Hubby

Shaun Smith

Acting Managing Director

4

About us

Our purpose is to lead and drive the

reform of government operational

telecommunications services and deliver

solutions to better enable our

stakeholders to respond to the needs of

the NSW community

Our operating principles

We will

ensure services continue to meet business

needs and provide an equal or improved

level of service

provide strategic direction and value to the

whole-of-government

use technology as an enabler rather than a

driver of services

engage our stakeholders as partners in

aligning strategies consolidating assets and

reforming services

acknowledge and provide for the unique

operating requirements of emergency service

organisations

ensure the capabilities and skills of the sector

continue to develop

Our 201314 objectives

1 Integrate and enhance service delivery to

better meet the needs of business partners

2 Manage the efficient allocation and use of

spectrum

3 Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets

which are fit for purpose

4 Improve governance and risk management

5 Strengthen sector-wide capabilities and

engagement with partners

Our Act

The NSW Telco Authority is a statutory authority

created under the NSW Government

Telecommunications Act 1991

The Authority was established in 2011 as a result of

the recommendations of the Strategic Review of

NSW Government Mobile Radio Services

undertaken by the NSW Department of Premier

and Cabinet and associated direction provided

by Premierrsquos Memorandum M2010-16

Government Mobile Radio Services

This memorandum was replaced on 1 September

2014 by the new OFS-2014-02-NSW Government

Radio Communications Strategy circular which

provides guidance to agencies on ensuring that

their radio and related communications

investment planning and spectrum licensing

decisions are in line with the future direction of the

sector

The roles undertaken by the Authority include

reform the statersquos infrastructure and services to

make the portfolio more efficient improve

services and streamline processes

undertake the planning deployment and

management of government owned radio

and data networks

identify develop deliver and procure

communications technologies which meet the

needs of customers

manage voice and data spectrum allocations

on behalf of all NSW agencies

coordinate responses to telecommunications

outages during major emergencies and

natural disasters including acting as a conduit

between telecommunications carriers and

emergency management organisations

provide strategy policy and advocacy for the

sector including liaising with national bodies

and stakeholders on sector reforms and

enhancing the capabilities of the sector

The Authority operates as a statutory authority

within the Finance and Services cluster For routine

matters we report to the Minister for Finance and

Service and on specific matters the Cabinet Sub-

Committee on Counter Terrorism and Emergency

Management

5

Our stakeholders

The Authority has a wide range of business

partners including emergency services

organisations providers of essential services and

other NSW Government agencies

In addition to developing partnerships with

industry the Authority also works closely with the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA) and relevant agencies in other states

and territories

Governance

The NSW Telco Authority is overseen by a Board of

part-time independent and government

members who with the Managing Director and

executive management are accountable for the

operations of the Authority

The Authority recognises the importance of

agency collaboration and the different skills and

experience that contribute to the development of

policy and strategy As a result a tiered

framework has been adopted to facilitate and

support engagement This model is informed by

the governance framework development

experiences in the NSW Governmentrsquos approach

to Procurement and Information and

Communications Technology

The following advisory groups have been

established as collaborative forums for

engagement with our business partners

Business and Strategy Group (BSG)

Technology (Planning and Review) Group

(TPRG)

Network client forum

The Board

The Telco Authority Board is established under the

NSW Government Telecommunications Act 1991

The Board has adopted a Charter and a Code of

Conduct to guide its operations The Board

provides policy and strategic direction for the

NSW Telco Authority The Minister administers the

Act and nominates the members after

consultation with various sectors of the NSW

Government

Review of the Board

The Board of the Telco Authority engaged an

independent consultant to undertake a review of

the effectiveness of the Board its activities and its

internal governance arrangements during 2013

The review was undertaken as the Board had

been operating for more than 12 months

The Boardrsquos inaugural membership considered the

review outcomes in December 2013 The Board

including new members appointed in May 2014

has endorsed the recommended improvements

to the Boardrsquos Charter and Code of Conduct

Issues concerning the Boardrsquos gender balance

asset management finance and risk

management skills were addressed with the

appointment of several new members

Current members (as 30 June 2014)

In accordance with the Act and to ensure a

broad range of skills and experience the Board is

comprised of members nominated as follows

Chairperson Rod Gilmour (FAIM MAICD) was

General Manager Corporate Affairs Planning

and Human Resources of the Sydney Airport

Corporation Limited until 2011 He is an

experienced leader and change manager with

achievements in transport business development

regulatory frameworks and planning and

environment Mr Gilmour has held many board

and authority appointments including as a

Director of the National Rail Corporation

Nominated by the Minister for Finance and

Services

Deputy Chairperson Peter Barrie is an Assistant

Commissioner of the NSW Police Force

operational Communications and Information

Command He has a wealth of operational

policing experience and is recognised as a leader

in Australian radio and public safety

communications He sits on a number of state and

national boards and committees He is responsible

for the management of the NSW Police Force

radio network and a major capital program of

works to refresh their assets to prepare for future

growth and opportunities Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services in concert with

the Minister for Police and Emergency Services

6

Acting Managing Director (until September 2014)

John Hubby (Master of Public Health and

Bachelor of Business Administration) the Deputy

Secretary Corporate Services for Finance and

Services since April 2012 was appointed as Acting

Chief Executive of Finance and Services on 29

April 2014 As well as previously serving as the

Chief Executive of Juvenile Justice NSW Mr Hubby

has also held executive roles in the health sector

in NSW and in the USA

Board member Shane Fitzsimmons (qualifications

in Management and Leadership from the

Australian Institute of Police Management and

NSW TAFE) is Commissioner of the NSW Rural Fire

Service Commissioner Fitzsimmons has a wealth of

strategic and operational fire knowledge and was

awarded the Australian Fire Service Medal in 2001

Nominate by the Minister for Finance and Services

in concert with the Minister for Police and

Emergency Services

Board member Matt Roberts (Master of

Economics and a Bachelor of Economics) is a

Deputy Secretary of the NSW Treasury and is

responsible for policy development and budget

management across several portfolios He was

previously the Director of the National Reform

Branch advising the Council of Australian

Governments Nominate by the Treasurer

Board member Alan Lipman (Bachelor of Business

(Admin)) was the Executive Director of Lomb

Scientific (Australia) Pty Ltd and previously the

General Manager Marketing for Advance

Healthcare Group Limited Mr Lipmanrsquos private

sector expertise is in the management of budgets

implementation of strategy and people

management He has served on the boards of

many non-profit organisations Nominated by the

Minister for Resources and Energy

Board member David Quilty (Graduate Diploma

in Industrial Relations and Bachelor of Arts) is the

Executive Director of the Pharmacy Guild of

Australia Prior to taking up his current role David

directed his own consulting firm providing

strategic advice to businesses and industry

organisations Before that David spent five years

as an executive at Telstra the last three as Group

Managing Director Public Policy and

Communications He has also worked in various

advisory roles in government including six years as

the chief of staff to the Minister for

Communications Information Technology and

the Arts Nominated by the Premier

Board member Kylie De Courteney (Bachelor of

Commerce) has extensive experience as a

Transformation Program Manager and

Management Consultant Kylie has been

responsible for the delivery of large scale

transformational change in some of Australiarsquos

largest and most complex organisations in the

private sector government and professional

services including the University of Sydney Sydney

Trains Chartered Accountants Australia and New

Zealand NSW Roads and Maritime Services

Energy Australia and Telstra Nominated by the

Minister for Resources and Energy

Board member Liz Ward (Master of Business

Administration) is a senior executive with 30 yearsrsquo

experience in driving business growth and

improvement within a diverse range of industries

in Australia New Zealand USA Africa Europe

and the Asia Pacific region Liz has been in Chief

Executive and Director roles across a number of

private and government organisations including

Sydney Trains AUX Investments Telstra CentrePort

Wellington Ltd EDS and Telecom New Zealand

Nominated by the Minister for Transport

Board member Kaaren Koomen (Bachelor of

ArtsLaw Master of Law) is a highly experience

executive with over 25 yearsrsquo experience in

leadership roles in the private and public sector

with a particular focus on communications and

technology She is currently an Executive Director

with IBM Australia and New Zealand and a

member of the Global IBM Government Programs

Leadership Team She has extensive board

experience on over 10 public and private boards

and committees and currently serves on four

including Chair of the Museum of Australian

Democracy at Eureka and Vice President of the

Australian Services Roundtable Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services

Other members during the reporting period

Board member (until April 2014) David Abrahams

(Bachelor of Science Cand Mag Honours

equivalent Knowledge Management) has

expertise in the Information Communications

Technology Industry He is principal consultant to

Organise Internet ndash Online Mr Abrahams is a past

7

chair and board member of

YouthConnectionscomau and a past lecturer in

Major Information Technology projects at the

University of Newcastle He is the current

Chairperson of Regional Development Australia

(Central Coast) and is a consultant to state and

local governments Nominated by the Minister for

Resources and Energy

Board member (until December 2013) Gavin

Campbell (MBA Bachelor of Engineering

(Mechanical) is the NSW Director of Asset

Operations for Sydney Trains Mr Campbell leads a

team of approximately 4000 people who work

behind the scenes to maintain Sydney Trainsrsquo

assets He spent much of his earlier career at

Qantas where he headed its Defence Services

delivering improved customer service a new

safety performance program and restructuring

the business to position it for future growth

Nominated by the Minister for Transport

Acting Managing Director (until March 2014)

Laurie Glanfield was the Secretary of the NSW

Department of Finance and Services Prior this Mr

Glanfield was the Director General of the

Department of Attorney General and Justice for

over 20 years Mr Glanfield has also held a

number of state-wide national and international

positions including NSW Chief Information Officer

NSW Coordinator for the National Broadband

Network Founding Member of the International

Consortium for Court Excellence and Deputy

President of the Australasian Institute of Judicial

Administration In 2001 Mr Glanfield was made a

Member of the Order of Australia for services to

the law through the implementation of policies

for legal reform and for making the legal system

more accessible to the community

Acting Managing Director (until August 2013)

Michael Coutts-Trotter (Bachelor of Arts) was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Finance and Services and Managing Director of

the Telco Authority Prior to this role with the Telco

Authority in April 2011 Mr Coutts-Trotter was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Education and Training Before that he was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Finance and Commerce Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services

Board meetings

The Board was appointed in 2012 and held its

inaugural meeting in July 2012 There were six

meetings held during the reporting period

Member Period Meetings

Attended Eligible

Rod Gilmour Full year 6 6

Peter Barrie Full year 5 6

Shane

Fitzsimmons

Full year 3 6

Matt

Roberts

Full year 5 6

Alan

Lipman

Full year 4 6

David Quilty Full year 5 6

John Hubby From May

2014

1 1

Kaaren

Koomen

From June

2014

0 1

Kylie De

Courteney

From June

2014

1 1

Liz Ward From May

2014

0 1

Michael

Coutts-

Trotter

From July

2013 to

August 2013

0 0

Gavin

Campbell

Until

December

2013

2 4

Laurie

Glanfield

From

September

2013 to

March 2014

3 4

David

Abrahams

Until April

2014

5 5

Our senior management team

The NSW Telco Authority has a small senior

management team who work with experienced

and qualified staff to deliver the functions and

operations of the organisation

Shaun Smith Bachelor of Engineering (Honours)

Executive Director (aManaging Director after the

reporting period)

Phillip King Bachelor of Engineering

(Telecommunications)

Chief Technology Officer 8

Review of Organisational Structure Organisation chart

In late 201213 the Telco Authority undertook a

Telco Authority Board

Managing Director

Executive

Network and Services

Portfolio Management Office

Policy Governance and Reform

Telecommunications Emergencies

Business Planning and Financial Control

Commercial

review of its organisational structure to determine

the best operating model for the expanding and

changing role for the Authority During 201314

the outcomes of the review were progressively

implemented The new organisational structure

takes into account the work required by the

Authority in meeting its corporate plan

obligations and brings resources to key technical

communications and project management

activities

Recruitment to fill the majority of key positions was

undertaken during 201314 Further recruitment to

fill a number of executive positions will be carried

out once the new Government Sector Executive

employment arrangements are in place

9

bulltbull~middot ~shyNSW GOVERtllMENT

Mclltell Ekiding

2middot24 Rswson Place

Sydney NSW 2000

Tel 02 9372 7088Fabull 02 93n 7954 bull

Tel co Authority

TIY 1300 301181 ABN 85 430 594 829

WWWkonampwgovau

Internal Audit and Risk Management Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the New South Wales Government Telecommunications A uthority

I John Hubby Acting Managing Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority (Talco) am of the opinion that the Telco has internal audij and risk management processes in operation that are exclud ing the exceptions described below compliant with the core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 Internal Audit and Risk Management Policy

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the internal audij and risk management processes for the Talco depart from the following core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 and that (a) the circumstances giving rise to these departures have been detennined by the Minister for Finance amp Services and (b) the Telco has implemented the following practicable alternative measures that will achieve a level of assurance equivalent to the requirement

Ministerially Determined Deoarture

bull Core Requirement 2 An Audit amp Risk Committee has been established

Reason for Departure and Description of Practicable Alternative Measures lmolemented

bull TPP 12middot04 Guidance on Shared Arrangements and Subcommittees for Audit and Risk Committees states in section 1 Guidance on Shared Arrangements sub section 11 Detenninlng

eligibility to participate in a Shared Arrangement on page 6 that Subcommittees should only be established within a legal entity Subcommittees should not be established to create capacity for an

ARC to provide oversight over other legal entities within a cluster This precludes the NSW Government Telecommunications Authority and the State Records Authority from forming a

subcommittee as they are both separate legal entities Both Telco Authority and SRA agreed to fonn a subcommittee as full compliance to TPP 09middot 05 would impose an unreasonable administrative and cost burden

bull A review of the fonner Department of Finance amp Services cluster arrangements for Audit amp Risk Committees was conducted to ensure that smaller related entities were relieved of the cost burdens of supporting their own Audit amp Risk Committees and to provide an equivalent coverage of their obligations under TPP 09-05 through sharing of the Oeoartmenf s resources

The determination by the Minister for Finance amp Services in respect of these departures dated 15 July 2013 is appended to this attestation statement

Internal audit and risk management

10

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the Audit and Risk Committee for the Department of Finance amp Services is constituted and operates in accordance with the independence and governance requirements of Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 The Chair and Members of the Audit and Risk Committee are

bull Carolyn Burlew Independent Chair (period of appointment from 14 October 2011 to 14 October 2015)

bull Ralph Kelly Independent Member (period of appointment from 1 September 2011 to 1 September 2014)

bull Jim Mitchell Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Elizabeth Crouch Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Christine Feldmanis Independent Member (period of appointment from 18 November 2013 to 18 November 2016)

This Audit and Risk Committee has been established under a Minister approved shared arrangement with the State Records Authority in accordance with a resolution of the Board of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

These processes including the practicable alternative measures implemented provide a level of assurance that enables the senior management of the Telco to understand manage and satisfactorily control risk exposures

As required by the policy I have submitted an Attestation Statement outlining compliance with exceptions with the policy to the Treasury on behalf of the Treasurer

11

Digital Information Security Annual Attestation Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the

New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

I Shaun Smith AManaging Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications

Telco) Authority am of the opinion that the Telco Authority has implemented actions towards an

Information Security Management System during the financial year being reported on consistent

with the Core Requirements set out in the Digital Information Security Policy for the NSW Public

Sector and the approach in place with the Office of Finance and Services and its Shared Service

Provider

I am of the opinion that the security controls in place to mitigate identified risks to the digital

information and digital information systems of the Telco Authority are being made adequate for the

foreseeable future Risk assessments performed during the year identified areas requiring

improvement Plans to address these areas including completing the transition to an information

classification and labelling scheme are developed and being implemented

I am of the opinion that all business units under the control of the Telco Authority with a risk profile

sufficient to warrant an independent Information Security Management System have developed an

Information Security Management System in accordance with the Core Requirements of the Digital

Information Security Policy for the NSW Public Sector

I am of the opinion that where necessary in accordance with the Digital Information Security Policy

for the NSW Public Sector the Telco Authority is transitioning towards adopting relevant practices

aligned with ASNZS ISO IEC 27001 Information technology -Security techniques - Information

security management systems - Requirements

Shaun Smith

Acting Managing Director

Date ~(t~tj

Digital information security policy

12

Year in review

The 2013 to 2014 financial year was the Authorityrsquos

second full year of operation as a statutory

authority within the Office of Finance and

Services

In the past 12 months the Authority has been

committed to achieving priority activities

developing and maintaining key projects and

putting into place important governance and risk

management arrangements

Core activities

Strategic planning

As part of its long term strategic planning

approach the Board of the Telco Authority held a

planning day in November 2013 and discussed

with the Minister for Finance and Services how

best to plan for the future direction of the NSW

Government operational telecommunications

sector Following these discussions the NSW

Government endorsed the Telco Authorityrsquos

approach to develop a long-term operational

telecommunications strategy The focus of the

strategy will be planning for the most efficient and

cost-effective way of delivering operational

telecommunications services to frontline staff

Consultation with frontline agencies on long term

plans for the sector will continue throughout 2014

The strategy will look at the most cost effective

and efficient service delivery models while

maintaining or improving existing services for

officers in the field The strategy will build on the

existing work of the Telco Authority to rationalise

existing infrastructure and reduce duplication of

effort while addressing sector capability issues

and the deployment of new technology and

services such as a mobile broadband capability

The long term strategy together with the sector

wide reform activities already being undertaken

helped define the Telco Authorityrsquos 201415

Corporate Plan The Corporate Plan was

considered and approved by the Board in June

2014 The combination of the strategy and the

Authorityrsquos own corporate planning work will

ensure that a cohesive and coordinated

approach to sector reform will be achieved

NSW Government Radio Network

The Telco Authority manages the NSW

Government Radio Network (GRN) The GRN is

used by public safety entities and other NSW

government agencies for essential

communications The GRN is an important

strategic asset supporting the Authorityrsquos focus to

provide better services whilst delivering

meaningful sector reform in line with Government

policy

Following a comprehensive competitive tender

process and managed transition period on 1

August 2013 Airwave Solutions (Australia)

13

commenced the management and operation of

the GRN With oversight and assurance provided

by the Telco Authority Airwave provides day-to-

day management monitoring maintenance and

service restoration for the network

A separate maintenance agreement is in place

with Motorola Solutions who continue to support

the core and critical components of the network

The GRN geographically covers a third of NSW

and provides mission critical grade

telecommunication services to frontline agencies

over an area covering approximately 80 per cent

of the NSW population as well as the Australian

Capital Territory

Users with a GRN-enabled terminal are able to

communicate with other users within the

coverage area The contractual target is to

achieve 99950 per cent availability During

201314 availability of 99927 per cent was

achieved

Mobile Data Radio Network

The Telco Authority continued to provide the

Government Mobile Data Radio Network in

partnership with Sigtec Pty Ltd as the network

manager responsible for day to day operations

and maintenance This network provides a shared

capacity for low speed data communications use

for computer-aided dispatching of data

The network is utilised by approximately 400

vehicles in the NSW Ambulance fleet to send

information via data as opposed to voice and is

essential to achieving a rapid patient response

The mobile data radio network was available

99999 per cent of the year

Telecommunications Services Functional Area

The Telco Authorityrsquos Telecommunications Services

Functional Area (TELCOFAC) is operational 24

hours a day seven days a week

TELCOFAC plays a critical role in managing

operational activities with telecommunications

carriers public safety agencies and other partner

agencies during emergencies These activities

ensure that critical telecommunication links are

maintained so that members of the public are

able to call triple zero and receive emergency

alert messages during emergencies

TELCOFAC coordinates a comprehensive

approach for handling emergencies and

incidents through the following phases

Prevention ndash designed to minimise emergency

consequences

Preparation ndash addresses the preparation

planning and skills training for the TELCOFAC

to mobilise their structures and resources to

support response to and recovery from an

emergency

Response ndash responding to emergencies to

minimise impacts to individuals the

community and property

Recovery ndash restores critical and significant

telecommunications services to normal

operations

October 2013 bushfires

In October 2013 the TELCOFAC was involved in

the most intensive operations since its inception ndash

the State of Emergency declared in response to

the bushfires in the Blue Mountains the Greater

Hunter Central Coast and Southern Highlands

The TELCOFAC coordinated the effort by

telecommunication carriers and public safety

agencies to protect critical telecommunications

infrastructure restore telecommunication services

affected by the severe bushfires and where

necessary coordinate the augmentation of

telecommunication services to support

responders in the field TELCOFAC also

coordinated the deployment of emergency

communications for the Springwood Recovery

Centre

The focus of the TELCOFAC in 2014 is building

capability With a full complement of staff the

focus is on the tactical and operational training

improving our capability to operate out of hours

improving capabilities for mobile deployment and

sustaining high intensity protracted liaison

operations

14

15

201314 Corporate Plan

The Corporate Plan presents the Telco Authorityrsquos purpose objectives and goals as well as the values and

operating principles that the Authority operates under The plan was developed in collaboration with key

stakeholders client groups staff and the Board

The Plan aligns with the goals set out in NSW 2021 A Plan to Make NSW Number One the Governmentrsquos

commitment to improve opportunities and quality of life for people in regional and metropolitan NSW It is a

short term plan and is the first step towards delivering on a long term vision for the Telco Authorityrsquos

management in NSW

As the Authority will be leading a period of significant sector wide change the plan is a living document

which will actively drive organisation achievement for the next financial year and beyond

Objective 1 - Integrate and enhance service delivery to better meet the needs of

business partners

Key strategies

11 Understand and plan for the diverse needs of business partners

12 Progressively integrate NSW Police into the Government Radio Network

13 Maintain and improve the quality reliability and efficiency of services

14 Build emergency telecommunications capability across the four phases of emergency management

201314 achievements

Documenting the service requirements of agencies

Development of an asset management framework

Ongoing use of the GRN by NSW Police Force special operations officers

Establishment of governance arrangements for trialling general purpose police officers on the GRN

Development of a strategy to address risks and improve reliability of backhaul links

Establishment of the telecommunications services functional area subcommittee (TELCOFAC)

Objective 2 - Manage the efficient allocation and use of spectrum

Key strategies

21 Participate in strategic partnerships with other jurisdictions to achieve interoperability and improve

services

22 Ensure a coordinated and strategic approach to the allocation of radio spectrum to meet the needs

of NSW Government

23 Develop a dedicated data capability to meet the needs of NSW Government

201314 achievements

Establishment of a Spectrum Management Office within the Authority to plan manage and

implement the allocation of spectrum across NSW Government

Development of a framework for spectrum management

Contributed to the development of a national implementation plan for Public Safety Mobile

Broadband

16

Objective 3 - Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets which are fit for purpose

Key strategies

31 Work with partners to improve the efficiency and reduce duplication of telecommunications assets

across NSW

32 Coordinate capital planning processes for telecommunications assets across government

33 Improve and align access to telecommunications assets across NSW

34 Maintain a centralised understanding of all government telecommunications assets across NSW

35 Coordinate the procurement of operational telecommunications assets across government

201314 achievements

Initiating pilot programs to consolidate telecommunications assets on a small number targeted sites

Undertaking a cooperative telecommunications capital planning process with key business partners

Designing of a legal framework for future access to telecommunications sites

Implementation of the ITS 2573 prequalification scheme for the procurement of operational

communications

Objective 4 - Improve governance and risk management

Key strategies

41 Enable the Board and related governance arrangements to provide strategic direction to the sector

42 Reduce the likelihood and consequence of risk to the Authority and NSW Government

43 Embed an enhanced shared and rigorous approach to project management

44 Develop and maintain appropriate standards and guidelines

45 Measure and report on performance

201314 achievements

Implementation of stakeholder governance arrangements

Development of an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Framework

Enhancement of the Program Management Office to oversee project control and reporting

Undertaking regular communication with business partners

Publication of the Authorityrsquos first annual report for 201213

Objective 5 - Strengthen sector wide capabilities and engagement with partners

Key strategies

51 Lead improvements to the capacity of the sector

52 Undertake positive proactive engagement with business partners

53 Improve the capacity of the organisation to drive reform

54 Build an inclusive culture of performance and innovation

201314 achievements

Completion of a sector wide capability audit

Implementation of a new Authority organisational structure

Key positions with the Authority recruited

Implementation of performance plans aligned to the Corporate Plan for all staff

17

Projects ITS 2573 Improved Government

Telecommunications Prequalification Scheme

The Telco Authorityrsquos ITS 2573 scheme has saved

over $3 million since its introduction in May 2013

The scheme streamlines purchasing arrangements

for operational telecommunications equipment

infrastructure and services including handsets

network assets and design services

More than 70 NSW Government agencies

including emergency services agencies own

andor operate radio telecommunications

networks to support their operations The scheme

has simplified access for NSW Government buyers

and industry suppliers meaning agencies can

better match the right supplier to the right job This

allows agencies to focus on their core business As

a result the scheme saves time and money while

driving a more competitive marketplace that is

fairer for both large and small suppliers

Under the arrangements vendors can be added

to the scheme periodically and are lsquoprequalifiedrsquo

to do work over $150000 or lsquoregisteredrsquo for work

under $150000 The Authority will continue to work

with stakeholders to use the scheme to drive

greater efficiencies through its combined

purchasing power A recent example is the

terminal equipment subpanel

GRN Core Upgrade

During October 2013 the Telco Authority

completed an upgrade of the Government Radio

Network (GRN) core The core upgrade was a

highly complex project that was delivered in two

stages to reduce risks and have a minimal impact

on the network The project which ensures that

the GRN core is operating on up to date software

also allows several emergency services agencies

to connect their dispatch consoles to the GRN

Spectrum Management Office establishment

The Telco Authority established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to sit within the

Authority This office oversees the efficient

allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of all Government licences in the

400 MHz HGS bands as well as any other

spectrum allocations as required

Some of the ongoing benefits of this approach

are expected to include

a reduction in the allocation of spectrum

required to operate business as usual and

emergency response operations

a reduction in licensing costs to the NSW

Government by surrendering redundant

licences through the removal of duplicated

services

improved spectrum allocation through more

efficient processes and effective tools

an increased opportunity for better planning

in the 400 MHz HGS band by increasing the

allocation and usability of spectrum in that

band

a more efficient use of available spectrum

due to enabling a spectrum assignment that

is fit for purpose

assurance that agencies will be allocated

spectrum they need within the new HGS

bands

Infrastructure Rationalisation Project

In 201314 the Telco Authority commenced a

project to develop a series of rationalisation plans

The project is developing a framework to identify

opportunities for cost avoidance or cost reduction

through asset rationalisation of network

infrastructure The objectives of the project are to

identify what an optimised portfolio of NSW

Government assets consists of

develop a framework to identify opportunities

for cost avoidance or cost reduction through

NSW Government operational

telecommunications asset rationalisation

which will result in an equal or improved level

of service to stakeholder agencies

apply the framework to determine the

quantifiable benefit to the NSW Government

achieved through rationalisation

Plans will be developed for infrastructure

backhaul services and radio networks The project

will provide a basis for development of a forward

technology strategy architecture and roadmap

The Infrastructure Rationalisation Project will

conclude during the 201415 financial year

18

Sector Capability Review

The Telco Authority carried out a Sector Capability

Review to understand how agencies and state-

owned corporations (SOCs) plan deploy and

manage operational telecommunications (OT)

The objective of the review was to document and

measure 16 key capabilities for each agency The

findings were used to identify recommendations

to achieve more effective and efficient

management of operational telecommunications

and improve services to the public

Participation and responses to

inquiries

The Telco Authority is the lead organisation

focused on government operational

telecommunications in NSW and a key driver of

sector reform To meet this role the Authority

provides input to significant inquiries and

consultation reviews throughout the year During

201314 the Telco Authority contributed to a

number of national forums on radio and

communications issues The main ones are

highlighted below

Objects of the Radiocommunications Act

1992 (Commonwealth)

The former Commonwealth Department of

Broadband Communications and the Digital

Economy (DBCDE) commenced a process to

examine the regulatory framework for the

management of spectrum in Australia An initial

focus point of this work was the objects of the

Radiocommunications Act 1992 The objects set

out the priorities for the regulator of spectrum the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA)

The Telco Authority provided a submission

highlighting the importance of maintaining the

requirement for the ACMA to allocate spectrum

for public safety law enforcement and

emergency services purposes NSW public safety

agencies rely on radio services to ensure that

frontline staff are able to communicate when

dealing with an incident so it is essential that they

have access to sufficient and appropriate

spectrum for this purpose

Australian Parliament Inquiry ndash Allocation of

Spectrum for PSMB

In July 2013 the Parliamentary Joint Committee on

Law Enforcement issued a report following its

inquiry into the allocation of spectrum for public

safety mobile broadband (PSMB) purposes The

inquiry was established to consider the quantum

and type of spectrum required in order to ensure

public safety agencies are able to access a PSMB

capability

The Telco Authority along with the Department of

Premier and Cabinet contributed to a multi-

jurisdictional submission to the Inquiry that spelt

out the need for 2 x10MHz of spectrum for

PSMB This amount is required to ensure that

agencies are able to respond to large scale

incidents which occur with increasing frequency

The submission also addressed overflow

arrangements to commercial services during

periods of significant demand

19

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 5: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

About us

Our purpose is to lead and drive the

reform of government operational

telecommunications services and deliver

solutions to better enable our

stakeholders to respond to the needs of

the NSW community

Our operating principles

We will

ensure services continue to meet business

needs and provide an equal or improved

level of service

provide strategic direction and value to the

whole-of-government

use technology as an enabler rather than a

driver of services

engage our stakeholders as partners in

aligning strategies consolidating assets and

reforming services

acknowledge and provide for the unique

operating requirements of emergency service

organisations

ensure the capabilities and skills of the sector

continue to develop

Our 201314 objectives

1 Integrate and enhance service delivery to

better meet the needs of business partners

2 Manage the efficient allocation and use of

spectrum

3 Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets

which are fit for purpose

4 Improve governance and risk management

5 Strengthen sector-wide capabilities and

engagement with partners

Our Act

The NSW Telco Authority is a statutory authority

created under the NSW Government

Telecommunications Act 1991

The Authority was established in 2011 as a result of

the recommendations of the Strategic Review of

NSW Government Mobile Radio Services

undertaken by the NSW Department of Premier

and Cabinet and associated direction provided

by Premierrsquos Memorandum M2010-16

Government Mobile Radio Services

This memorandum was replaced on 1 September

2014 by the new OFS-2014-02-NSW Government

Radio Communications Strategy circular which

provides guidance to agencies on ensuring that

their radio and related communications

investment planning and spectrum licensing

decisions are in line with the future direction of the

sector

The roles undertaken by the Authority include

reform the statersquos infrastructure and services to

make the portfolio more efficient improve

services and streamline processes

undertake the planning deployment and

management of government owned radio

and data networks

identify develop deliver and procure

communications technologies which meet the

needs of customers

manage voice and data spectrum allocations

on behalf of all NSW agencies

coordinate responses to telecommunications

outages during major emergencies and

natural disasters including acting as a conduit

between telecommunications carriers and

emergency management organisations

provide strategy policy and advocacy for the

sector including liaising with national bodies

and stakeholders on sector reforms and

enhancing the capabilities of the sector

The Authority operates as a statutory authority

within the Finance and Services cluster For routine

matters we report to the Minister for Finance and

Service and on specific matters the Cabinet Sub-

Committee on Counter Terrorism and Emergency

Management

5

Our stakeholders

The Authority has a wide range of business

partners including emergency services

organisations providers of essential services and

other NSW Government agencies

In addition to developing partnerships with

industry the Authority also works closely with the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA) and relevant agencies in other states

and territories

Governance

The NSW Telco Authority is overseen by a Board of

part-time independent and government

members who with the Managing Director and

executive management are accountable for the

operations of the Authority

The Authority recognises the importance of

agency collaboration and the different skills and

experience that contribute to the development of

policy and strategy As a result a tiered

framework has been adopted to facilitate and

support engagement This model is informed by

the governance framework development

experiences in the NSW Governmentrsquos approach

to Procurement and Information and

Communications Technology

The following advisory groups have been

established as collaborative forums for

engagement with our business partners

Business and Strategy Group (BSG)

Technology (Planning and Review) Group

(TPRG)

Network client forum

The Board

The Telco Authority Board is established under the

NSW Government Telecommunications Act 1991

The Board has adopted a Charter and a Code of

Conduct to guide its operations The Board

provides policy and strategic direction for the

NSW Telco Authority The Minister administers the

Act and nominates the members after

consultation with various sectors of the NSW

Government

Review of the Board

The Board of the Telco Authority engaged an

independent consultant to undertake a review of

the effectiveness of the Board its activities and its

internal governance arrangements during 2013

The review was undertaken as the Board had

been operating for more than 12 months

The Boardrsquos inaugural membership considered the

review outcomes in December 2013 The Board

including new members appointed in May 2014

has endorsed the recommended improvements

to the Boardrsquos Charter and Code of Conduct

Issues concerning the Boardrsquos gender balance

asset management finance and risk

management skills were addressed with the

appointment of several new members

Current members (as 30 June 2014)

In accordance with the Act and to ensure a

broad range of skills and experience the Board is

comprised of members nominated as follows

Chairperson Rod Gilmour (FAIM MAICD) was

General Manager Corporate Affairs Planning

and Human Resources of the Sydney Airport

Corporation Limited until 2011 He is an

experienced leader and change manager with

achievements in transport business development

regulatory frameworks and planning and

environment Mr Gilmour has held many board

and authority appointments including as a

Director of the National Rail Corporation

Nominated by the Minister for Finance and

Services

Deputy Chairperson Peter Barrie is an Assistant

Commissioner of the NSW Police Force

operational Communications and Information

Command He has a wealth of operational

policing experience and is recognised as a leader

in Australian radio and public safety

communications He sits on a number of state and

national boards and committees He is responsible

for the management of the NSW Police Force

radio network and a major capital program of

works to refresh their assets to prepare for future

growth and opportunities Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services in concert with

the Minister for Police and Emergency Services

6

Acting Managing Director (until September 2014)

John Hubby (Master of Public Health and

Bachelor of Business Administration) the Deputy

Secretary Corporate Services for Finance and

Services since April 2012 was appointed as Acting

Chief Executive of Finance and Services on 29

April 2014 As well as previously serving as the

Chief Executive of Juvenile Justice NSW Mr Hubby

has also held executive roles in the health sector

in NSW and in the USA

Board member Shane Fitzsimmons (qualifications

in Management and Leadership from the

Australian Institute of Police Management and

NSW TAFE) is Commissioner of the NSW Rural Fire

Service Commissioner Fitzsimmons has a wealth of

strategic and operational fire knowledge and was

awarded the Australian Fire Service Medal in 2001

Nominate by the Minister for Finance and Services

in concert with the Minister for Police and

Emergency Services

Board member Matt Roberts (Master of

Economics and a Bachelor of Economics) is a

Deputy Secretary of the NSW Treasury and is

responsible for policy development and budget

management across several portfolios He was

previously the Director of the National Reform

Branch advising the Council of Australian

Governments Nominate by the Treasurer

Board member Alan Lipman (Bachelor of Business

(Admin)) was the Executive Director of Lomb

Scientific (Australia) Pty Ltd and previously the

General Manager Marketing for Advance

Healthcare Group Limited Mr Lipmanrsquos private

sector expertise is in the management of budgets

implementation of strategy and people

management He has served on the boards of

many non-profit organisations Nominated by the

Minister for Resources and Energy

Board member David Quilty (Graduate Diploma

in Industrial Relations and Bachelor of Arts) is the

Executive Director of the Pharmacy Guild of

Australia Prior to taking up his current role David

directed his own consulting firm providing

strategic advice to businesses and industry

organisations Before that David spent five years

as an executive at Telstra the last three as Group

Managing Director Public Policy and

Communications He has also worked in various

advisory roles in government including six years as

the chief of staff to the Minister for

Communications Information Technology and

the Arts Nominated by the Premier

Board member Kylie De Courteney (Bachelor of

Commerce) has extensive experience as a

Transformation Program Manager and

Management Consultant Kylie has been

responsible for the delivery of large scale

transformational change in some of Australiarsquos

largest and most complex organisations in the

private sector government and professional

services including the University of Sydney Sydney

Trains Chartered Accountants Australia and New

Zealand NSW Roads and Maritime Services

Energy Australia and Telstra Nominated by the

Minister for Resources and Energy

Board member Liz Ward (Master of Business

Administration) is a senior executive with 30 yearsrsquo

experience in driving business growth and

improvement within a diverse range of industries

in Australia New Zealand USA Africa Europe

and the Asia Pacific region Liz has been in Chief

Executive and Director roles across a number of

private and government organisations including

Sydney Trains AUX Investments Telstra CentrePort

Wellington Ltd EDS and Telecom New Zealand

Nominated by the Minister for Transport

Board member Kaaren Koomen (Bachelor of

ArtsLaw Master of Law) is a highly experience

executive with over 25 yearsrsquo experience in

leadership roles in the private and public sector

with a particular focus on communications and

technology She is currently an Executive Director

with IBM Australia and New Zealand and a

member of the Global IBM Government Programs

Leadership Team She has extensive board

experience on over 10 public and private boards

and committees and currently serves on four

including Chair of the Museum of Australian

Democracy at Eureka and Vice President of the

Australian Services Roundtable Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services

Other members during the reporting period

Board member (until April 2014) David Abrahams

(Bachelor of Science Cand Mag Honours

equivalent Knowledge Management) has

expertise in the Information Communications

Technology Industry He is principal consultant to

Organise Internet ndash Online Mr Abrahams is a past

7

chair and board member of

YouthConnectionscomau and a past lecturer in

Major Information Technology projects at the

University of Newcastle He is the current

Chairperson of Regional Development Australia

(Central Coast) and is a consultant to state and

local governments Nominated by the Minister for

Resources and Energy

Board member (until December 2013) Gavin

Campbell (MBA Bachelor of Engineering

(Mechanical) is the NSW Director of Asset

Operations for Sydney Trains Mr Campbell leads a

team of approximately 4000 people who work

behind the scenes to maintain Sydney Trainsrsquo

assets He spent much of his earlier career at

Qantas where he headed its Defence Services

delivering improved customer service a new

safety performance program and restructuring

the business to position it for future growth

Nominated by the Minister for Transport

Acting Managing Director (until March 2014)

Laurie Glanfield was the Secretary of the NSW

Department of Finance and Services Prior this Mr

Glanfield was the Director General of the

Department of Attorney General and Justice for

over 20 years Mr Glanfield has also held a

number of state-wide national and international

positions including NSW Chief Information Officer

NSW Coordinator for the National Broadband

Network Founding Member of the International

Consortium for Court Excellence and Deputy

President of the Australasian Institute of Judicial

Administration In 2001 Mr Glanfield was made a

Member of the Order of Australia for services to

the law through the implementation of policies

for legal reform and for making the legal system

more accessible to the community

Acting Managing Director (until August 2013)

Michael Coutts-Trotter (Bachelor of Arts) was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Finance and Services and Managing Director of

the Telco Authority Prior to this role with the Telco

Authority in April 2011 Mr Coutts-Trotter was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Education and Training Before that he was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Finance and Commerce Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services

Board meetings

The Board was appointed in 2012 and held its

inaugural meeting in July 2012 There were six

meetings held during the reporting period

Member Period Meetings

Attended Eligible

Rod Gilmour Full year 6 6

Peter Barrie Full year 5 6

Shane

Fitzsimmons

Full year 3 6

Matt

Roberts

Full year 5 6

Alan

Lipman

Full year 4 6

David Quilty Full year 5 6

John Hubby From May

2014

1 1

Kaaren

Koomen

From June

2014

0 1

Kylie De

Courteney

From June

2014

1 1

Liz Ward From May

2014

0 1

Michael

Coutts-

Trotter

From July

2013 to

August 2013

0 0

Gavin

Campbell

Until

December

2013

2 4

Laurie

Glanfield

From

September

2013 to

March 2014

3 4

David

Abrahams

Until April

2014

5 5

Our senior management team

The NSW Telco Authority has a small senior

management team who work with experienced

and qualified staff to deliver the functions and

operations of the organisation

Shaun Smith Bachelor of Engineering (Honours)

Executive Director (aManaging Director after the

reporting period)

Phillip King Bachelor of Engineering

(Telecommunications)

Chief Technology Officer 8

Review of Organisational Structure Organisation chart

In late 201213 the Telco Authority undertook a

Telco Authority Board

Managing Director

Executive

Network and Services

Portfolio Management Office

Policy Governance and Reform

Telecommunications Emergencies

Business Planning and Financial Control

Commercial

review of its organisational structure to determine

the best operating model for the expanding and

changing role for the Authority During 201314

the outcomes of the review were progressively

implemented The new organisational structure

takes into account the work required by the

Authority in meeting its corporate plan

obligations and brings resources to key technical

communications and project management

activities

Recruitment to fill the majority of key positions was

undertaken during 201314 Further recruitment to

fill a number of executive positions will be carried

out once the new Government Sector Executive

employment arrangements are in place

9

bulltbull~middot ~shyNSW GOVERtllMENT

Mclltell Ekiding

2middot24 Rswson Place

Sydney NSW 2000

Tel 02 9372 7088Fabull 02 93n 7954 bull

Tel co Authority

TIY 1300 301181 ABN 85 430 594 829

WWWkonampwgovau

Internal Audit and Risk Management Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the New South Wales Government Telecommunications A uthority

I John Hubby Acting Managing Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority (Talco) am of the opinion that the Telco has internal audij and risk management processes in operation that are exclud ing the exceptions described below compliant with the core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 Internal Audit and Risk Management Policy

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the internal audij and risk management processes for the Talco depart from the following core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 and that (a) the circumstances giving rise to these departures have been detennined by the Minister for Finance amp Services and (b) the Telco has implemented the following practicable alternative measures that will achieve a level of assurance equivalent to the requirement

Ministerially Determined Deoarture

bull Core Requirement 2 An Audit amp Risk Committee has been established

Reason for Departure and Description of Practicable Alternative Measures lmolemented

bull TPP 12middot04 Guidance on Shared Arrangements and Subcommittees for Audit and Risk Committees states in section 1 Guidance on Shared Arrangements sub section 11 Detenninlng

eligibility to participate in a Shared Arrangement on page 6 that Subcommittees should only be established within a legal entity Subcommittees should not be established to create capacity for an

ARC to provide oversight over other legal entities within a cluster This precludes the NSW Government Telecommunications Authority and the State Records Authority from forming a

subcommittee as they are both separate legal entities Both Telco Authority and SRA agreed to fonn a subcommittee as full compliance to TPP 09middot 05 would impose an unreasonable administrative and cost burden

bull A review of the fonner Department of Finance amp Services cluster arrangements for Audit amp Risk Committees was conducted to ensure that smaller related entities were relieved of the cost burdens of supporting their own Audit amp Risk Committees and to provide an equivalent coverage of their obligations under TPP 09-05 through sharing of the Oeoartmenf s resources

The determination by the Minister for Finance amp Services in respect of these departures dated 15 July 2013 is appended to this attestation statement

Internal audit and risk management

10

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the Audit and Risk Committee for the Department of Finance amp Services is constituted and operates in accordance with the independence and governance requirements of Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 The Chair and Members of the Audit and Risk Committee are

bull Carolyn Burlew Independent Chair (period of appointment from 14 October 2011 to 14 October 2015)

bull Ralph Kelly Independent Member (period of appointment from 1 September 2011 to 1 September 2014)

bull Jim Mitchell Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Elizabeth Crouch Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Christine Feldmanis Independent Member (period of appointment from 18 November 2013 to 18 November 2016)

This Audit and Risk Committee has been established under a Minister approved shared arrangement with the State Records Authority in accordance with a resolution of the Board of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

These processes including the practicable alternative measures implemented provide a level of assurance that enables the senior management of the Telco to understand manage and satisfactorily control risk exposures

As required by the policy I have submitted an Attestation Statement outlining compliance with exceptions with the policy to the Treasury on behalf of the Treasurer

11

Digital Information Security Annual Attestation Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the

New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

I Shaun Smith AManaging Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications

Telco) Authority am of the opinion that the Telco Authority has implemented actions towards an

Information Security Management System during the financial year being reported on consistent

with the Core Requirements set out in the Digital Information Security Policy for the NSW Public

Sector and the approach in place with the Office of Finance and Services and its Shared Service

Provider

I am of the opinion that the security controls in place to mitigate identified risks to the digital

information and digital information systems of the Telco Authority are being made adequate for the

foreseeable future Risk assessments performed during the year identified areas requiring

improvement Plans to address these areas including completing the transition to an information

classification and labelling scheme are developed and being implemented

I am of the opinion that all business units under the control of the Telco Authority with a risk profile

sufficient to warrant an independent Information Security Management System have developed an

Information Security Management System in accordance with the Core Requirements of the Digital

Information Security Policy for the NSW Public Sector

I am of the opinion that where necessary in accordance with the Digital Information Security Policy

for the NSW Public Sector the Telco Authority is transitioning towards adopting relevant practices

aligned with ASNZS ISO IEC 27001 Information technology -Security techniques - Information

security management systems - Requirements

Shaun Smith

Acting Managing Director

Date ~(t~tj

Digital information security policy

12

Year in review

The 2013 to 2014 financial year was the Authorityrsquos

second full year of operation as a statutory

authority within the Office of Finance and

Services

In the past 12 months the Authority has been

committed to achieving priority activities

developing and maintaining key projects and

putting into place important governance and risk

management arrangements

Core activities

Strategic planning

As part of its long term strategic planning

approach the Board of the Telco Authority held a

planning day in November 2013 and discussed

with the Minister for Finance and Services how

best to plan for the future direction of the NSW

Government operational telecommunications

sector Following these discussions the NSW

Government endorsed the Telco Authorityrsquos

approach to develop a long-term operational

telecommunications strategy The focus of the

strategy will be planning for the most efficient and

cost-effective way of delivering operational

telecommunications services to frontline staff

Consultation with frontline agencies on long term

plans for the sector will continue throughout 2014

The strategy will look at the most cost effective

and efficient service delivery models while

maintaining or improving existing services for

officers in the field The strategy will build on the

existing work of the Telco Authority to rationalise

existing infrastructure and reduce duplication of

effort while addressing sector capability issues

and the deployment of new technology and

services such as a mobile broadband capability

The long term strategy together with the sector

wide reform activities already being undertaken

helped define the Telco Authorityrsquos 201415

Corporate Plan The Corporate Plan was

considered and approved by the Board in June

2014 The combination of the strategy and the

Authorityrsquos own corporate planning work will

ensure that a cohesive and coordinated

approach to sector reform will be achieved

NSW Government Radio Network

The Telco Authority manages the NSW

Government Radio Network (GRN) The GRN is

used by public safety entities and other NSW

government agencies for essential

communications The GRN is an important

strategic asset supporting the Authorityrsquos focus to

provide better services whilst delivering

meaningful sector reform in line with Government

policy

Following a comprehensive competitive tender

process and managed transition period on 1

August 2013 Airwave Solutions (Australia)

13

commenced the management and operation of

the GRN With oversight and assurance provided

by the Telco Authority Airwave provides day-to-

day management monitoring maintenance and

service restoration for the network

A separate maintenance agreement is in place

with Motorola Solutions who continue to support

the core and critical components of the network

The GRN geographically covers a third of NSW

and provides mission critical grade

telecommunication services to frontline agencies

over an area covering approximately 80 per cent

of the NSW population as well as the Australian

Capital Territory

Users with a GRN-enabled terminal are able to

communicate with other users within the

coverage area The contractual target is to

achieve 99950 per cent availability During

201314 availability of 99927 per cent was

achieved

Mobile Data Radio Network

The Telco Authority continued to provide the

Government Mobile Data Radio Network in

partnership with Sigtec Pty Ltd as the network

manager responsible for day to day operations

and maintenance This network provides a shared

capacity for low speed data communications use

for computer-aided dispatching of data

The network is utilised by approximately 400

vehicles in the NSW Ambulance fleet to send

information via data as opposed to voice and is

essential to achieving a rapid patient response

The mobile data radio network was available

99999 per cent of the year

Telecommunications Services Functional Area

The Telco Authorityrsquos Telecommunications Services

Functional Area (TELCOFAC) is operational 24

hours a day seven days a week

TELCOFAC plays a critical role in managing

operational activities with telecommunications

carriers public safety agencies and other partner

agencies during emergencies These activities

ensure that critical telecommunication links are

maintained so that members of the public are

able to call triple zero and receive emergency

alert messages during emergencies

TELCOFAC coordinates a comprehensive

approach for handling emergencies and

incidents through the following phases

Prevention ndash designed to minimise emergency

consequences

Preparation ndash addresses the preparation

planning and skills training for the TELCOFAC

to mobilise their structures and resources to

support response to and recovery from an

emergency

Response ndash responding to emergencies to

minimise impacts to individuals the

community and property

Recovery ndash restores critical and significant

telecommunications services to normal

operations

October 2013 bushfires

In October 2013 the TELCOFAC was involved in

the most intensive operations since its inception ndash

the State of Emergency declared in response to

the bushfires in the Blue Mountains the Greater

Hunter Central Coast and Southern Highlands

The TELCOFAC coordinated the effort by

telecommunication carriers and public safety

agencies to protect critical telecommunications

infrastructure restore telecommunication services

affected by the severe bushfires and where

necessary coordinate the augmentation of

telecommunication services to support

responders in the field TELCOFAC also

coordinated the deployment of emergency

communications for the Springwood Recovery

Centre

The focus of the TELCOFAC in 2014 is building

capability With a full complement of staff the

focus is on the tactical and operational training

improving our capability to operate out of hours

improving capabilities for mobile deployment and

sustaining high intensity protracted liaison

operations

14

15

201314 Corporate Plan

The Corporate Plan presents the Telco Authorityrsquos purpose objectives and goals as well as the values and

operating principles that the Authority operates under The plan was developed in collaboration with key

stakeholders client groups staff and the Board

The Plan aligns with the goals set out in NSW 2021 A Plan to Make NSW Number One the Governmentrsquos

commitment to improve opportunities and quality of life for people in regional and metropolitan NSW It is a

short term plan and is the first step towards delivering on a long term vision for the Telco Authorityrsquos

management in NSW

As the Authority will be leading a period of significant sector wide change the plan is a living document

which will actively drive organisation achievement for the next financial year and beyond

Objective 1 - Integrate and enhance service delivery to better meet the needs of

business partners

Key strategies

11 Understand and plan for the diverse needs of business partners

12 Progressively integrate NSW Police into the Government Radio Network

13 Maintain and improve the quality reliability and efficiency of services

14 Build emergency telecommunications capability across the four phases of emergency management

201314 achievements

Documenting the service requirements of agencies

Development of an asset management framework

Ongoing use of the GRN by NSW Police Force special operations officers

Establishment of governance arrangements for trialling general purpose police officers on the GRN

Development of a strategy to address risks and improve reliability of backhaul links

Establishment of the telecommunications services functional area subcommittee (TELCOFAC)

Objective 2 - Manage the efficient allocation and use of spectrum

Key strategies

21 Participate in strategic partnerships with other jurisdictions to achieve interoperability and improve

services

22 Ensure a coordinated and strategic approach to the allocation of radio spectrum to meet the needs

of NSW Government

23 Develop a dedicated data capability to meet the needs of NSW Government

201314 achievements

Establishment of a Spectrum Management Office within the Authority to plan manage and

implement the allocation of spectrum across NSW Government

Development of a framework for spectrum management

Contributed to the development of a national implementation plan for Public Safety Mobile

Broadband

16

Objective 3 - Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets which are fit for purpose

Key strategies

31 Work with partners to improve the efficiency and reduce duplication of telecommunications assets

across NSW

32 Coordinate capital planning processes for telecommunications assets across government

33 Improve and align access to telecommunications assets across NSW

34 Maintain a centralised understanding of all government telecommunications assets across NSW

35 Coordinate the procurement of operational telecommunications assets across government

201314 achievements

Initiating pilot programs to consolidate telecommunications assets on a small number targeted sites

Undertaking a cooperative telecommunications capital planning process with key business partners

Designing of a legal framework for future access to telecommunications sites

Implementation of the ITS 2573 prequalification scheme for the procurement of operational

communications

Objective 4 - Improve governance and risk management

Key strategies

41 Enable the Board and related governance arrangements to provide strategic direction to the sector

42 Reduce the likelihood and consequence of risk to the Authority and NSW Government

43 Embed an enhanced shared and rigorous approach to project management

44 Develop and maintain appropriate standards and guidelines

45 Measure and report on performance

201314 achievements

Implementation of stakeholder governance arrangements

Development of an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Framework

Enhancement of the Program Management Office to oversee project control and reporting

Undertaking regular communication with business partners

Publication of the Authorityrsquos first annual report for 201213

Objective 5 - Strengthen sector wide capabilities and engagement with partners

Key strategies

51 Lead improvements to the capacity of the sector

52 Undertake positive proactive engagement with business partners

53 Improve the capacity of the organisation to drive reform

54 Build an inclusive culture of performance and innovation

201314 achievements

Completion of a sector wide capability audit

Implementation of a new Authority organisational structure

Key positions with the Authority recruited

Implementation of performance plans aligned to the Corporate Plan for all staff

17

Projects ITS 2573 Improved Government

Telecommunications Prequalification Scheme

The Telco Authorityrsquos ITS 2573 scheme has saved

over $3 million since its introduction in May 2013

The scheme streamlines purchasing arrangements

for operational telecommunications equipment

infrastructure and services including handsets

network assets and design services

More than 70 NSW Government agencies

including emergency services agencies own

andor operate radio telecommunications

networks to support their operations The scheme

has simplified access for NSW Government buyers

and industry suppliers meaning agencies can

better match the right supplier to the right job This

allows agencies to focus on their core business As

a result the scheme saves time and money while

driving a more competitive marketplace that is

fairer for both large and small suppliers

Under the arrangements vendors can be added

to the scheme periodically and are lsquoprequalifiedrsquo

to do work over $150000 or lsquoregisteredrsquo for work

under $150000 The Authority will continue to work

with stakeholders to use the scheme to drive

greater efficiencies through its combined

purchasing power A recent example is the

terminal equipment subpanel

GRN Core Upgrade

During October 2013 the Telco Authority

completed an upgrade of the Government Radio

Network (GRN) core The core upgrade was a

highly complex project that was delivered in two

stages to reduce risks and have a minimal impact

on the network The project which ensures that

the GRN core is operating on up to date software

also allows several emergency services agencies

to connect their dispatch consoles to the GRN

Spectrum Management Office establishment

The Telco Authority established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to sit within the

Authority This office oversees the efficient

allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of all Government licences in the

400 MHz HGS bands as well as any other

spectrum allocations as required

Some of the ongoing benefits of this approach

are expected to include

a reduction in the allocation of spectrum

required to operate business as usual and

emergency response operations

a reduction in licensing costs to the NSW

Government by surrendering redundant

licences through the removal of duplicated

services

improved spectrum allocation through more

efficient processes and effective tools

an increased opportunity for better planning

in the 400 MHz HGS band by increasing the

allocation and usability of spectrum in that

band

a more efficient use of available spectrum

due to enabling a spectrum assignment that

is fit for purpose

assurance that agencies will be allocated

spectrum they need within the new HGS

bands

Infrastructure Rationalisation Project

In 201314 the Telco Authority commenced a

project to develop a series of rationalisation plans

The project is developing a framework to identify

opportunities for cost avoidance or cost reduction

through asset rationalisation of network

infrastructure The objectives of the project are to

identify what an optimised portfolio of NSW

Government assets consists of

develop a framework to identify opportunities

for cost avoidance or cost reduction through

NSW Government operational

telecommunications asset rationalisation

which will result in an equal or improved level

of service to stakeholder agencies

apply the framework to determine the

quantifiable benefit to the NSW Government

achieved through rationalisation

Plans will be developed for infrastructure

backhaul services and radio networks The project

will provide a basis for development of a forward

technology strategy architecture and roadmap

The Infrastructure Rationalisation Project will

conclude during the 201415 financial year

18

Sector Capability Review

The Telco Authority carried out a Sector Capability

Review to understand how agencies and state-

owned corporations (SOCs) plan deploy and

manage operational telecommunications (OT)

The objective of the review was to document and

measure 16 key capabilities for each agency The

findings were used to identify recommendations

to achieve more effective and efficient

management of operational telecommunications

and improve services to the public

Participation and responses to

inquiries

The Telco Authority is the lead organisation

focused on government operational

telecommunications in NSW and a key driver of

sector reform To meet this role the Authority

provides input to significant inquiries and

consultation reviews throughout the year During

201314 the Telco Authority contributed to a

number of national forums on radio and

communications issues The main ones are

highlighted below

Objects of the Radiocommunications Act

1992 (Commonwealth)

The former Commonwealth Department of

Broadband Communications and the Digital

Economy (DBCDE) commenced a process to

examine the regulatory framework for the

management of spectrum in Australia An initial

focus point of this work was the objects of the

Radiocommunications Act 1992 The objects set

out the priorities for the regulator of spectrum the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA)

The Telco Authority provided a submission

highlighting the importance of maintaining the

requirement for the ACMA to allocate spectrum

for public safety law enforcement and

emergency services purposes NSW public safety

agencies rely on radio services to ensure that

frontline staff are able to communicate when

dealing with an incident so it is essential that they

have access to sufficient and appropriate

spectrum for this purpose

Australian Parliament Inquiry ndash Allocation of

Spectrum for PSMB

In July 2013 the Parliamentary Joint Committee on

Law Enforcement issued a report following its

inquiry into the allocation of spectrum for public

safety mobile broadband (PSMB) purposes The

inquiry was established to consider the quantum

and type of spectrum required in order to ensure

public safety agencies are able to access a PSMB

capability

The Telco Authority along with the Department of

Premier and Cabinet contributed to a multi-

jurisdictional submission to the Inquiry that spelt

out the need for 2 x10MHz of spectrum for

PSMB This amount is required to ensure that

agencies are able to respond to large scale

incidents which occur with increasing frequency

The submission also addressed overflow

arrangements to commercial services during

periods of significant demand

19

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 6: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Our stakeholders

The Authority has a wide range of business

partners including emergency services

organisations providers of essential services and

other NSW Government agencies

In addition to developing partnerships with

industry the Authority also works closely with the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA) and relevant agencies in other states

and territories

Governance

The NSW Telco Authority is overseen by a Board of

part-time independent and government

members who with the Managing Director and

executive management are accountable for the

operations of the Authority

The Authority recognises the importance of

agency collaboration and the different skills and

experience that contribute to the development of

policy and strategy As a result a tiered

framework has been adopted to facilitate and

support engagement This model is informed by

the governance framework development

experiences in the NSW Governmentrsquos approach

to Procurement and Information and

Communications Technology

The following advisory groups have been

established as collaborative forums for

engagement with our business partners

Business and Strategy Group (BSG)

Technology (Planning and Review) Group

(TPRG)

Network client forum

The Board

The Telco Authority Board is established under the

NSW Government Telecommunications Act 1991

The Board has adopted a Charter and a Code of

Conduct to guide its operations The Board

provides policy and strategic direction for the

NSW Telco Authority The Minister administers the

Act and nominates the members after

consultation with various sectors of the NSW

Government

Review of the Board

The Board of the Telco Authority engaged an

independent consultant to undertake a review of

the effectiveness of the Board its activities and its

internal governance arrangements during 2013

The review was undertaken as the Board had

been operating for more than 12 months

The Boardrsquos inaugural membership considered the

review outcomes in December 2013 The Board

including new members appointed in May 2014

has endorsed the recommended improvements

to the Boardrsquos Charter and Code of Conduct

Issues concerning the Boardrsquos gender balance

asset management finance and risk

management skills were addressed with the

appointment of several new members

Current members (as 30 June 2014)

In accordance with the Act and to ensure a

broad range of skills and experience the Board is

comprised of members nominated as follows

Chairperson Rod Gilmour (FAIM MAICD) was

General Manager Corporate Affairs Planning

and Human Resources of the Sydney Airport

Corporation Limited until 2011 He is an

experienced leader and change manager with

achievements in transport business development

regulatory frameworks and planning and

environment Mr Gilmour has held many board

and authority appointments including as a

Director of the National Rail Corporation

Nominated by the Minister for Finance and

Services

Deputy Chairperson Peter Barrie is an Assistant

Commissioner of the NSW Police Force

operational Communications and Information

Command He has a wealth of operational

policing experience and is recognised as a leader

in Australian radio and public safety

communications He sits on a number of state and

national boards and committees He is responsible

for the management of the NSW Police Force

radio network and a major capital program of

works to refresh their assets to prepare for future

growth and opportunities Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services in concert with

the Minister for Police and Emergency Services

6

Acting Managing Director (until September 2014)

John Hubby (Master of Public Health and

Bachelor of Business Administration) the Deputy

Secretary Corporate Services for Finance and

Services since April 2012 was appointed as Acting

Chief Executive of Finance and Services on 29

April 2014 As well as previously serving as the

Chief Executive of Juvenile Justice NSW Mr Hubby

has also held executive roles in the health sector

in NSW and in the USA

Board member Shane Fitzsimmons (qualifications

in Management and Leadership from the

Australian Institute of Police Management and

NSW TAFE) is Commissioner of the NSW Rural Fire

Service Commissioner Fitzsimmons has a wealth of

strategic and operational fire knowledge and was

awarded the Australian Fire Service Medal in 2001

Nominate by the Minister for Finance and Services

in concert with the Minister for Police and

Emergency Services

Board member Matt Roberts (Master of

Economics and a Bachelor of Economics) is a

Deputy Secretary of the NSW Treasury and is

responsible for policy development and budget

management across several portfolios He was

previously the Director of the National Reform

Branch advising the Council of Australian

Governments Nominate by the Treasurer

Board member Alan Lipman (Bachelor of Business

(Admin)) was the Executive Director of Lomb

Scientific (Australia) Pty Ltd and previously the

General Manager Marketing for Advance

Healthcare Group Limited Mr Lipmanrsquos private

sector expertise is in the management of budgets

implementation of strategy and people

management He has served on the boards of

many non-profit organisations Nominated by the

Minister for Resources and Energy

Board member David Quilty (Graduate Diploma

in Industrial Relations and Bachelor of Arts) is the

Executive Director of the Pharmacy Guild of

Australia Prior to taking up his current role David

directed his own consulting firm providing

strategic advice to businesses and industry

organisations Before that David spent five years

as an executive at Telstra the last three as Group

Managing Director Public Policy and

Communications He has also worked in various

advisory roles in government including six years as

the chief of staff to the Minister for

Communications Information Technology and

the Arts Nominated by the Premier

Board member Kylie De Courteney (Bachelor of

Commerce) has extensive experience as a

Transformation Program Manager and

Management Consultant Kylie has been

responsible for the delivery of large scale

transformational change in some of Australiarsquos

largest and most complex organisations in the

private sector government and professional

services including the University of Sydney Sydney

Trains Chartered Accountants Australia and New

Zealand NSW Roads and Maritime Services

Energy Australia and Telstra Nominated by the

Minister for Resources and Energy

Board member Liz Ward (Master of Business

Administration) is a senior executive with 30 yearsrsquo

experience in driving business growth and

improvement within a diverse range of industries

in Australia New Zealand USA Africa Europe

and the Asia Pacific region Liz has been in Chief

Executive and Director roles across a number of

private and government organisations including

Sydney Trains AUX Investments Telstra CentrePort

Wellington Ltd EDS and Telecom New Zealand

Nominated by the Minister for Transport

Board member Kaaren Koomen (Bachelor of

ArtsLaw Master of Law) is a highly experience

executive with over 25 yearsrsquo experience in

leadership roles in the private and public sector

with a particular focus on communications and

technology She is currently an Executive Director

with IBM Australia and New Zealand and a

member of the Global IBM Government Programs

Leadership Team She has extensive board

experience on over 10 public and private boards

and committees and currently serves on four

including Chair of the Museum of Australian

Democracy at Eureka and Vice President of the

Australian Services Roundtable Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services

Other members during the reporting period

Board member (until April 2014) David Abrahams

(Bachelor of Science Cand Mag Honours

equivalent Knowledge Management) has

expertise in the Information Communications

Technology Industry He is principal consultant to

Organise Internet ndash Online Mr Abrahams is a past

7

chair and board member of

YouthConnectionscomau and a past lecturer in

Major Information Technology projects at the

University of Newcastle He is the current

Chairperson of Regional Development Australia

(Central Coast) and is a consultant to state and

local governments Nominated by the Minister for

Resources and Energy

Board member (until December 2013) Gavin

Campbell (MBA Bachelor of Engineering

(Mechanical) is the NSW Director of Asset

Operations for Sydney Trains Mr Campbell leads a

team of approximately 4000 people who work

behind the scenes to maintain Sydney Trainsrsquo

assets He spent much of his earlier career at

Qantas where he headed its Defence Services

delivering improved customer service a new

safety performance program and restructuring

the business to position it for future growth

Nominated by the Minister for Transport

Acting Managing Director (until March 2014)

Laurie Glanfield was the Secretary of the NSW

Department of Finance and Services Prior this Mr

Glanfield was the Director General of the

Department of Attorney General and Justice for

over 20 years Mr Glanfield has also held a

number of state-wide national and international

positions including NSW Chief Information Officer

NSW Coordinator for the National Broadband

Network Founding Member of the International

Consortium for Court Excellence and Deputy

President of the Australasian Institute of Judicial

Administration In 2001 Mr Glanfield was made a

Member of the Order of Australia for services to

the law through the implementation of policies

for legal reform and for making the legal system

more accessible to the community

Acting Managing Director (until August 2013)

Michael Coutts-Trotter (Bachelor of Arts) was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Finance and Services and Managing Director of

the Telco Authority Prior to this role with the Telco

Authority in April 2011 Mr Coutts-Trotter was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Education and Training Before that he was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Finance and Commerce Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services

Board meetings

The Board was appointed in 2012 and held its

inaugural meeting in July 2012 There were six

meetings held during the reporting period

Member Period Meetings

Attended Eligible

Rod Gilmour Full year 6 6

Peter Barrie Full year 5 6

Shane

Fitzsimmons

Full year 3 6

Matt

Roberts

Full year 5 6

Alan

Lipman

Full year 4 6

David Quilty Full year 5 6

John Hubby From May

2014

1 1

Kaaren

Koomen

From June

2014

0 1

Kylie De

Courteney

From June

2014

1 1

Liz Ward From May

2014

0 1

Michael

Coutts-

Trotter

From July

2013 to

August 2013

0 0

Gavin

Campbell

Until

December

2013

2 4

Laurie

Glanfield

From

September

2013 to

March 2014

3 4

David

Abrahams

Until April

2014

5 5

Our senior management team

The NSW Telco Authority has a small senior

management team who work with experienced

and qualified staff to deliver the functions and

operations of the organisation

Shaun Smith Bachelor of Engineering (Honours)

Executive Director (aManaging Director after the

reporting period)

Phillip King Bachelor of Engineering

(Telecommunications)

Chief Technology Officer 8

Review of Organisational Structure Organisation chart

In late 201213 the Telco Authority undertook a

Telco Authority Board

Managing Director

Executive

Network and Services

Portfolio Management Office

Policy Governance and Reform

Telecommunications Emergencies

Business Planning and Financial Control

Commercial

review of its organisational structure to determine

the best operating model for the expanding and

changing role for the Authority During 201314

the outcomes of the review were progressively

implemented The new organisational structure

takes into account the work required by the

Authority in meeting its corporate plan

obligations and brings resources to key technical

communications and project management

activities

Recruitment to fill the majority of key positions was

undertaken during 201314 Further recruitment to

fill a number of executive positions will be carried

out once the new Government Sector Executive

employment arrangements are in place

9

bulltbull~middot ~shyNSW GOVERtllMENT

Mclltell Ekiding

2middot24 Rswson Place

Sydney NSW 2000

Tel 02 9372 7088Fabull 02 93n 7954 bull

Tel co Authority

TIY 1300 301181 ABN 85 430 594 829

WWWkonampwgovau

Internal Audit and Risk Management Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the New South Wales Government Telecommunications A uthority

I John Hubby Acting Managing Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority (Talco) am of the opinion that the Telco has internal audij and risk management processes in operation that are exclud ing the exceptions described below compliant with the core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 Internal Audit and Risk Management Policy

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the internal audij and risk management processes for the Talco depart from the following core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 and that (a) the circumstances giving rise to these departures have been detennined by the Minister for Finance amp Services and (b) the Telco has implemented the following practicable alternative measures that will achieve a level of assurance equivalent to the requirement

Ministerially Determined Deoarture

bull Core Requirement 2 An Audit amp Risk Committee has been established

Reason for Departure and Description of Practicable Alternative Measures lmolemented

bull TPP 12middot04 Guidance on Shared Arrangements and Subcommittees for Audit and Risk Committees states in section 1 Guidance on Shared Arrangements sub section 11 Detenninlng

eligibility to participate in a Shared Arrangement on page 6 that Subcommittees should only be established within a legal entity Subcommittees should not be established to create capacity for an

ARC to provide oversight over other legal entities within a cluster This precludes the NSW Government Telecommunications Authority and the State Records Authority from forming a

subcommittee as they are both separate legal entities Both Telco Authority and SRA agreed to fonn a subcommittee as full compliance to TPP 09middot 05 would impose an unreasonable administrative and cost burden

bull A review of the fonner Department of Finance amp Services cluster arrangements for Audit amp Risk Committees was conducted to ensure that smaller related entities were relieved of the cost burdens of supporting their own Audit amp Risk Committees and to provide an equivalent coverage of their obligations under TPP 09-05 through sharing of the Oeoartmenf s resources

The determination by the Minister for Finance amp Services in respect of these departures dated 15 July 2013 is appended to this attestation statement

Internal audit and risk management

10

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the Audit and Risk Committee for the Department of Finance amp Services is constituted and operates in accordance with the independence and governance requirements of Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 The Chair and Members of the Audit and Risk Committee are

bull Carolyn Burlew Independent Chair (period of appointment from 14 October 2011 to 14 October 2015)

bull Ralph Kelly Independent Member (period of appointment from 1 September 2011 to 1 September 2014)

bull Jim Mitchell Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Elizabeth Crouch Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Christine Feldmanis Independent Member (period of appointment from 18 November 2013 to 18 November 2016)

This Audit and Risk Committee has been established under a Minister approved shared arrangement with the State Records Authority in accordance with a resolution of the Board of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

These processes including the practicable alternative measures implemented provide a level of assurance that enables the senior management of the Telco to understand manage and satisfactorily control risk exposures

As required by the policy I have submitted an Attestation Statement outlining compliance with exceptions with the policy to the Treasury on behalf of the Treasurer

11

Digital Information Security Annual Attestation Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the

New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

I Shaun Smith AManaging Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications

Telco) Authority am of the opinion that the Telco Authority has implemented actions towards an

Information Security Management System during the financial year being reported on consistent

with the Core Requirements set out in the Digital Information Security Policy for the NSW Public

Sector and the approach in place with the Office of Finance and Services and its Shared Service

Provider

I am of the opinion that the security controls in place to mitigate identified risks to the digital

information and digital information systems of the Telco Authority are being made adequate for the

foreseeable future Risk assessments performed during the year identified areas requiring

improvement Plans to address these areas including completing the transition to an information

classification and labelling scheme are developed and being implemented

I am of the opinion that all business units under the control of the Telco Authority with a risk profile

sufficient to warrant an independent Information Security Management System have developed an

Information Security Management System in accordance with the Core Requirements of the Digital

Information Security Policy for the NSW Public Sector

I am of the opinion that where necessary in accordance with the Digital Information Security Policy

for the NSW Public Sector the Telco Authority is transitioning towards adopting relevant practices

aligned with ASNZS ISO IEC 27001 Information technology -Security techniques - Information

security management systems - Requirements

Shaun Smith

Acting Managing Director

Date ~(t~tj

Digital information security policy

12

Year in review

The 2013 to 2014 financial year was the Authorityrsquos

second full year of operation as a statutory

authority within the Office of Finance and

Services

In the past 12 months the Authority has been

committed to achieving priority activities

developing and maintaining key projects and

putting into place important governance and risk

management arrangements

Core activities

Strategic planning

As part of its long term strategic planning

approach the Board of the Telco Authority held a

planning day in November 2013 and discussed

with the Minister for Finance and Services how

best to plan for the future direction of the NSW

Government operational telecommunications

sector Following these discussions the NSW

Government endorsed the Telco Authorityrsquos

approach to develop a long-term operational

telecommunications strategy The focus of the

strategy will be planning for the most efficient and

cost-effective way of delivering operational

telecommunications services to frontline staff

Consultation with frontline agencies on long term

plans for the sector will continue throughout 2014

The strategy will look at the most cost effective

and efficient service delivery models while

maintaining or improving existing services for

officers in the field The strategy will build on the

existing work of the Telco Authority to rationalise

existing infrastructure and reduce duplication of

effort while addressing sector capability issues

and the deployment of new technology and

services such as a mobile broadband capability

The long term strategy together with the sector

wide reform activities already being undertaken

helped define the Telco Authorityrsquos 201415

Corporate Plan The Corporate Plan was

considered and approved by the Board in June

2014 The combination of the strategy and the

Authorityrsquos own corporate planning work will

ensure that a cohesive and coordinated

approach to sector reform will be achieved

NSW Government Radio Network

The Telco Authority manages the NSW

Government Radio Network (GRN) The GRN is

used by public safety entities and other NSW

government agencies for essential

communications The GRN is an important

strategic asset supporting the Authorityrsquos focus to

provide better services whilst delivering

meaningful sector reform in line with Government

policy

Following a comprehensive competitive tender

process and managed transition period on 1

August 2013 Airwave Solutions (Australia)

13

commenced the management and operation of

the GRN With oversight and assurance provided

by the Telco Authority Airwave provides day-to-

day management monitoring maintenance and

service restoration for the network

A separate maintenance agreement is in place

with Motorola Solutions who continue to support

the core and critical components of the network

The GRN geographically covers a third of NSW

and provides mission critical grade

telecommunication services to frontline agencies

over an area covering approximately 80 per cent

of the NSW population as well as the Australian

Capital Territory

Users with a GRN-enabled terminal are able to

communicate with other users within the

coverage area The contractual target is to

achieve 99950 per cent availability During

201314 availability of 99927 per cent was

achieved

Mobile Data Radio Network

The Telco Authority continued to provide the

Government Mobile Data Radio Network in

partnership with Sigtec Pty Ltd as the network

manager responsible for day to day operations

and maintenance This network provides a shared

capacity for low speed data communications use

for computer-aided dispatching of data

The network is utilised by approximately 400

vehicles in the NSW Ambulance fleet to send

information via data as opposed to voice and is

essential to achieving a rapid patient response

The mobile data radio network was available

99999 per cent of the year

Telecommunications Services Functional Area

The Telco Authorityrsquos Telecommunications Services

Functional Area (TELCOFAC) is operational 24

hours a day seven days a week

TELCOFAC plays a critical role in managing

operational activities with telecommunications

carriers public safety agencies and other partner

agencies during emergencies These activities

ensure that critical telecommunication links are

maintained so that members of the public are

able to call triple zero and receive emergency

alert messages during emergencies

TELCOFAC coordinates a comprehensive

approach for handling emergencies and

incidents through the following phases

Prevention ndash designed to minimise emergency

consequences

Preparation ndash addresses the preparation

planning and skills training for the TELCOFAC

to mobilise their structures and resources to

support response to and recovery from an

emergency

Response ndash responding to emergencies to

minimise impacts to individuals the

community and property

Recovery ndash restores critical and significant

telecommunications services to normal

operations

October 2013 bushfires

In October 2013 the TELCOFAC was involved in

the most intensive operations since its inception ndash

the State of Emergency declared in response to

the bushfires in the Blue Mountains the Greater

Hunter Central Coast and Southern Highlands

The TELCOFAC coordinated the effort by

telecommunication carriers and public safety

agencies to protect critical telecommunications

infrastructure restore telecommunication services

affected by the severe bushfires and where

necessary coordinate the augmentation of

telecommunication services to support

responders in the field TELCOFAC also

coordinated the deployment of emergency

communications for the Springwood Recovery

Centre

The focus of the TELCOFAC in 2014 is building

capability With a full complement of staff the

focus is on the tactical and operational training

improving our capability to operate out of hours

improving capabilities for mobile deployment and

sustaining high intensity protracted liaison

operations

14

15

201314 Corporate Plan

The Corporate Plan presents the Telco Authorityrsquos purpose objectives and goals as well as the values and

operating principles that the Authority operates under The plan was developed in collaboration with key

stakeholders client groups staff and the Board

The Plan aligns with the goals set out in NSW 2021 A Plan to Make NSW Number One the Governmentrsquos

commitment to improve opportunities and quality of life for people in regional and metropolitan NSW It is a

short term plan and is the first step towards delivering on a long term vision for the Telco Authorityrsquos

management in NSW

As the Authority will be leading a period of significant sector wide change the plan is a living document

which will actively drive organisation achievement for the next financial year and beyond

Objective 1 - Integrate and enhance service delivery to better meet the needs of

business partners

Key strategies

11 Understand and plan for the diverse needs of business partners

12 Progressively integrate NSW Police into the Government Radio Network

13 Maintain and improve the quality reliability and efficiency of services

14 Build emergency telecommunications capability across the four phases of emergency management

201314 achievements

Documenting the service requirements of agencies

Development of an asset management framework

Ongoing use of the GRN by NSW Police Force special operations officers

Establishment of governance arrangements for trialling general purpose police officers on the GRN

Development of a strategy to address risks and improve reliability of backhaul links

Establishment of the telecommunications services functional area subcommittee (TELCOFAC)

Objective 2 - Manage the efficient allocation and use of spectrum

Key strategies

21 Participate in strategic partnerships with other jurisdictions to achieve interoperability and improve

services

22 Ensure a coordinated and strategic approach to the allocation of radio spectrum to meet the needs

of NSW Government

23 Develop a dedicated data capability to meet the needs of NSW Government

201314 achievements

Establishment of a Spectrum Management Office within the Authority to plan manage and

implement the allocation of spectrum across NSW Government

Development of a framework for spectrum management

Contributed to the development of a national implementation plan for Public Safety Mobile

Broadband

16

Objective 3 - Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets which are fit for purpose

Key strategies

31 Work with partners to improve the efficiency and reduce duplication of telecommunications assets

across NSW

32 Coordinate capital planning processes for telecommunications assets across government

33 Improve and align access to telecommunications assets across NSW

34 Maintain a centralised understanding of all government telecommunications assets across NSW

35 Coordinate the procurement of operational telecommunications assets across government

201314 achievements

Initiating pilot programs to consolidate telecommunications assets on a small number targeted sites

Undertaking a cooperative telecommunications capital planning process with key business partners

Designing of a legal framework for future access to telecommunications sites

Implementation of the ITS 2573 prequalification scheme for the procurement of operational

communications

Objective 4 - Improve governance and risk management

Key strategies

41 Enable the Board and related governance arrangements to provide strategic direction to the sector

42 Reduce the likelihood and consequence of risk to the Authority and NSW Government

43 Embed an enhanced shared and rigorous approach to project management

44 Develop and maintain appropriate standards and guidelines

45 Measure and report on performance

201314 achievements

Implementation of stakeholder governance arrangements

Development of an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Framework

Enhancement of the Program Management Office to oversee project control and reporting

Undertaking regular communication with business partners

Publication of the Authorityrsquos first annual report for 201213

Objective 5 - Strengthen sector wide capabilities and engagement with partners

Key strategies

51 Lead improvements to the capacity of the sector

52 Undertake positive proactive engagement with business partners

53 Improve the capacity of the organisation to drive reform

54 Build an inclusive culture of performance and innovation

201314 achievements

Completion of a sector wide capability audit

Implementation of a new Authority organisational structure

Key positions with the Authority recruited

Implementation of performance plans aligned to the Corporate Plan for all staff

17

Projects ITS 2573 Improved Government

Telecommunications Prequalification Scheme

The Telco Authorityrsquos ITS 2573 scheme has saved

over $3 million since its introduction in May 2013

The scheme streamlines purchasing arrangements

for operational telecommunications equipment

infrastructure and services including handsets

network assets and design services

More than 70 NSW Government agencies

including emergency services agencies own

andor operate radio telecommunications

networks to support their operations The scheme

has simplified access for NSW Government buyers

and industry suppliers meaning agencies can

better match the right supplier to the right job This

allows agencies to focus on their core business As

a result the scheme saves time and money while

driving a more competitive marketplace that is

fairer for both large and small suppliers

Under the arrangements vendors can be added

to the scheme periodically and are lsquoprequalifiedrsquo

to do work over $150000 or lsquoregisteredrsquo for work

under $150000 The Authority will continue to work

with stakeholders to use the scheme to drive

greater efficiencies through its combined

purchasing power A recent example is the

terminal equipment subpanel

GRN Core Upgrade

During October 2013 the Telco Authority

completed an upgrade of the Government Radio

Network (GRN) core The core upgrade was a

highly complex project that was delivered in two

stages to reduce risks and have a minimal impact

on the network The project which ensures that

the GRN core is operating on up to date software

also allows several emergency services agencies

to connect their dispatch consoles to the GRN

Spectrum Management Office establishment

The Telco Authority established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to sit within the

Authority This office oversees the efficient

allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of all Government licences in the

400 MHz HGS bands as well as any other

spectrum allocations as required

Some of the ongoing benefits of this approach

are expected to include

a reduction in the allocation of spectrum

required to operate business as usual and

emergency response operations

a reduction in licensing costs to the NSW

Government by surrendering redundant

licences through the removal of duplicated

services

improved spectrum allocation through more

efficient processes and effective tools

an increased opportunity for better planning

in the 400 MHz HGS band by increasing the

allocation and usability of spectrum in that

band

a more efficient use of available spectrum

due to enabling a spectrum assignment that

is fit for purpose

assurance that agencies will be allocated

spectrum they need within the new HGS

bands

Infrastructure Rationalisation Project

In 201314 the Telco Authority commenced a

project to develop a series of rationalisation plans

The project is developing a framework to identify

opportunities for cost avoidance or cost reduction

through asset rationalisation of network

infrastructure The objectives of the project are to

identify what an optimised portfolio of NSW

Government assets consists of

develop a framework to identify opportunities

for cost avoidance or cost reduction through

NSW Government operational

telecommunications asset rationalisation

which will result in an equal or improved level

of service to stakeholder agencies

apply the framework to determine the

quantifiable benefit to the NSW Government

achieved through rationalisation

Plans will be developed for infrastructure

backhaul services and radio networks The project

will provide a basis for development of a forward

technology strategy architecture and roadmap

The Infrastructure Rationalisation Project will

conclude during the 201415 financial year

18

Sector Capability Review

The Telco Authority carried out a Sector Capability

Review to understand how agencies and state-

owned corporations (SOCs) plan deploy and

manage operational telecommunications (OT)

The objective of the review was to document and

measure 16 key capabilities for each agency The

findings were used to identify recommendations

to achieve more effective and efficient

management of operational telecommunications

and improve services to the public

Participation and responses to

inquiries

The Telco Authority is the lead organisation

focused on government operational

telecommunications in NSW and a key driver of

sector reform To meet this role the Authority

provides input to significant inquiries and

consultation reviews throughout the year During

201314 the Telco Authority contributed to a

number of national forums on radio and

communications issues The main ones are

highlighted below

Objects of the Radiocommunications Act

1992 (Commonwealth)

The former Commonwealth Department of

Broadband Communications and the Digital

Economy (DBCDE) commenced a process to

examine the regulatory framework for the

management of spectrum in Australia An initial

focus point of this work was the objects of the

Radiocommunications Act 1992 The objects set

out the priorities for the regulator of spectrum the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA)

The Telco Authority provided a submission

highlighting the importance of maintaining the

requirement for the ACMA to allocate spectrum

for public safety law enforcement and

emergency services purposes NSW public safety

agencies rely on radio services to ensure that

frontline staff are able to communicate when

dealing with an incident so it is essential that they

have access to sufficient and appropriate

spectrum for this purpose

Australian Parliament Inquiry ndash Allocation of

Spectrum for PSMB

In July 2013 the Parliamentary Joint Committee on

Law Enforcement issued a report following its

inquiry into the allocation of spectrum for public

safety mobile broadband (PSMB) purposes The

inquiry was established to consider the quantum

and type of spectrum required in order to ensure

public safety agencies are able to access a PSMB

capability

The Telco Authority along with the Department of

Premier and Cabinet contributed to a multi-

jurisdictional submission to the Inquiry that spelt

out the need for 2 x10MHz of spectrum for

PSMB This amount is required to ensure that

agencies are able to respond to large scale

incidents which occur with increasing frequency

The submission also addressed overflow

arrangements to commercial services during

periods of significant demand

19

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 7: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Acting Managing Director (until September 2014)

John Hubby (Master of Public Health and

Bachelor of Business Administration) the Deputy

Secretary Corporate Services for Finance and

Services since April 2012 was appointed as Acting

Chief Executive of Finance and Services on 29

April 2014 As well as previously serving as the

Chief Executive of Juvenile Justice NSW Mr Hubby

has also held executive roles in the health sector

in NSW and in the USA

Board member Shane Fitzsimmons (qualifications

in Management and Leadership from the

Australian Institute of Police Management and

NSW TAFE) is Commissioner of the NSW Rural Fire

Service Commissioner Fitzsimmons has a wealth of

strategic and operational fire knowledge and was

awarded the Australian Fire Service Medal in 2001

Nominate by the Minister for Finance and Services

in concert with the Minister for Police and

Emergency Services

Board member Matt Roberts (Master of

Economics and a Bachelor of Economics) is a

Deputy Secretary of the NSW Treasury and is

responsible for policy development and budget

management across several portfolios He was

previously the Director of the National Reform

Branch advising the Council of Australian

Governments Nominate by the Treasurer

Board member Alan Lipman (Bachelor of Business

(Admin)) was the Executive Director of Lomb

Scientific (Australia) Pty Ltd and previously the

General Manager Marketing for Advance

Healthcare Group Limited Mr Lipmanrsquos private

sector expertise is in the management of budgets

implementation of strategy and people

management He has served on the boards of

many non-profit organisations Nominated by the

Minister for Resources and Energy

Board member David Quilty (Graduate Diploma

in Industrial Relations and Bachelor of Arts) is the

Executive Director of the Pharmacy Guild of

Australia Prior to taking up his current role David

directed his own consulting firm providing

strategic advice to businesses and industry

organisations Before that David spent five years

as an executive at Telstra the last three as Group

Managing Director Public Policy and

Communications He has also worked in various

advisory roles in government including six years as

the chief of staff to the Minister for

Communications Information Technology and

the Arts Nominated by the Premier

Board member Kylie De Courteney (Bachelor of

Commerce) has extensive experience as a

Transformation Program Manager and

Management Consultant Kylie has been

responsible for the delivery of large scale

transformational change in some of Australiarsquos

largest and most complex organisations in the

private sector government and professional

services including the University of Sydney Sydney

Trains Chartered Accountants Australia and New

Zealand NSW Roads and Maritime Services

Energy Australia and Telstra Nominated by the

Minister for Resources and Energy

Board member Liz Ward (Master of Business

Administration) is a senior executive with 30 yearsrsquo

experience in driving business growth and

improvement within a diverse range of industries

in Australia New Zealand USA Africa Europe

and the Asia Pacific region Liz has been in Chief

Executive and Director roles across a number of

private and government organisations including

Sydney Trains AUX Investments Telstra CentrePort

Wellington Ltd EDS and Telecom New Zealand

Nominated by the Minister for Transport

Board member Kaaren Koomen (Bachelor of

ArtsLaw Master of Law) is a highly experience

executive with over 25 yearsrsquo experience in

leadership roles in the private and public sector

with a particular focus on communications and

technology She is currently an Executive Director

with IBM Australia and New Zealand and a

member of the Global IBM Government Programs

Leadership Team She has extensive board

experience on over 10 public and private boards

and committees and currently serves on four

including Chair of the Museum of Australian

Democracy at Eureka and Vice President of the

Australian Services Roundtable Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services

Other members during the reporting period

Board member (until April 2014) David Abrahams

(Bachelor of Science Cand Mag Honours

equivalent Knowledge Management) has

expertise in the Information Communications

Technology Industry He is principal consultant to

Organise Internet ndash Online Mr Abrahams is a past

7

chair and board member of

YouthConnectionscomau and a past lecturer in

Major Information Technology projects at the

University of Newcastle He is the current

Chairperson of Regional Development Australia

(Central Coast) and is a consultant to state and

local governments Nominated by the Minister for

Resources and Energy

Board member (until December 2013) Gavin

Campbell (MBA Bachelor of Engineering

(Mechanical) is the NSW Director of Asset

Operations for Sydney Trains Mr Campbell leads a

team of approximately 4000 people who work

behind the scenes to maintain Sydney Trainsrsquo

assets He spent much of his earlier career at

Qantas where he headed its Defence Services

delivering improved customer service a new

safety performance program and restructuring

the business to position it for future growth

Nominated by the Minister for Transport

Acting Managing Director (until March 2014)

Laurie Glanfield was the Secretary of the NSW

Department of Finance and Services Prior this Mr

Glanfield was the Director General of the

Department of Attorney General and Justice for

over 20 years Mr Glanfield has also held a

number of state-wide national and international

positions including NSW Chief Information Officer

NSW Coordinator for the National Broadband

Network Founding Member of the International

Consortium for Court Excellence and Deputy

President of the Australasian Institute of Judicial

Administration In 2001 Mr Glanfield was made a

Member of the Order of Australia for services to

the law through the implementation of policies

for legal reform and for making the legal system

more accessible to the community

Acting Managing Director (until August 2013)

Michael Coutts-Trotter (Bachelor of Arts) was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Finance and Services and Managing Director of

the Telco Authority Prior to this role with the Telco

Authority in April 2011 Mr Coutts-Trotter was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Education and Training Before that he was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Finance and Commerce Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services

Board meetings

The Board was appointed in 2012 and held its

inaugural meeting in July 2012 There were six

meetings held during the reporting period

Member Period Meetings

Attended Eligible

Rod Gilmour Full year 6 6

Peter Barrie Full year 5 6

Shane

Fitzsimmons

Full year 3 6

Matt

Roberts

Full year 5 6

Alan

Lipman

Full year 4 6

David Quilty Full year 5 6

John Hubby From May

2014

1 1

Kaaren

Koomen

From June

2014

0 1

Kylie De

Courteney

From June

2014

1 1

Liz Ward From May

2014

0 1

Michael

Coutts-

Trotter

From July

2013 to

August 2013

0 0

Gavin

Campbell

Until

December

2013

2 4

Laurie

Glanfield

From

September

2013 to

March 2014

3 4

David

Abrahams

Until April

2014

5 5

Our senior management team

The NSW Telco Authority has a small senior

management team who work with experienced

and qualified staff to deliver the functions and

operations of the organisation

Shaun Smith Bachelor of Engineering (Honours)

Executive Director (aManaging Director after the

reporting period)

Phillip King Bachelor of Engineering

(Telecommunications)

Chief Technology Officer 8

Review of Organisational Structure Organisation chart

In late 201213 the Telco Authority undertook a

Telco Authority Board

Managing Director

Executive

Network and Services

Portfolio Management Office

Policy Governance and Reform

Telecommunications Emergencies

Business Planning and Financial Control

Commercial

review of its organisational structure to determine

the best operating model for the expanding and

changing role for the Authority During 201314

the outcomes of the review were progressively

implemented The new organisational structure

takes into account the work required by the

Authority in meeting its corporate plan

obligations and brings resources to key technical

communications and project management

activities

Recruitment to fill the majority of key positions was

undertaken during 201314 Further recruitment to

fill a number of executive positions will be carried

out once the new Government Sector Executive

employment arrangements are in place

9

bulltbull~middot ~shyNSW GOVERtllMENT

Mclltell Ekiding

2middot24 Rswson Place

Sydney NSW 2000

Tel 02 9372 7088Fabull 02 93n 7954 bull

Tel co Authority

TIY 1300 301181 ABN 85 430 594 829

WWWkonampwgovau

Internal Audit and Risk Management Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the New South Wales Government Telecommunications A uthority

I John Hubby Acting Managing Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority (Talco) am of the opinion that the Telco has internal audij and risk management processes in operation that are exclud ing the exceptions described below compliant with the core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 Internal Audit and Risk Management Policy

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the internal audij and risk management processes for the Talco depart from the following core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 and that (a) the circumstances giving rise to these departures have been detennined by the Minister for Finance amp Services and (b) the Telco has implemented the following practicable alternative measures that will achieve a level of assurance equivalent to the requirement

Ministerially Determined Deoarture

bull Core Requirement 2 An Audit amp Risk Committee has been established

Reason for Departure and Description of Practicable Alternative Measures lmolemented

bull TPP 12middot04 Guidance on Shared Arrangements and Subcommittees for Audit and Risk Committees states in section 1 Guidance on Shared Arrangements sub section 11 Detenninlng

eligibility to participate in a Shared Arrangement on page 6 that Subcommittees should only be established within a legal entity Subcommittees should not be established to create capacity for an

ARC to provide oversight over other legal entities within a cluster This precludes the NSW Government Telecommunications Authority and the State Records Authority from forming a

subcommittee as they are both separate legal entities Both Telco Authority and SRA agreed to fonn a subcommittee as full compliance to TPP 09middot 05 would impose an unreasonable administrative and cost burden

bull A review of the fonner Department of Finance amp Services cluster arrangements for Audit amp Risk Committees was conducted to ensure that smaller related entities were relieved of the cost burdens of supporting their own Audit amp Risk Committees and to provide an equivalent coverage of their obligations under TPP 09-05 through sharing of the Oeoartmenf s resources

The determination by the Minister for Finance amp Services in respect of these departures dated 15 July 2013 is appended to this attestation statement

Internal audit and risk management

10

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the Audit and Risk Committee for the Department of Finance amp Services is constituted and operates in accordance with the independence and governance requirements of Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 The Chair and Members of the Audit and Risk Committee are

bull Carolyn Burlew Independent Chair (period of appointment from 14 October 2011 to 14 October 2015)

bull Ralph Kelly Independent Member (period of appointment from 1 September 2011 to 1 September 2014)

bull Jim Mitchell Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Elizabeth Crouch Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Christine Feldmanis Independent Member (period of appointment from 18 November 2013 to 18 November 2016)

This Audit and Risk Committee has been established under a Minister approved shared arrangement with the State Records Authority in accordance with a resolution of the Board of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

These processes including the practicable alternative measures implemented provide a level of assurance that enables the senior management of the Telco to understand manage and satisfactorily control risk exposures

As required by the policy I have submitted an Attestation Statement outlining compliance with exceptions with the policy to the Treasury on behalf of the Treasurer

11

Digital Information Security Annual Attestation Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the

New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

I Shaun Smith AManaging Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications

Telco) Authority am of the opinion that the Telco Authority has implemented actions towards an

Information Security Management System during the financial year being reported on consistent

with the Core Requirements set out in the Digital Information Security Policy for the NSW Public

Sector and the approach in place with the Office of Finance and Services and its Shared Service

Provider

I am of the opinion that the security controls in place to mitigate identified risks to the digital

information and digital information systems of the Telco Authority are being made adequate for the

foreseeable future Risk assessments performed during the year identified areas requiring

improvement Plans to address these areas including completing the transition to an information

classification and labelling scheme are developed and being implemented

I am of the opinion that all business units under the control of the Telco Authority with a risk profile

sufficient to warrant an independent Information Security Management System have developed an

Information Security Management System in accordance with the Core Requirements of the Digital

Information Security Policy for the NSW Public Sector

I am of the opinion that where necessary in accordance with the Digital Information Security Policy

for the NSW Public Sector the Telco Authority is transitioning towards adopting relevant practices

aligned with ASNZS ISO IEC 27001 Information technology -Security techniques - Information

security management systems - Requirements

Shaun Smith

Acting Managing Director

Date ~(t~tj

Digital information security policy

12

Year in review

The 2013 to 2014 financial year was the Authorityrsquos

second full year of operation as a statutory

authority within the Office of Finance and

Services

In the past 12 months the Authority has been

committed to achieving priority activities

developing and maintaining key projects and

putting into place important governance and risk

management arrangements

Core activities

Strategic planning

As part of its long term strategic planning

approach the Board of the Telco Authority held a

planning day in November 2013 and discussed

with the Minister for Finance and Services how

best to plan for the future direction of the NSW

Government operational telecommunications

sector Following these discussions the NSW

Government endorsed the Telco Authorityrsquos

approach to develop a long-term operational

telecommunications strategy The focus of the

strategy will be planning for the most efficient and

cost-effective way of delivering operational

telecommunications services to frontline staff

Consultation with frontline agencies on long term

plans for the sector will continue throughout 2014

The strategy will look at the most cost effective

and efficient service delivery models while

maintaining or improving existing services for

officers in the field The strategy will build on the

existing work of the Telco Authority to rationalise

existing infrastructure and reduce duplication of

effort while addressing sector capability issues

and the deployment of new technology and

services such as a mobile broadband capability

The long term strategy together with the sector

wide reform activities already being undertaken

helped define the Telco Authorityrsquos 201415

Corporate Plan The Corporate Plan was

considered and approved by the Board in June

2014 The combination of the strategy and the

Authorityrsquos own corporate planning work will

ensure that a cohesive and coordinated

approach to sector reform will be achieved

NSW Government Radio Network

The Telco Authority manages the NSW

Government Radio Network (GRN) The GRN is

used by public safety entities and other NSW

government agencies for essential

communications The GRN is an important

strategic asset supporting the Authorityrsquos focus to

provide better services whilst delivering

meaningful sector reform in line with Government

policy

Following a comprehensive competitive tender

process and managed transition period on 1

August 2013 Airwave Solutions (Australia)

13

commenced the management and operation of

the GRN With oversight and assurance provided

by the Telco Authority Airwave provides day-to-

day management monitoring maintenance and

service restoration for the network

A separate maintenance agreement is in place

with Motorola Solutions who continue to support

the core and critical components of the network

The GRN geographically covers a third of NSW

and provides mission critical grade

telecommunication services to frontline agencies

over an area covering approximately 80 per cent

of the NSW population as well as the Australian

Capital Territory

Users with a GRN-enabled terminal are able to

communicate with other users within the

coverage area The contractual target is to

achieve 99950 per cent availability During

201314 availability of 99927 per cent was

achieved

Mobile Data Radio Network

The Telco Authority continued to provide the

Government Mobile Data Radio Network in

partnership with Sigtec Pty Ltd as the network

manager responsible for day to day operations

and maintenance This network provides a shared

capacity for low speed data communications use

for computer-aided dispatching of data

The network is utilised by approximately 400

vehicles in the NSW Ambulance fleet to send

information via data as opposed to voice and is

essential to achieving a rapid patient response

The mobile data radio network was available

99999 per cent of the year

Telecommunications Services Functional Area

The Telco Authorityrsquos Telecommunications Services

Functional Area (TELCOFAC) is operational 24

hours a day seven days a week

TELCOFAC plays a critical role in managing

operational activities with telecommunications

carriers public safety agencies and other partner

agencies during emergencies These activities

ensure that critical telecommunication links are

maintained so that members of the public are

able to call triple zero and receive emergency

alert messages during emergencies

TELCOFAC coordinates a comprehensive

approach for handling emergencies and

incidents through the following phases

Prevention ndash designed to minimise emergency

consequences

Preparation ndash addresses the preparation

planning and skills training for the TELCOFAC

to mobilise their structures and resources to

support response to and recovery from an

emergency

Response ndash responding to emergencies to

minimise impacts to individuals the

community and property

Recovery ndash restores critical and significant

telecommunications services to normal

operations

October 2013 bushfires

In October 2013 the TELCOFAC was involved in

the most intensive operations since its inception ndash

the State of Emergency declared in response to

the bushfires in the Blue Mountains the Greater

Hunter Central Coast and Southern Highlands

The TELCOFAC coordinated the effort by

telecommunication carriers and public safety

agencies to protect critical telecommunications

infrastructure restore telecommunication services

affected by the severe bushfires and where

necessary coordinate the augmentation of

telecommunication services to support

responders in the field TELCOFAC also

coordinated the deployment of emergency

communications for the Springwood Recovery

Centre

The focus of the TELCOFAC in 2014 is building

capability With a full complement of staff the

focus is on the tactical and operational training

improving our capability to operate out of hours

improving capabilities for mobile deployment and

sustaining high intensity protracted liaison

operations

14

15

201314 Corporate Plan

The Corporate Plan presents the Telco Authorityrsquos purpose objectives and goals as well as the values and

operating principles that the Authority operates under The plan was developed in collaboration with key

stakeholders client groups staff and the Board

The Plan aligns with the goals set out in NSW 2021 A Plan to Make NSW Number One the Governmentrsquos

commitment to improve opportunities and quality of life for people in regional and metropolitan NSW It is a

short term plan and is the first step towards delivering on a long term vision for the Telco Authorityrsquos

management in NSW

As the Authority will be leading a period of significant sector wide change the plan is a living document

which will actively drive organisation achievement for the next financial year and beyond

Objective 1 - Integrate and enhance service delivery to better meet the needs of

business partners

Key strategies

11 Understand and plan for the diverse needs of business partners

12 Progressively integrate NSW Police into the Government Radio Network

13 Maintain and improve the quality reliability and efficiency of services

14 Build emergency telecommunications capability across the four phases of emergency management

201314 achievements

Documenting the service requirements of agencies

Development of an asset management framework

Ongoing use of the GRN by NSW Police Force special operations officers

Establishment of governance arrangements for trialling general purpose police officers on the GRN

Development of a strategy to address risks and improve reliability of backhaul links

Establishment of the telecommunications services functional area subcommittee (TELCOFAC)

Objective 2 - Manage the efficient allocation and use of spectrum

Key strategies

21 Participate in strategic partnerships with other jurisdictions to achieve interoperability and improve

services

22 Ensure a coordinated and strategic approach to the allocation of radio spectrum to meet the needs

of NSW Government

23 Develop a dedicated data capability to meet the needs of NSW Government

201314 achievements

Establishment of a Spectrum Management Office within the Authority to plan manage and

implement the allocation of spectrum across NSW Government

Development of a framework for spectrum management

Contributed to the development of a national implementation plan for Public Safety Mobile

Broadband

16

Objective 3 - Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets which are fit for purpose

Key strategies

31 Work with partners to improve the efficiency and reduce duplication of telecommunications assets

across NSW

32 Coordinate capital planning processes for telecommunications assets across government

33 Improve and align access to telecommunications assets across NSW

34 Maintain a centralised understanding of all government telecommunications assets across NSW

35 Coordinate the procurement of operational telecommunications assets across government

201314 achievements

Initiating pilot programs to consolidate telecommunications assets on a small number targeted sites

Undertaking a cooperative telecommunications capital planning process with key business partners

Designing of a legal framework for future access to telecommunications sites

Implementation of the ITS 2573 prequalification scheme for the procurement of operational

communications

Objective 4 - Improve governance and risk management

Key strategies

41 Enable the Board and related governance arrangements to provide strategic direction to the sector

42 Reduce the likelihood and consequence of risk to the Authority and NSW Government

43 Embed an enhanced shared and rigorous approach to project management

44 Develop and maintain appropriate standards and guidelines

45 Measure and report on performance

201314 achievements

Implementation of stakeholder governance arrangements

Development of an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Framework

Enhancement of the Program Management Office to oversee project control and reporting

Undertaking regular communication with business partners

Publication of the Authorityrsquos first annual report for 201213

Objective 5 - Strengthen sector wide capabilities and engagement with partners

Key strategies

51 Lead improvements to the capacity of the sector

52 Undertake positive proactive engagement with business partners

53 Improve the capacity of the organisation to drive reform

54 Build an inclusive culture of performance and innovation

201314 achievements

Completion of a sector wide capability audit

Implementation of a new Authority organisational structure

Key positions with the Authority recruited

Implementation of performance plans aligned to the Corporate Plan for all staff

17

Projects ITS 2573 Improved Government

Telecommunications Prequalification Scheme

The Telco Authorityrsquos ITS 2573 scheme has saved

over $3 million since its introduction in May 2013

The scheme streamlines purchasing arrangements

for operational telecommunications equipment

infrastructure and services including handsets

network assets and design services

More than 70 NSW Government agencies

including emergency services agencies own

andor operate radio telecommunications

networks to support their operations The scheme

has simplified access for NSW Government buyers

and industry suppliers meaning agencies can

better match the right supplier to the right job This

allows agencies to focus on their core business As

a result the scheme saves time and money while

driving a more competitive marketplace that is

fairer for both large and small suppliers

Under the arrangements vendors can be added

to the scheme periodically and are lsquoprequalifiedrsquo

to do work over $150000 or lsquoregisteredrsquo for work

under $150000 The Authority will continue to work

with stakeholders to use the scheme to drive

greater efficiencies through its combined

purchasing power A recent example is the

terminal equipment subpanel

GRN Core Upgrade

During October 2013 the Telco Authority

completed an upgrade of the Government Radio

Network (GRN) core The core upgrade was a

highly complex project that was delivered in two

stages to reduce risks and have a minimal impact

on the network The project which ensures that

the GRN core is operating on up to date software

also allows several emergency services agencies

to connect their dispatch consoles to the GRN

Spectrum Management Office establishment

The Telco Authority established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to sit within the

Authority This office oversees the efficient

allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of all Government licences in the

400 MHz HGS bands as well as any other

spectrum allocations as required

Some of the ongoing benefits of this approach

are expected to include

a reduction in the allocation of spectrum

required to operate business as usual and

emergency response operations

a reduction in licensing costs to the NSW

Government by surrendering redundant

licences through the removal of duplicated

services

improved spectrum allocation through more

efficient processes and effective tools

an increased opportunity for better planning

in the 400 MHz HGS band by increasing the

allocation and usability of spectrum in that

band

a more efficient use of available spectrum

due to enabling a spectrum assignment that

is fit for purpose

assurance that agencies will be allocated

spectrum they need within the new HGS

bands

Infrastructure Rationalisation Project

In 201314 the Telco Authority commenced a

project to develop a series of rationalisation plans

The project is developing a framework to identify

opportunities for cost avoidance or cost reduction

through asset rationalisation of network

infrastructure The objectives of the project are to

identify what an optimised portfolio of NSW

Government assets consists of

develop a framework to identify opportunities

for cost avoidance or cost reduction through

NSW Government operational

telecommunications asset rationalisation

which will result in an equal or improved level

of service to stakeholder agencies

apply the framework to determine the

quantifiable benefit to the NSW Government

achieved through rationalisation

Plans will be developed for infrastructure

backhaul services and radio networks The project

will provide a basis for development of a forward

technology strategy architecture and roadmap

The Infrastructure Rationalisation Project will

conclude during the 201415 financial year

18

Sector Capability Review

The Telco Authority carried out a Sector Capability

Review to understand how agencies and state-

owned corporations (SOCs) plan deploy and

manage operational telecommunications (OT)

The objective of the review was to document and

measure 16 key capabilities for each agency The

findings were used to identify recommendations

to achieve more effective and efficient

management of operational telecommunications

and improve services to the public

Participation and responses to

inquiries

The Telco Authority is the lead organisation

focused on government operational

telecommunications in NSW and a key driver of

sector reform To meet this role the Authority

provides input to significant inquiries and

consultation reviews throughout the year During

201314 the Telco Authority contributed to a

number of national forums on radio and

communications issues The main ones are

highlighted below

Objects of the Radiocommunications Act

1992 (Commonwealth)

The former Commonwealth Department of

Broadband Communications and the Digital

Economy (DBCDE) commenced a process to

examine the regulatory framework for the

management of spectrum in Australia An initial

focus point of this work was the objects of the

Radiocommunications Act 1992 The objects set

out the priorities for the regulator of spectrum the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA)

The Telco Authority provided a submission

highlighting the importance of maintaining the

requirement for the ACMA to allocate spectrum

for public safety law enforcement and

emergency services purposes NSW public safety

agencies rely on radio services to ensure that

frontline staff are able to communicate when

dealing with an incident so it is essential that they

have access to sufficient and appropriate

spectrum for this purpose

Australian Parliament Inquiry ndash Allocation of

Spectrum for PSMB

In July 2013 the Parliamentary Joint Committee on

Law Enforcement issued a report following its

inquiry into the allocation of spectrum for public

safety mobile broadband (PSMB) purposes The

inquiry was established to consider the quantum

and type of spectrum required in order to ensure

public safety agencies are able to access a PSMB

capability

The Telco Authority along with the Department of

Premier and Cabinet contributed to a multi-

jurisdictional submission to the Inquiry that spelt

out the need for 2 x10MHz of spectrum for

PSMB This amount is required to ensure that

agencies are able to respond to large scale

incidents which occur with increasing frequency

The submission also addressed overflow

arrangements to commercial services during

periods of significant demand

19

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 8: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

chair and board member of

YouthConnectionscomau and a past lecturer in

Major Information Technology projects at the

University of Newcastle He is the current

Chairperson of Regional Development Australia

(Central Coast) and is a consultant to state and

local governments Nominated by the Minister for

Resources and Energy

Board member (until December 2013) Gavin

Campbell (MBA Bachelor of Engineering

(Mechanical) is the NSW Director of Asset

Operations for Sydney Trains Mr Campbell leads a

team of approximately 4000 people who work

behind the scenes to maintain Sydney Trainsrsquo

assets He spent much of his earlier career at

Qantas where he headed its Defence Services

delivering improved customer service a new

safety performance program and restructuring

the business to position it for future growth

Nominated by the Minister for Transport

Acting Managing Director (until March 2014)

Laurie Glanfield was the Secretary of the NSW

Department of Finance and Services Prior this Mr

Glanfield was the Director General of the

Department of Attorney General and Justice for

over 20 years Mr Glanfield has also held a

number of state-wide national and international

positions including NSW Chief Information Officer

NSW Coordinator for the National Broadband

Network Founding Member of the International

Consortium for Court Excellence and Deputy

President of the Australasian Institute of Judicial

Administration In 2001 Mr Glanfield was made a

Member of the Order of Australia for services to

the law through the implementation of policies

for legal reform and for making the legal system

more accessible to the community

Acting Managing Director (until August 2013)

Michael Coutts-Trotter (Bachelor of Arts) was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Finance and Services and Managing Director of

the Telco Authority Prior to this role with the Telco

Authority in April 2011 Mr Coutts-Trotter was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Education and Training Before that he was

Director General of the NSW Department of

Finance and Commerce Nominated by the

Minister for Finance and Services

Board meetings

The Board was appointed in 2012 and held its

inaugural meeting in July 2012 There were six

meetings held during the reporting period

Member Period Meetings

Attended Eligible

Rod Gilmour Full year 6 6

Peter Barrie Full year 5 6

Shane

Fitzsimmons

Full year 3 6

Matt

Roberts

Full year 5 6

Alan

Lipman

Full year 4 6

David Quilty Full year 5 6

John Hubby From May

2014

1 1

Kaaren

Koomen

From June

2014

0 1

Kylie De

Courteney

From June

2014

1 1

Liz Ward From May

2014

0 1

Michael

Coutts-

Trotter

From July

2013 to

August 2013

0 0

Gavin

Campbell

Until

December

2013

2 4

Laurie

Glanfield

From

September

2013 to

March 2014

3 4

David

Abrahams

Until April

2014

5 5

Our senior management team

The NSW Telco Authority has a small senior

management team who work with experienced

and qualified staff to deliver the functions and

operations of the organisation

Shaun Smith Bachelor of Engineering (Honours)

Executive Director (aManaging Director after the

reporting period)

Phillip King Bachelor of Engineering

(Telecommunications)

Chief Technology Officer 8

Review of Organisational Structure Organisation chart

In late 201213 the Telco Authority undertook a

Telco Authority Board

Managing Director

Executive

Network and Services

Portfolio Management Office

Policy Governance and Reform

Telecommunications Emergencies

Business Planning and Financial Control

Commercial

review of its organisational structure to determine

the best operating model for the expanding and

changing role for the Authority During 201314

the outcomes of the review were progressively

implemented The new organisational structure

takes into account the work required by the

Authority in meeting its corporate plan

obligations and brings resources to key technical

communications and project management

activities

Recruitment to fill the majority of key positions was

undertaken during 201314 Further recruitment to

fill a number of executive positions will be carried

out once the new Government Sector Executive

employment arrangements are in place

9

bulltbull~middot ~shyNSW GOVERtllMENT

Mclltell Ekiding

2middot24 Rswson Place

Sydney NSW 2000

Tel 02 9372 7088Fabull 02 93n 7954 bull

Tel co Authority

TIY 1300 301181 ABN 85 430 594 829

WWWkonampwgovau

Internal Audit and Risk Management Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the New South Wales Government Telecommunications A uthority

I John Hubby Acting Managing Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority (Talco) am of the opinion that the Telco has internal audij and risk management processes in operation that are exclud ing the exceptions described below compliant with the core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 Internal Audit and Risk Management Policy

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the internal audij and risk management processes for the Talco depart from the following core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 and that (a) the circumstances giving rise to these departures have been detennined by the Minister for Finance amp Services and (b) the Telco has implemented the following practicable alternative measures that will achieve a level of assurance equivalent to the requirement

Ministerially Determined Deoarture

bull Core Requirement 2 An Audit amp Risk Committee has been established

Reason for Departure and Description of Practicable Alternative Measures lmolemented

bull TPP 12middot04 Guidance on Shared Arrangements and Subcommittees for Audit and Risk Committees states in section 1 Guidance on Shared Arrangements sub section 11 Detenninlng

eligibility to participate in a Shared Arrangement on page 6 that Subcommittees should only be established within a legal entity Subcommittees should not be established to create capacity for an

ARC to provide oversight over other legal entities within a cluster This precludes the NSW Government Telecommunications Authority and the State Records Authority from forming a

subcommittee as they are both separate legal entities Both Telco Authority and SRA agreed to fonn a subcommittee as full compliance to TPP 09middot 05 would impose an unreasonable administrative and cost burden

bull A review of the fonner Department of Finance amp Services cluster arrangements for Audit amp Risk Committees was conducted to ensure that smaller related entities were relieved of the cost burdens of supporting their own Audit amp Risk Committees and to provide an equivalent coverage of their obligations under TPP 09-05 through sharing of the Oeoartmenf s resources

The determination by the Minister for Finance amp Services in respect of these departures dated 15 July 2013 is appended to this attestation statement

Internal audit and risk management

10

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the Audit and Risk Committee for the Department of Finance amp Services is constituted and operates in accordance with the independence and governance requirements of Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 The Chair and Members of the Audit and Risk Committee are

bull Carolyn Burlew Independent Chair (period of appointment from 14 October 2011 to 14 October 2015)

bull Ralph Kelly Independent Member (period of appointment from 1 September 2011 to 1 September 2014)

bull Jim Mitchell Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Elizabeth Crouch Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Christine Feldmanis Independent Member (period of appointment from 18 November 2013 to 18 November 2016)

This Audit and Risk Committee has been established under a Minister approved shared arrangement with the State Records Authority in accordance with a resolution of the Board of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

These processes including the practicable alternative measures implemented provide a level of assurance that enables the senior management of the Telco to understand manage and satisfactorily control risk exposures

As required by the policy I have submitted an Attestation Statement outlining compliance with exceptions with the policy to the Treasury on behalf of the Treasurer

11

Digital Information Security Annual Attestation Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the

New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

I Shaun Smith AManaging Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications

Telco) Authority am of the opinion that the Telco Authority has implemented actions towards an

Information Security Management System during the financial year being reported on consistent

with the Core Requirements set out in the Digital Information Security Policy for the NSW Public

Sector and the approach in place with the Office of Finance and Services and its Shared Service

Provider

I am of the opinion that the security controls in place to mitigate identified risks to the digital

information and digital information systems of the Telco Authority are being made adequate for the

foreseeable future Risk assessments performed during the year identified areas requiring

improvement Plans to address these areas including completing the transition to an information

classification and labelling scheme are developed and being implemented

I am of the opinion that all business units under the control of the Telco Authority with a risk profile

sufficient to warrant an independent Information Security Management System have developed an

Information Security Management System in accordance with the Core Requirements of the Digital

Information Security Policy for the NSW Public Sector

I am of the opinion that where necessary in accordance with the Digital Information Security Policy

for the NSW Public Sector the Telco Authority is transitioning towards adopting relevant practices

aligned with ASNZS ISO IEC 27001 Information technology -Security techniques - Information

security management systems - Requirements

Shaun Smith

Acting Managing Director

Date ~(t~tj

Digital information security policy

12

Year in review

The 2013 to 2014 financial year was the Authorityrsquos

second full year of operation as a statutory

authority within the Office of Finance and

Services

In the past 12 months the Authority has been

committed to achieving priority activities

developing and maintaining key projects and

putting into place important governance and risk

management arrangements

Core activities

Strategic planning

As part of its long term strategic planning

approach the Board of the Telco Authority held a

planning day in November 2013 and discussed

with the Minister for Finance and Services how

best to plan for the future direction of the NSW

Government operational telecommunications

sector Following these discussions the NSW

Government endorsed the Telco Authorityrsquos

approach to develop a long-term operational

telecommunications strategy The focus of the

strategy will be planning for the most efficient and

cost-effective way of delivering operational

telecommunications services to frontline staff

Consultation with frontline agencies on long term

plans for the sector will continue throughout 2014

The strategy will look at the most cost effective

and efficient service delivery models while

maintaining or improving existing services for

officers in the field The strategy will build on the

existing work of the Telco Authority to rationalise

existing infrastructure and reduce duplication of

effort while addressing sector capability issues

and the deployment of new technology and

services such as a mobile broadband capability

The long term strategy together with the sector

wide reform activities already being undertaken

helped define the Telco Authorityrsquos 201415

Corporate Plan The Corporate Plan was

considered and approved by the Board in June

2014 The combination of the strategy and the

Authorityrsquos own corporate planning work will

ensure that a cohesive and coordinated

approach to sector reform will be achieved

NSW Government Radio Network

The Telco Authority manages the NSW

Government Radio Network (GRN) The GRN is

used by public safety entities and other NSW

government agencies for essential

communications The GRN is an important

strategic asset supporting the Authorityrsquos focus to

provide better services whilst delivering

meaningful sector reform in line with Government

policy

Following a comprehensive competitive tender

process and managed transition period on 1

August 2013 Airwave Solutions (Australia)

13

commenced the management and operation of

the GRN With oversight and assurance provided

by the Telco Authority Airwave provides day-to-

day management monitoring maintenance and

service restoration for the network

A separate maintenance agreement is in place

with Motorola Solutions who continue to support

the core and critical components of the network

The GRN geographically covers a third of NSW

and provides mission critical grade

telecommunication services to frontline agencies

over an area covering approximately 80 per cent

of the NSW population as well as the Australian

Capital Territory

Users with a GRN-enabled terminal are able to

communicate with other users within the

coverage area The contractual target is to

achieve 99950 per cent availability During

201314 availability of 99927 per cent was

achieved

Mobile Data Radio Network

The Telco Authority continued to provide the

Government Mobile Data Radio Network in

partnership with Sigtec Pty Ltd as the network

manager responsible for day to day operations

and maintenance This network provides a shared

capacity for low speed data communications use

for computer-aided dispatching of data

The network is utilised by approximately 400

vehicles in the NSW Ambulance fleet to send

information via data as opposed to voice and is

essential to achieving a rapid patient response

The mobile data radio network was available

99999 per cent of the year

Telecommunications Services Functional Area

The Telco Authorityrsquos Telecommunications Services

Functional Area (TELCOFAC) is operational 24

hours a day seven days a week

TELCOFAC plays a critical role in managing

operational activities with telecommunications

carriers public safety agencies and other partner

agencies during emergencies These activities

ensure that critical telecommunication links are

maintained so that members of the public are

able to call triple zero and receive emergency

alert messages during emergencies

TELCOFAC coordinates a comprehensive

approach for handling emergencies and

incidents through the following phases

Prevention ndash designed to minimise emergency

consequences

Preparation ndash addresses the preparation

planning and skills training for the TELCOFAC

to mobilise their structures and resources to

support response to and recovery from an

emergency

Response ndash responding to emergencies to

minimise impacts to individuals the

community and property

Recovery ndash restores critical and significant

telecommunications services to normal

operations

October 2013 bushfires

In October 2013 the TELCOFAC was involved in

the most intensive operations since its inception ndash

the State of Emergency declared in response to

the bushfires in the Blue Mountains the Greater

Hunter Central Coast and Southern Highlands

The TELCOFAC coordinated the effort by

telecommunication carriers and public safety

agencies to protect critical telecommunications

infrastructure restore telecommunication services

affected by the severe bushfires and where

necessary coordinate the augmentation of

telecommunication services to support

responders in the field TELCOFAC also

coordinated the deployment of emergency

communications for the Springwood Recovery

Centre

The focus of the TELCOFAC in 2014 is building

capability With a full complement of staff the

focus is on the tactical and operational training

improving our capability to operate out of hours

improving capabilities for mobile deployment and

sustaining high intensity protracted liaison

operations

14

15

201314 Corporate Plan

The Corporate Plan presents the Telco Authorityrsquos purpose objectives and goals as well as the values and

operating principles that the Authority operates under The plan was developed in collaboration with key

stakeholders client groups staff and the Board

The Plan aligns with the goals set out in NSW 2021 A Plan to Make NSW Number One the Governmentrsquos

commitment to improve opportunities and quality of life for people in regional and metropolitan NSW It is a

short term plan and is the first step towards delivering on a long term vision for the Telco Authorityrsquos

management in NSW

As the Authority will be leading a period of significant sector wide change the plan is a living document

which will actively drive organisation achievement for the next financial year and beyond

Objective 1 - Integrate and enhance service delivery to better meet the needs of

business partners

Key strategies

11 Understand and plan for the diverse needs of business partners

12 Progressively integrate NSW Police into the Government Radio Network

13 Maintain and improve the quality reliability and efficiency of services

14 Build emergency telecommunications capability across the four phases of emergency management

201314 achievements

Documenting the service requirements of agencies

Development of an asset management framework

Ongoing use of the GRN by NSW Police Force special operations officers

Establishment of governance arrangements for trialling general purpose police officers on the GRN

Development of a strategy to address risks and improve reliability of backhaul links

Establishment of the telecommunications services functional area subcommittee (TELCOFAC)

Objective 2 - Manage the efficient allocation and use of spectrum

Key strategies

21 Participate in strategic partnerships with other jurisdictions to achieve interoperability and improve

services

22 Ensure a coordinated and strategic approach to the allocation of radio spectrum to meet the needs

of NSW Government

23 Develop a dedicated data capability to meet the needs of NSW Government

201314 achievements

Establishment of a Spectrum Management Office within the Authority to plan manage and

implement the allocation of spectrum across NSW Government

Development of a framework for spectrum management

Contributed to the development of a national implementation plan for Public Safety Mobile

Broadband

16

Objective 3 - Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets which are fit for purpose

Key strategies

31 Work with partners to improve the efficiency and reduce duplication of telecommunications assets

across NSW

32 Coordinate capital planning processes for telecommunications assets across government

33 Improve and align access to telecommunications assets across NSW

34 Maintain a centralised understanding of all government telecommunications assets across NSW

35 Coordinate the procurement of operational telecommunications assets across government

201314 achievements

Initiating pilot programs to consolidate telecommunications assets on a small number targeted sites

Undertaking a cooperative telecommunications capital planning process with key business partners

Designing of a legal framework for future access to telecommunications sites

Implementation of the ITS 2573 prequalification scheme for the procurement of operational

communications

Objective 4 - Improve governance and risk management

Key strategies

41 Enable the Board and related governance arrangements to provide strategic direction to the sector

42 Reduce the likelihood and consequence of risk to the Authority and NSW Government

43 Embed an enhanced shared and rigorous approach to project management

44 Develop and maintain appropriate standards and guidelines

45 Measure and report on performance

201314 achievements

Implementation of stakeholder governance arrangements

Development of an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Framework

Enhancement of the Program Management Office to oversee project control and reporting

Undertaking regular communication with business partners

Publication of the Authorityrsquos first annual report for 201213

Objective 5 - Strengthen sector wide capabilities and engagement with partners

Key strategies

51 Lead improvements to the capacity of the sector

52 Undertake positive proactive engagement with business partners

53 Improve the capacity of the organisation to drive reform

54 Build an inclusive culture of performance and innovation

201314 achievements

Completion of a sector wide capability audit

Implementation of a new Authority organisational structure

Key positions with the Authority recruited

Implementation of performance plans aligned to the Corporate Plan for all staff

17

Projects ITS 2573 Improved Government

Telecommunications Prequalification Scheme

The Telco Authorityrsquos ITS 2573 scheme has saved

over $3 million since its introduction in May 2013

The scheme streamlines purchasing arrangements

for operational telecommunications equipment

infrastructure and services including handsets

network assets and design services

More than 70 NSW Government agencies

including emergency services agencies own

andor operate radio telecommunications

networks to support their operations The scheme

has simplified access for NSW Government buyers

and industry suppliers meaning agencies can

better match the right supplier to the right job This

allows agencies to focus on their core business As

a result the scheme saves time and money while

driving a more competitive marketplace that is

fairer for both large and small suppliers

Under the arrangements vendors can be added

to the scheme periodically and are lsquoprequalifiedrsquo

to do work over $150000 or lsquoregisteredrsquo for work

under $150000 The Authority will continue to work

with stakeholders to use the scheme to drive

greater efficiencies through its combined

purchasing power A recent example is the

terminal equipment subpanel

GRN Core Upgrade

During October 2013 the Telco Authority

completed an upgrade of the Government Radio

Network (GRN) core The core upgrade was a

highly complex project that was delivered in two

stages to reduce risks and have a minimal impact

on the network The project which ensures that

the GRN core is operating on up to date software

also allows several emergency services agencies

to connect their dispatch consoles to the GRN

Spectrum Management Office establishment

The Telco Authority established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to sit within the

Authority This office oversees the efficient

allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of all Government licences in the

400 MHz HGS bands as well as any other

spectrum allocations as required

Some of the ongoing benefits of this approach

are expected to include

a reduction in the allocation of spectrum

required to operate business as usual and

emergency response operations

a reduction in licensing costs to the NSW

Government by surrendering redundant

licences through the removal of duplicated

services

improved spectrum allocation through more

efficient processes and effective tools

an increased opportunity for better planning

in the 400 MHz HGS band by increasing the

allocation and usability of spectrum in that

band

a more efficient use of available spectrum

due to enabling a spectrum assignment that

is fit for purpose

assurance that agencies will be allocated

spectrum they need within the new HGS

bands

Infrastructure Rationalisation Project

In 201314 the Telco Authority commenced a

project to develop a series of rationalisation plans

The project is developing a framework to identify

opportunities for cost avoidance or cost reduction

through asset rationalisation of network

infrastructure The objectives of the project are to

identify what an optimised portfolio of NSW

Government assets consists of

develop a framework to identify opportunities

for cost avoidance or cost reduction through

NSW Government operational

telecommunications asset rationalisation

which will result in an equal or improved level

of service to stakeholder agencies

apply the framework to determine the

quantifiable benefit to the NSW Government

achieved through rationalisation

Plans will be developed for infrastructure

backhaul services and radio networks The project

will provide a basis for development of a forward

technology strategy architecture and roadmap

The Infrastructure Rationalisation Project will

conclude during the 201415 financial year

18

Sector Capability Review

The Telco Authority carried out a Sector Capability

Review to understand how agencies and state-

owned corporations (SOCs) plan deploy and

manage operational telecommunications (OT)

The objective of the review was to document and

measure 16 key capabilities for each agency The

findings were used to identify recommendations

to achieve more effective and efficient

management of operational telecommunications

and improve services to the public

Participation and responses to

inquiries

The Telco Authority is the lead organisation

focused on government operational

telecommunications in NSW and a key driver of

sector reform To meet this role the Authority

provides input to significant inquiries and

consultation reviews throughout the year During

201314 the Telco Authority contributed to a

number of national forums on radio and

communications issues The main ones are

highlighted below

Objects of the Radiocommunications Act

1992 (Commonwealth)

The former Commonwealth Department of

Broadband Communications and the Digital

Economy (DBCDE) commenced a process to

examine the regulatory framework for the

management of spectrum in Australia An initial

focus point of this work was the objects of the

Radiocommunications Act 1992 The objects set

out the priorities for the regulator of spectrum the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA)

The Telco Authority provided a submission

highlighting the importance of maintaining the

requirement for the ACMA to allocate spectrum

for public safety law enforcement and

emergency services purposes NSW public safety

agencies rely on radio services to ensure that

frontline staff are able to communicate when

dealing with an incident so it is essential that they

have access to sufficient and appropriate

spectrum for this purpose

Australian Parliament Inquiry ndash Allocation of

Spectrum for PSMB

In July 2013 the Parliamentary Joint Committee on

Law Enforcement issued a report following its

inquiry into the allocation of spectrum for public

safety mobile broadband (PSMB) purposes The

inquiry was established to consider the quantum

and type of spectrum required in order to ensure

public safety agencies are able to access a PSMB

capability

The Telco Authority along with the Department of

Premier and Cabinet contributed to a multi-

jurisdictional submission to the Inquiry that spelt

out the need for 2 x10MHz of spectrum for

PSMB This amount is required to ensure that

agencies are able to respond to large scale

incidents which occur with increasing frequency

The submission also addressed overflow

arrangements to commercial services during

periods of significant demand

19

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 9: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Review of Organisational Structure Organisation chart

In late 201213 the Telco Authority undertook a

Telco Authority Board

Managing Director

Executive

Network and Services

Portfolio Management Office

Policy Governance and Reform

Telecommunications Emergencies

Business Planning and Financial Control

Commercial

review of its organisational structure to determine

the best operating model for the expanding and

changing role for the Authority During 201314

the outcomes of the review were progressively

implemented The new organisational structure

takes into account the work required by the

Authority in meeting its corporate plan

obligations and brings resources to key technical

communications and project management

activities

Recruitment to fill the majority of key positions was

undertaken during 201314 Further recruitment to

fill a number of executive positions will be carried

out once the new Government Sector Executive

employment arrangements are in place

9

bulltbull~middot ~shyNSW GOVERtllMENT

Mclltell Ekiding

2middot24 Rswson Place

Sydney NSW 2000

Tel 02 9372 7088Fabull 02 93n 7954 bull

Tel co Authority

TIY 1300 301181 ABN 85 430 594 829

WWWkonampwgovau

Internal Audit and Risk Management Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the New South Wales Government Telecommunications A uthority

I John Hubby Acting Managing Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority (Talco) am of the opinion that the Telco has internal audij and risk management processes in operation that are exclud ing the exceptions described below compliant with the core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 Internal Audit and Risk Management Policy

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the internal audij and risk management processes for the Talco depart from the following core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 and that (a) the circumstances giving rise to these departures have been detennined by the Minister for Finance amp Services and (b) the Telco has implemented the following practicable alternative measures that will achieve a level of assurance equivalent to the requirement

Ministerially Determined Deoarture

bull Core Requirement 2 An Audit amp Risk Committee has been established

Reason for Departure and Description of Practicable Alternative Measures lmolemented

bull TPP 12middot04 Guidance on Shared Arrangements and Subcommittees for Audit and Risk Committees states in section 1 Guidance on Shared Arrangements sub section 11 Detenninlng

eligibility to participate in a Shared Arrangement on page 6 that Subcommittees should only be established within a legal entity Subcommittees should not be established to create capacity for an

ARC to provide oversight over other legal entities within a cluster This precludes the NSW Government Telecommunications Authority and the State Records Authority from forming a

subcommittee as they are both separate legal entities Both Telco Authority and SRA agreed to fonn a subcommittee as full compliance to TPP 09middot 05 would impose an unreasonable administrative and cost burden

bull A review of the fonner Department of Finance amp Services cluster arrangements for Audit amp Risk Committees was conducted to ensure that smaller related entities were relieved of the cost burdens of supporting their own Audit amp Risk Committees and to provide an equivalent coverage of their obligations under TPP 09-05 through sharing of the Oeoartmenf s resources

The determination by the Minister for Finance amp Services in respect of these departures dated 15 July 2013 is appended to this attestation statement

Internal audit and risk management

10

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the Audit and Risk Committee for the Department of Finance amp Services is constituted and operates in accordance with the independence and governance requirements of Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 The Chair and Members of the Audit and Risk Committee are

bull Carolyn Burlew Independent Chair (period of appointment from 14 October 2011 to 14 October 2015)

bull Ralph Kelly Independent Member (period of appointment from 1 September 2011 to 1 September 2014)

bull Jim Mitchell Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Elizabeth Crouch Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Christine Feldmanis Independent Member (period of appointment from 18 November 2013 to 18 November 2016)

This Audit and Risk Committee has been established under a Minister approved shared arrangement with the State Records Authority in accordance with a resolution of the Board of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

These processes including the practicable alternative measures implemented provide a level of assurance that enables the senior management of the Telco to understand manage and satisfactorily control risk exposures

As required by the policy I have submitted an Attestation Statement outlining compliance with exceptions with the policy to the Treasury on behalf of the Treasurer

11

Digital Information Security Annual Attestation Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the

New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

I Shaun Smith AManaging Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications

Telco) Authority am of the opinion that the Telco Authority has implemented actions towards an

Information Security Management System during the financial year being reported on consistent

with the Core Requirements set out in the Digital Information Security Policy for the NSW Public

Sector and the approach in place with the Office of Finance and Services and its Shared Service

Provider

I am of the opinion that the security controls in place to mitigate identified risks to the digital

information and digital information systems of the Telco Authority are being made adequate for the

foreseeable future Risk assessments performed during the year identified areas requiring

improvement Plans to address these areas including completing the transition to an information

classification and labelling scheme are developed and being implemented

I am of the opinion that all business units under the control of the Telco Authority with a risk profile

sufficient to warrant an independent Information Security Management System have developed an

Information Security Management System in accordance with the Core Requirements of the Digital

Information Security Policy for the NSW Public Sector

I am of the opinion that where necessary in accordance with the Digital Information Security Policy

for the NSW Public Sector the Telco Authority is transitioning towards adopting relevant practices

aligned with ASNZS ISO IEC 27001 Information technology -Security techniques - Information

security management systems - Requirements

Shaun Smith

Acting Managing Director

Date ~(t~tj

Digital information security policy

12

Year in review

The 2013 to 2014 financial year was the Authorityrsquos

second full year of operation as a statutory

authority within the Office of Finance and

Services

In the past 12 months the Authority has been

committed to achieving priority activities

developing and maintaining key projects and

putting into place important governance and risk

management arrangements

Core activities

Strategic planning

As part of its long term strategic planning

approach the Board of the Telco Authority held a

planning day in November 2013 and discussed

with the Minister for Finance and Services how

best to plan for the future direction of the NSW

Government operational telecommunications

sector Following these discussions the NSW

Government endorsed the Telco Authorityrsquos

approach to develop a long-term operational

telecommunications strategy The focus of the

strategy will be planning for the most efficient and

cost-effective way of delivering operational

telecommunications services to frontline staff

Consultation with frontline agencies on long term

plans for the sector will continue throughout 2014

The strategy will look at the most cost effective

and efficient service delivery models while

maintaining or improving existing services for

officers in the field The strategy will build on the

existing work of the Telco Authority to rationalise

existing infrastructure and reduce duplication of

effort while addressing sector capability issues

and the deployment of new technology and

services such as a mobile broadband capability

The long term strategy together with the sector

wide reform activities already being undertaken

helped define the Telco Authorityrsquos 201415

Corporate Plan The Corporate Plan was

considered and approved by the Board in June

2014 The combination of the strategy and the

Authorityrsquos own corporate planning work will

ensure that a cohesive and coordinated

approach to sector reform will be achieved

NSW Government Radio Network

The Telco Authority manages the NSW

Government Radio Network (GRN) The GRN is

used by public safety entities and other NSW

government agencies for essential

communications The GRN is an important

strategic asset supporting the Authorityrsquos focus to

provide better services whilst delivering

meaningful sector reform in line with Government

policy

Following a comprehensive competitive tender

process and managed transition period on 1

August 2013 Airwave Solutions (Australia)

13

commenced the management and operation of

the GRN With oversight and assurance provided

by the Telco Authority Airwave provides day-to-

day management monitoring maintenance and

service restoration for the network

A separate maintenance agreement is in place

with Motorola Solutions who continue to support

the core and critical components of the network

The GRN geographically covers a third of NSW

and provides mission critical grade

telecommunication services to frontline agencies

over an area covering approximately 80 per cent

of the NSW population as well as the Australian

Capital Territory

Users with a GRN-enabled terminal are able to

communicate with other users within the

coverage area The contractual target is to

achieve 99950 per cent availability During

201314 availability of 99927 per cent was

achieved

Mobile Data Radio Network

The Telco Authority continued to provide the

Government Mobile Data Radio Network in

partnership with Sigtec Pty Ltd as the network

manager responsible for day to day operations

and maintenance This network provides a shared

capacity for low speed data communications use

for computer-aided dispatching of data

The network is utilised by approximately 400

vehicles in the NSW Ambulance fleet to send

information via data as opposed to voice and is

essential to achieving a rapid patient response

The mobile data radio network was available

99999 per cent of the year

Telecommunications Services Functional Area

The Telco Authorityrsquos Telecommunications Services

Functional Area (TELCOFAC) is operational 24

hours a day seven days a week

TELCOFAC plays a critical role in managing

operational activities with telecommunications

carriers public safety agencies and other partner

agencies during emergencies These activities

ensure that critical telecommunication links are

maintained so that members of the public are

able to call triple zero and receive emergency

alert messages during emergencies

TELCOFAC coordinates a comprehensive

approach for handling emergencies and

incidents through the following phases

Prevention ndash designed to minimise emergency

consequences

Preparation ndash addresses the preparation

planning and skills training for the TELCOFAC

to mobilise their structures and resources to

support response to and recovery from an

emergency

Response ndash responding to emergencies to

minimise impacts to individuals the

community and property

Recovery ndash restores critical and significant

telecommunications services to normal

operations

October 2013 bushfires

In October 2013 the TELCOFAC was involved in

the most intensive operations since its inception ndash

the State of Emergency declared in response to

the bushfires in the Blue Mountains the Greater

Hunter Central Coast and Southern Highlands

The TELCOFAC coordinated the effort by

telecommunication carriers and public safety

agencies to protect critical telecommunications

infrastructure restore telecommunication services

affected by the severe bushfires and where

necessary coordinate the augmentation of

telecommunication services to support

responders in the field TELCOFAC also

coordinated the deployment of emergency

communications for the Springwood Recovery

Centre

The focus of the TELCOFAC in 2014 is building

capability With a full complement of staff the

focus is on the tactical and operational training

improving our capability to operate out of hours

improving capabilities for mobile deployment and

sustaining high intensity protracted liaison

operations

14

15

201314 Corporate Plan

The Corporate Plan presents the Telco Authorityrsquos purpose objectives and goals as well as the values and

operating principles that the Authority operates under The plan was developed in collaboration with key

stakeholders client groups staff and the Board

The Plan aligns with the goals set out in NSW 2021 A Plan to Make NSW Number One the Governmentrsquos

commitment to improve opportunities and quality of life for people in regional and metropolitan NSW It is a

short term plan and is the first step towards delivering on a long term vision for the Telco Authorityrsquos

management in NSW

As the Authority will be leading a period of significant sector wide change the plan is a living document

which will actively drive organisation achievement for the next financial year and beyond

Objective 1 - Integrate and enhance service delivery to better meet the needs of

business partners

Key strategies

11 Understand and plan for the diverse needs of business partners

12 Progressively integrate NSW Police into the Government Radio Network

13 Maintain and improve the quality reliability and efficiency of services

14 Build emergency telecommunications capability across the four phases of emergency management

201314 achievements

Documenting the service requirements of agencies

Development of an asset management framework

Ongoing use of the GRN by NSW Police Force special operations officers

Establishment of governance arrangements for trialling general purpose police officers on the GRN

Development of a strategy to address risks and improve reliability of backhaul links

Establishment of the telecommunications services functional area subcommittee (TELCOFAC)

Objective 2 - Manage the efficient allocation and use of spectrum

Key strategies

21 Participate in strategic partnerships with other jurisdictions to achieve interoperability and improve

services

22 Ensure a coordinated and strategic approach to the allocation of radio spectrum to meet the needs

of NSW Government

23 Develop a dedicated data capability to meet the needs of NSW Government

201314 achievements

Establishment of a Spectrum Management Office within the Authority to plan manage and

implement the allocation of spectrum across NSW Government

Development of a framework for spectrum management

Contributed to the development of a national implementation plan for Public Safety Mobile

Broadband

16

Objective 3 - Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets which are fit for purpose

Key strategies

31 Work with partners to improve the efficiency and reduce duplication of telecommunications assets

across NSW

32 Coordinate capital planning processes for telecommunications assets across government

33 Improve and align access to telecommunications assets across NSW

34 Maintain a centralised understanding of all government telecommunications assets across NSW

35 Coordinate the procurement of operational telecommunications assets across government

201314 achievements

Initiating pilot programs to consolidate telecommunications assets on a small number targeted sites

Undertaking a cooperative telecommunications capital planning process with key business partners

Designing of a legal framework for future access to telecommunications sites

Implementation of the ITS 2573 prequalification scheme for the procurement of operational

communications

Objective 4 - Improve governance and risk management

Key strategies

41 Enable the Board and related governance arrangements to provide strategic direction to the sector

42 Reduce the likelihood and consequence of risk to the Authority and NSW Government

43 Embed an enhanced shared and rigorous approach to project management

44 Develop and maintain appropriate standards and guidelines

45 Measure and report on performance

201314 achievements

Implementation of stakeholder governance arrangements

Development of an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Framework

Enhancement of the Program Management Office to oversee project control and reporting

Undertaking regular communication with business partners

Publication of the Authorityrsquos first annual report for 201213

Objective 5 - Strengthen sector wide capabilities and engagement with partners

Key strategies

51 Lead improvements to the capacity of the sector

52 Undertake positive proactive engagement with business partners

53 Improve the capacity of the organisation to drive reform

54 Build an inclusive culture of performance and innovation

201314 achievements

Completion of a sector wide capability audit

Implementation of a new Authority organisational structure

Key positions with the Authority recruited

Implementation of performance plans aligned to the Corporate Plan for all staff

17

Projects ITS 2573 Improved Government

Telecommunications Prequalification Scheme

The Telco Authorityrsquos ITS 2573 scheme has saved

over $3 million since its introduction in May 2013

The scheme streamlines purchasing arrangements

for operational telecommunications equipment

infrastructure and services including handsets

network assets and design services

More than 70 NSW Government agencies

including emergency services agencies own

andor operate radio telecommunications

networks to support their operations The scheme

has simplified access for NSW Government buyers

and industry suppliers meaning agencies can

better match the right supplier to the right job This

allows agencies to focus on their core business As

a result the scheme saves time and money while

driving a more competitive marketplace that is

fairer for both large and small suppliers

Under the arrangements vendors can be added

to the scheme periodically and are lsquoprequalifiedrsquo

to do work over $150000 or lsquoregisteredrsquo for work

under $150000 The Authority will continue to work

with stakeholders to use the scheme to drive

greater efficiencies through its combined

purchasing power A recent example is the

terminal equipment subpanel

GRN Core Upgrade

During October 2013 the Telco Authority

completed an upgrade of the Government Radio

Network (GRN) core The core upgrade was a

highly complex project that was delivered in two

stages to reduce risks and have a minimal impact

on the network The project which ensures that

the GRN core is operating on up to date software

also allows several emergency services agencies

to connect their dispatch consoles to the GRN

Spectrum Management Office establishment

The Telco Authority established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to sit within the

Authority This office oversees the efficient

allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of all Government licences in the

400 MHz HGS bands as well as any other

spectrum allocations as required

Some of the ongoing benefits of this approach

are expected to include

a reduction in the allocation of spectrum

required to operate business as usual and

emergency response operations

a reduction in licensing costs to the NSW

Government by surrendering redundant

licences through the removal of duplicated

services

improved spectrum allocation through more

efficient processes and effective tools

an increased opportunity for better planning

in the 400 MHz HGS band by increasing the

allocation and usability of spectrum in that

band

a more efficient use of available spectrum

due to enabling a spectrum assignment that

is fit for purpose

assurance that agencies will be allocated

spectrum they need within the new HGS

bands

Infrastructure Rationalisation Project

In 201314 the Telco Authority commenced a

project to develop a series of rationalisation plans

The project is developing a framework to identify

opportunities for cost avoidance or cost reduction

through asset rationalisation of network

infrastructure The objectives of the project are to

identify what an optimised portfolio of NSW

Government assets consists of

develop a framework to identify opportunities

for cost avoidance or cost reduction through

NSW Government operational

telecommunications asset rationalisation

which will result in an equal or improved level

of service to stakeholder agencies

apply the framework to determine the

quantifiable benefit to the NSW Government

achieved through rationalisation

Plans will be developed for infrastructure

backhaul services and radio networks The project

will provide a basis for development of a forward

technology strategy architecture and roadmap

The Infrastructure Rationalisation Project will

conclude during the 201415 financial year

18

Sector Capability Review

The Telco Authority carried out a Sector Capability

Review to understand how agencies and state-

owned corporations (SOCs) plan deploy and

manage operational telecommunications (OT)

The objective of the review was to document and

measure 16 key capabilities for each agency The

findings were used to identify recommendations

to achieve more effective and efficient

management of operational telecommunications

and improve services to the public

Participation and responses to

inquiries

The Telco Authority is the lead organisation

focused on government operational

telecommunications in NSW and a key driver of

sector reform To meet this role the Authority

provides input to significant inquiries and

consultation reviews throughout the year During

201314 the Telco Authority contributed to a

number of national forums on radio and

communications issues The main ones are

highlighted below

Objects of the Radiocommunications Act

1992 (Commonwealth)

The former Commonwealth Department of

Broadband Communications and the Digital

Economy (DBCDE) commenced a process to

examine the regulatory framework for the

management of spectrum in Australia An initial

focus point of this work was the objects of the

Radiocommunications Act 1992 The objects set

out the priorities for the regulator of spectrum the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA)

The Telco Authority provided a submission

highlighting the importance of maintaining the

requirement for the ACMA to allocate spectrum

for public safety law enforcement and

emergency services purposes NSW public safety

agencies rely on radio services to ensure that

frontline staff are able to communicate when

dealing with an incident so it is essential that they

have access to sufficient and appropriate

spectrum for this purpose

Australian Parliament Inquiry ndash Allocation of

Spectrum for PSMB

In July 2013 the Parliamentary Joint Committee on

Law Enforcement issued a report following its

inquiry into the allocation of spectrum for public

safety mobile broadband (PSMB) purposes The

inquiry was established to consider the quantum

and type of spectrum required in order to ensure

public safety agencies are able to access a PSMB

capability

The Telco Authority along with the Department of

Premier and Cabinet contributed to a multi-

jurisdictional submission to the Inquiry that spelt

out the need for 2 x10MHz of spectrum for

PSMB This amount is required to ensure that

agencies are able to respond to large scale

incidents which occur with increasing frequency

The submission also addressed overflow

arrangements to commercial services during

periods of significant demand

19

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 10: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

bulltbull~middot ~shyNSW GOVERtllMENT

Mclltell Ekiding

2middot24 Rswson Place

Sydney NSW 2000

Tel 02 9372 7088Fabull 02 93n 7954 bull

Tel co Authority

TIY 1300 301181 ABN 85 430 594 829

WWWkonampwgovau

Internal Audit and Risk Management Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the New South Wales Government Telecommunications A uthority

I John Hubby Acting Managing Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority (Talco) am of the opinion that the Telco has internal audij and risk management processes in operation that are exclud ing the exceptions described below compliant with the core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 Internal Audit and Risk Management Policy

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the internal audij and risk management processes for the Talco depart from the following core requirements set out in Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 and that (a) the circumstances giving rise to these departures have been detennined by the Minister for Finance amp Services and (b) the Telco has implemented the following practicable alternative measures that will achieve a level of assurance equivalent to the requirement

Ministerially Determined Deoarture

bull Core Requirement 2 An Audit amp Risk Committee has been established

Reason for Departure and Description of Practicable Alternative Measures lmolemented

bull TPP 12middot04 Guidance on Shared Arrangements and Subcommittees for Audit and Risk Committees states in section 1 Guidance on Shared Arrangements sub section 11 Detenninlng

eligibility to participate in a Shared Arrangement on page 6 that Subcommittees should only be established within a legal entity Subcommittees should not be established to create capacity for an

ARC to provide oversight over other legal entities within a cluster This precludes the NSW Government Telecommunications Authority and the State Records Authority from forming a

subcommittee as they are both separate legal entities Both Telco Authority and SRA agreed to fonn a subcommittee as full compliance to TPP 09middot 05 would impose an unreasonable administrative and cost burden

bull A review of the fonner Department of Finance amp Services cluster arrangements for Audit amp Risk Committees was conducted to ensure that smaller related entities were relieved of the cost burdens of supporting their own Audit amp Risk Committees and to provide an equivalent coverage of their obligations under TPP 09-05 through sharing of the Oeoartmenf s resources

The determination by the Minister for Finance amp Services in respect of these departures dated 15 July 2013 is appended to this attestation statement

Internal audit and risk management

10

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the Audit and Risk Committee for the Department of Finance amp Services is constituted and operates in accordance with the independence and governance requirements of Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 The Chair and Members of the Audit and Risk Committee are

bull Carolyn Burlew Independent Chair (period of appointment from 14 October 2011 to 14 October 2015)

bull Ralph Kelly Independent Member (period of appointment from 1 September 2011 to 1 September 2014)

bull Jim Mitchell Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Elizabeth Crouch Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Christine Feldmanis Independent Member (period of appointment from 18 November 2013 to 18 November 2016)

This Audit and Risk Committee has been established under a Minister approved shared arrangement with the State Records Authority in accordance with a resolution of the Board of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

These processes including the practicable alternative measures implemented provide a level of assurance that enables the senior management of the Telco to understand manage and satisfactorily control risk exposures

As required by the policy I have submitted an Attestation Statement outlining compliance with exceptions with the policy to the Treasury on behalf of the Treasurer

11

Digital Information Security Annual Attestation Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the

New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

I Shaun Smith AManaging Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications

Telco) Authority am of the opinion that the Telco Authority has implemented actions towards an

Information Security Management System during the financial year being reported on consistent

with the Core Requirements set out in the Digital Information Security Policy for the NSW Public

Sector and the approach in place with the Office of Finance and Services and its Shared Service

Provider

I am of the opinion that the security controls in place to mitigate identified risks to the digital

information and digital information systems of the Telco Authority are being made adequate for the

foreseeable future Risk assessments performed during the year identified areas requiring

improvement Plans to address these areas including completing the transition to an information

classification and labelling scheme are developed and being implemented

I am of the opinion that all business units under the control of the Telco Authority with a risk profile

sufficient to warrant an independent Information Security Management System have developed an

Information Security Management System in accordance with the Core Requirements of the Digital

Information Security Policy for the NSW Public Sector

I am of the opinion that where necessary in accordance with the Digital Information Security Policy

for the NSW Public Sector the Telco Authority is transitioning towards adopting relevant practices

aligned with ASNZS ISO IEC 27001 Information technology -Security techniques - Information

security management systems - Requirements

Shaun Smith

Acting Managing Director

Date ~(t~tj

Digital information security policy

12

Year in review

The 2013 to 2014 financial year was the Authorityrsquos

second full year of operation as a statutory

authority within the Office of Finance and

Services

In the past 12 months the Authority has been

committed to achieving priority activities

developing and maintaining key projects and

putting into place important governance and risk

management arrangements

Core activities

Strategic planning

As part of its long term strategic planning

approach the Board of the Telco Authority held a

planning day in November 2013 and discussed

with the Minister for Finance and Services how

best to plan for the future direction of the NSW

Government operational telecommunications

sector Following these discussions the NSW

Government endorsed the Telco Authorityrsquos

approach to develop a long-term operational

telecommunications strategy The focus of the

strategy will be planning for the most efficient and

cost-effective way of delivering operational

telecommunications services to frontline staff

Consultation with frontline agencies on long term

plans for the sector will continue throughout 2014

The strategy will look at the most cost effective

and efficient service delivery models while

maintaining or improving existing services for

officers in the field The strategy will build on the

existing work of the Telco Authority to rationalise

existing infrastructure and reduce duplication of

effort while addressing sector capability issues

and the deployment of new technology and

services such as a mobile broadband capability

The long term strategy together with the sector

wide reform activities already being undertaken

helped define the Telco Authorityrsquos 201415

Corporate Plan The Corporate Plan was

considered and approved by the Board in June

2014 The combination of the strategy and the

Authorityrsquos own corporate planning work will

ensure that a cohesive and coordinated

approach to sector reform will be achieved

NSW Government Radio Network

The Telco Authority manages the NSW

Government Radio Network (GRN) The GRN is

used by public safety entities and other NSW

government agencies for essential

communications The GRN is an important

strategic asset supporting the Authorityrsquos focus to

provide better services whilst delivering

meaningful sector reform in line with Government

policy

Following a comprehensive competitive tender

process and managed transition period on 1

August 2013 Airwave Solutions (Australia)

13

commenced the management and operation of

the GRN With oversight and assurance provided

by the Telco Authority Airwave provides day-to-

day management monitoring maintenance and

service restoration for the network

A separate maintenance agreement is in place

with Motorola Solutions who continue to support

the core and critical components of the network

The GRN geographically covers a third of NSW

and provides mission critical grade

telecommunication services to frontline agencies

over an area covering approximately 80 per cent

of the NSW population as well as the Australian

Capital Territory

Users with a GRN-enabled terminal are able to

communicate with other users within the

coverage area The contractual target is to

achieve 99950 per cent availability During

201314 availability of 99927 per cent was

achieved

Mobile Data Radio Network

The Telco Authority continued to provide the

Government Mobile Data Radio Network in

partnership with Sigtec Pty Ltd as the network

manager responsible for day to day operations

and maintenance This network provides a shared

capacity for low speed data communications use

for computer-aided dispatching of data

The network is utilised by approximately 400

vehicles in the NSW Ambulance fleet to send

information via data as opposed to voice and is

essential to achieving a rapid patient response

The mobile data radio network was available

99999 per cent of the year

Telecommunications Services Functional Area

The Telco Authorityrsquos Telecommunications Services

Functional Area (TELCOFAC) is operational 24

hours a day seven days a week

TELCOFAC plays a critical role in managing

operational activities with telecommunications

carriers public safety agencies and other partner

agencies during emergencies These activities

ensure that critical telecommunication links are

maintained so that members of the public are

able to call triple zero and receive emergency

alert messages during emergencies

TELCOFAC coordinates a comprehensive

approach for handling emergencies and

incidents through the following phases

Prevention ndash designed to minimise emergency

consequences

Preparation ndash addresses the preparation

planning and skills training for the TELCOFAC

to mobilise their structures and resources to

support response to and recovery from an

emergency

Response ndash responding to emergencies to

minimise impacts to individuals the

community and property

Recovery ndash restores critical and significant

telecommunications services to normal

operations

October 2013 bushfires

In October 2013 the TELCOFAC was involved in

the most intensive operations since its inception ndash

the State of Emergency declared in response to

the bushfires in the Blue Mountains the Greater

Hunter Central Coast and Southern Highlands

The TELCOFAC coordinated the effort by

telecommunication carriers and public safety

agencies to protect critical telecommunications

infrastructure restore telecommunication services

affected by the severe bushfires and where

necessary coordinate the augmentation of

telecommunication services to support

responders in the field TELCOFAC also

coordinated the deployment of emergency

communications for the Springwood Recovery

Centre

The focus of the TELCOFAC in 2014 is building

capability With a full complement of staff the

focus is on the tactical and operational training

improving our capability to operate out of hours

improving capabilities for mobile deployment and

sustaining high intensity protracted liaison

operations

14

15

201314 Corporate Plan

The Corporate Plan presents the Telco Authorityrsquos purpose objectives and goals as well as the values and

operating principles that the Authority operates under The plan was developed in collaboration with key

stakeholders client groups staff and the Board

The Plan aligns with the goals set out in NSW 2021 A Plan to Make NSW Number One the Governmentrsquos

commitment to improve opportunities and quality of life for people in regional and metropolitan NSW It is a

short term plan and is the first step towards delivering on a long term vision for the Telco Authorityrsquos

management in NSW

As the Authority will be leading a period of significant sector wide change the plan is a living document

which will actively drive organisation achievement for the next financial year and beyond

Objective 1 - Integrate and enhance service delivery to better meet the needs of

business partners

Key strategies

11 Understand and plan for the diverse needs of business partners

12 Progressively integrate NSW Police into the Government Radio Network

13 Maintain and improve the quality reliability and efficiency of services

14 Build emergency telecommunications capability across the four phases of emergency management

201314 achievements

Documenting the service requirements of agencies

Development of an asset management framework

Ongoing use of the GRN by NSW Police Force special operations officers

Establishment of governance arrangements for trialling general purpose police officers on the GRN

Development of a strategy to address risks and improve reliability of backhaul links

Establishment of the telecommunications services functional area subcommittee (TELCOFAC)

Objective 2 - Manage the efficient allocation and use of spectrum

Key strategies

21 Participate in strategic partnerships with other jurisdictions to achieve interoperability and improve

services

22 Ensure a coordinated and strategic approach to the allocation of radio spectrum to meet the needs

of NSW Government

23 Develop a dedicated data capability to meet the needs of NSW Government

201314 achievements

Establishment of a Spectrum Management Office within the Authority to plan manage and

implement the allocation of spectrum across NSW Government

Development of a framework for spectrum management

Contributed to the development of a national implementation plan for Public Safety Mobile

Broadband

16

Objective 3 - Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets which are fit for purpose

Key strategies

31 Work with partners to improve the efficiency and reduce duplication of telecommunications assets

across NSW

32 Coordinate capital planning processes for telecommunications assets across government

33 Improve and align access to telecommunications assets across NSW

34 Maintain a centralised understanding of all government telecommunications assets across NSW

35 Coordinate the procurement of operational telecommunications assets across government

201314 achievements

Initiating pilot programs to consolidate telecommunications assets on a small number targeted sites

Undertaking a cooperative telecommunications capital planning process with key business partners

Designing of a legal framework for future access to telecommunications sites

Implementation of the ITS 2573 prequalification scheme for the procurement of operational

communications

Objective 4 - Improve governance and risk management

Key strategies

41 Enable the Board and related governance arrangements to provide strategic direction to the sector

42 Reduce the likelihood and consequence of risk to the Authority and NSW Government

43 Embed an enhanced shared and rigorous approach to project management

44 Develop and maintain appropriate standards and guidelines

45 Measure and report on performance

201314 achievements

Implementation of stakeholder governance arrangements

Development of an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Framework

Enhancement of the Program Management Office to oversee project control and reporting

Undertaking regular communication with business partners

Publication of the Authorityrsquos first annual report for 201213

Objective 5 - Strengthen sector wide capabilities and engagement with partners

Key strategies

51 Lead improvements to the capacity of the sector

52 Undertake positive proactive engagement with business partners

53 Improve the capacity of the organisation to drive reform

54 Build an inclusive culture of performance and innovation

201314 achievements

Completion of a sector wide capability audit

Implementation of a new Authority organisational structure

Key positions with the Authority recruited

Implementation of performance plans aligned to the Corporate Plan for all staff

17

Projects ITS 2573 Improved Government

Telecommunications Prequalification Scheme

The Telco Authorityrsquos ITS 2573 scheme has saved

over $3 million since its introduction in May 2013

The scheme streamlines purchasing arrangements

for operational telecommunications equipment

infrastructure and services including handsets

network assets and design services

More than 70 NSW Government agencies

including emergency services agencies own

andor operate radio telecommunications

networks to support their operations The scheme

has simplified access for NSW Government buyers

and industry suppliers meaning agencies can

better match the right supplier to the right job This

allows agencies to focus on their core business As

a result the scheme saves time and money while

driving a more competitive marketplace that is

fairer for both large and small suppliers

Under the arrangements vendors can be added

to the scheme periodically and are lsquoprequalifiedrsquo

to do work over $150000 or lsquoregisteredrsquo for work

under $150000 The Authority will continue to work

with stakeholders to use the scheme to drive

greater efficiencies through its combined

purchasing power A recent example is the

terminal equipment subpanel

GRN Core Upgrade

During October 2013 the Telco Authority

completed an upgrade of the Government Radio

Network (GRN) core The core upgrade was a

highly complex project that was delivered in two

stages to reduce risks and have a minimal impact

on the network The project which ensures that

the GRN core is operating on up to date software

also allows several emergency services agencies

to connect their dispatch consoles to the GRN

Spectrum Management Office establishment

The Telco Authority established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to sit within the

Authority This office oversees the efficient

allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of all Government licences in the

400 MHz HGS bands as well as any other

spectrum allocations as required

Some of the ongoing benefits of this approach

are expected to include

a reduction in the allocation of spectrum

required to operate business as usual and

emergency response operations

a reduction in licensing costs to the NSW

Government by surrendering redundant

licences through the removal of duplicated

services

improved spectrum allocation through more

efficient processes and effective tools

an increased opportunity for better planning

in the 400 MHz HGS band by increasing the

allocation and usability of spectrum in that

band

a more efficient use of available spectrum

due to enabling a spectrum assignment that

is fit for purpose

assurance that agencies will be allocated

spectrum they need within the new HGS

bands

Infrastructure Rationalisation Project

In 201314 the Telco Authority commenced a

project to develop a series of rationalisation plans

The project is developing a framework to identify

opportunities for cost avoidance or cost reduction

through asset rationalisation of network

infrastructure The objectives of the project are to

identify what an optimised portfolio of NSW

Government assets consists of

develop a framework to identify opportunities

for cost avoidance or cost reduction through

NSW Government operational

telecommunications asset rationalisation

which will result in an equal or improved level

of service to stakeholder agencies

apply the framework to determine the

quantifiable benefit to the NSW Government

achieved through rationalisation

Plans will be developed for infrastructure

backhaul services and radio networks The project

will provide a basis for development of a forward

technology strategy architecture and roadmap

The Infrastructure Rationalisation Project will

conclude during the 201415 financial year

18

Sector Capability Review

The Telco Authority carried out a Sector Capability

Review to understand how agencies and state-

owned corporations (SOCs) plan deploy and

manage operational telecommunications (OT)

The objective of the review was to document and

measure 16 key capabilities for each agency The

findings were used to identify recommendations

to achieve more effective and efficient

management of operational telecommunications

and improve services to the public

Participation and responses to

inquiries

The Telco Authority is the lead organisation

focused on government operational

telecommunications in NSW and a key driver of

sector reform To meet this role the Authority

provides input to significant inquiries and

consultation reviews throughout the year During

201314 the Telco Authority contributed to a

number of national forums on radio and

communications issues The main ones are

highlighted below

Objects of the Radiocommunications Act

1992 (Commonwealth)

The former Commonwealth Department of

Broadband Communications and the Digital

Economy (DBCDE) commenced a process to

examine the regulatory framework for the

management of spectrum in Australia An initial

focus point of this work was the objects of the

Radiocommunications Act 1992 The objects set

out the priorities for the regulator of spectrum the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA)

The Telco Authority provided a submission

highlighting the importance of maintaining the

requirement for the ACMA to allocate spectrum

for public safety law enforcement and

emergency services purposes NSW public safety

agencies rely on radio services to ensure that

frontline staff are able to communicate when

dealing with an incident so it is essential that they

have access to sufficient and appropriate

spectrum for this purpose

Australian Parliament Inquiry ndash Allocation of

Spectrum for PSMB

In July 2013 the Parliamentary Joint Committee on

Law Enforcement issued a report following its

inquiry into the allocation of spectrum for public

safety mobile broadband (PSMB) purposes The

inquiry was established to consider the quantum

and type of spectrum required in order to ensure

public safety agencies are able to access a PSMB

capability

The Telco Authority along with the Department of

Premier and Cabinet contributed to a multi-

jurisdictional submission to the Inquiry that spelt

out the need for 2 x10MHz of spectrum for

PSMB This amount is required to ensure that

agencies are able to respond to large scale

incidents which occur with increasing frequency

The submission also addressed overflow

arrangements to commercial services during

periods of significant demand

19

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 11: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

I John Hubby am of the opinion that the Audit and Risk Committee for the Department of Finance amp Services is constituted and operates in accordance with the independence and governance requirements of Treasury Circular NSW TC 0908 The Chair and Members of the Audit and Risk Committee are

bull Carolyn Burlew Independent Chair (period of appointment from 14 October 2011 to 14 October 2015)

bull Ralph Kelly Independent Member (period of appointment from 1 September 2011 to 1 September 2014)

bull Jim Mitchell Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Elizabeth Crouch Independent Member (period of appointment from 13 October 2011 to 13 October 2014)

bull Christine Feldmanis Independent Member (period of appointment from 18 November 2013 to 18 November 2016)

This Audit and Risk Committee has been established under a Minister approved shared arrangement with the State Records Authority in accordance with a resolution of the Board of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

These processes including the practicable alternative measures implemented provide a level of assurance that enables the senior management of the Telco to understand manage and satisfactorily control risk exposures

As required by the policy I have submitted an Attestation Statement outlining compliance with exceptions with the policy to the Treasury on behalf of the Treasurer

11

Digital Information Security Annual Attestation Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the

New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

I Shaun Smith AManaging Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications

Telco) Authority am of the opinion that the Telco Authority has implemented actions towards an

Information Security Management System during the financial year being reported on consistent

with the Core Requirements set out in the Digital Information Security Policy for the NSW Public

Sector and the approach in place with the Office of Finance and Services and its Shared Service

Provider

I am of the opinion that the security controls in place to mitigate identified risks to the digital

information and digital information systems of the Telco Authority are being made adequate for the

foreseeable future Risk assessments performed during the year identified areas requiring

improvement Plans to address these areas including completing the transition to an information

classification and labelling scheme are developed and being implemented

I am of the opinion that all business units under the control of the Telco Authority with a risk profile

sufficient to warrant an independent Information Security Management System have developed an

Information Security Management System in accordance with the Core Requirements of the Digital

Information Security Policy for the NSW Public Sector

I am of the opinion that where necessary in accordance with the Digital Information Security Policy

for the NSW Public Sector the Telco Authority is transitioning towards adopting relevant practices

aligned with ASNZS ISO IEC 27001 Information technology -Security techniques - Information

security management systems - Requirements

Shaun Smith

Acting Managing Director

Date ~(t~tj

Digital information security policy

12

Year in review

The 2013 to 2014 financial year was the Authorityrsquos

second full year of operation as a statutory

authority within the Office of Finance and

Services

In the past 12 months the Authority has been

committed to achieving priority activities

developing and maintaining key projects and

putting into place important governance and risk

management arrangements

Core activities

Strategic planning

As part of its long term strategic planning

approach the Board of the Telco Authority held a

planning day in November 2013 and discussed

with the Minister for Finance and Services how

best to plan for the future direction of the NSW

Government operational telecommunications

sector Following these discussions the NSW

Government endorsed the Telco Authorityrsquos

approach to develop a long-term operational

telecommunications strategy The focus of the

strategy will be planning for the most efficient and

cost-effective way of delivering operational

telecommunications services to frontline staff

Consultation with frontline agencies on long term

plans for the sector will continue throughout 2014

The strategy will look at the most cost effective

and efficient service delivery models while

maintaining or improving existing services for

officers in the field The strategy will build on the

existing work of the Telco Authority to rationalise

existing infrastructure and reduce duplication of

effort while addressing sector capability issues

and the deployment of new technology and

services such as a mobile broadband capability

The long term strategy together with the sector

wide reform activities already being undertaken

helped define the Telco Authorityrsquos 201415

Corporate Plan The Corporate Plan was

considered and approved by the Board in June

2014 The combination of the strategy and the

Authorityrsquos own corporate planning work will

ensure that a cohesive and coordinated

approach to sector reform will be achieved

NSW Government Radio Network

The Telco Authority manages the NSW

Government Radio Network (GRN) The GRN is

used by public safety entities and other NSW

government agencies for essential

communications The GRN is an important

strategic asset supporting the Authorityrsquos focus to

provide better services whilst delivering

meaningful sector reform in line with Government

policy

Following a comprehensive competitive tender

process and managed transition period on 1

August 2013 Airwave Solutions (Australia)

13

commenced the management and operation of

the GRN With oversight and assurance provided

by the Telco Authority Airwave provides day-to-

day management monitoring maintenance and

service restoration for the network

A separate maintenance agreement is in place

with Motorola Solutions who continue to support

the core and critical components of the network

The GRN geographically covers a third of NSW

and provides mission critical grade

telecommunication services to frontline agencies

over an area covering approximately 80 per cent

of the NSW population as well as the Australian

Capital Territory

Users with a GRN-enabled terminal are able to

communicate with other users within the

coverage area The contractual target is to

achieve 99950 per cent availability During

201314 availability of 99927 per cent was

achieved

Mobile Data Radio Network

The Telco Authority continued to provide the

Government Mobile Data Radio Network in

partnership with Sigtec Pty Ltd as the network

manager responsible for day to day operations

and maintenance This network provides a shared

capacity for low speed data communications use

for computer-aided dispatching of data

The network is utilised by approximately 400

vehicles in the NSW Ambulance fleet to send

information via data as opposed to voice and is

essential to achieving a rapid patient response

The mobile data radio network was available

99999 per cent of the year

Telecommunications Services Functional Area

The Telco Authorityrsquos Telecommunications Services

Functional Area (TELCOFAC) is operational 24

hours a day seven days a week

TELCOFAC plays a critical role in managing

operational activities with telecommunications

carriers public safety agencies and other partner

agencies during emergencies These activities

ensure that critical telecommunication links are

maintained so that members of the public are

able to call triple zero and receive emergency

alert messages during emergencies

TELCOFAC coordinates a comprehensive

approach for handling emergencies and

incidents through the following phases

Prevention ndash designed to minimise emergency

consequences

Preparation ndash addresses the preparation

planning and skills training for the TELCOFAC

to mobilise their structures and resources to

support response to and recovery from an

emergency

Response ndash responding to emergencies to

minimise impacts to individuals the

community and property

Recovery ndash restores critical and significant

telecommunications services to normal

operations

October 2013 bushfires

In October 2013 the TELCOFAC was involved in

the most intensive operations since its inception ndash

the State of Emergency declared in response to

the bushfires in the Blue Mountains the Greater

Hunter Central Coast and Southern Highlands

The TELCOFAC coordinated the effort by

telecommunication carriers and public safety

agencies to protect critical telecommunications

infrastructure restore telecommunication services

affected by the severe bushfires and where

necessary coordinate the augmentation of

telecommunication services to support

responders in the field TELCOFAC also

coordinated the deployment of emergency

communications for the Springwood Recovery

Centre

The focus of the TELCOFAC in 2014 is building

capability With a full complement of staff the

focus is on the tactical and operational training

improving our capability to operate out of hours

improving capabilities for mobile deployment and

sustaining high intensity protracted liaison

operations

14

15

201314 Corporate Plan

The Corporate Plan presents the Telco Authorityrsquos purpose objectives and goals as well as the values and

operating principles that the Authority operates under The plan was developed in collaboration with key

stakeholders client groups staff and the Board

The Plan aligns with the goals set out in NSW 2021 A Plan to Make NSW Number One the Governmentrsquos

commitment to improve opportunities and quality of life for people in regional and metropolitan NSW It is a

short term plan and is the first step towards delivering on a long term vision for the Telco Authorityrsquos

management in NSW

As the Authority will be leading a period of significant sector wide change the plan is a living document

which will actively drive organisation achievement for the next financial year and beyond

Objective 1 - Integrate and enhance service delivery to better meet the needs of

business partners

Key strategies

11 Understand and plan for the diverse needs of business partners

12 Progressively integrate NSW Police into the Government Radio Network

13 Maintain and improve the quality reliability and efficiency of services

14 Build emergency telecommunications capability across the four phases of emergency management

201314 achievements

Documenting the service requirements of agencies

Development of an asset management framework

Ongoing use of the GRN by NSW Police Force special operations officers

Establishment of governance arrangements for trialling general purpose police officers on the GRN

Development of a strategy to address risks and improve reliability of backhaul links

Establishment of the telecommunications services functional area subcommittee (TELCOFAC)

Objective 2 - Manage the efficient allocation and use of spectrum

Key strategies

21 Participate in strategic partnerships with other jurisdictions to achieve interoperability and improve

services

22 Ensure a coordinated and strategic approach to the allocation of radio spectrum to meet the needs

of NSW Government

23 Develop a dedicated data capability to meet the needs of NSW Government

201314 achievements

Establishment of a Spectrum Management Office within the Authority to plan manage and

implement the allocation of spectrum across NSW Government

Development of a framework for spectrum management

Contributed to the development of a national implementation plan for Public Safety Mobile

Broadband

16

Objective 3 - Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets which are fit for purpose

Key strategies

31 Work with partners to improve the efficiency and reduce duplication of telecommunications assets

across NSW

32 Coordinate capital planning processes for telecommunications assets across government

33 Improve and align access to telecommunications assets across NSW

34 Maintain a centralised understanding of all government telecommunications assets across NSW

35 Coordinate the procurement of operational telecommunications assets across government

201314 achievements

Initiating pilot programs to consolidate telecommunications assets on a small number targeted sites

Undertaking a cooperative telecommunications capital planning process with key business partners

Designing of a legal framework for future access to telecommunications sites

Implementation of the ITS 2573 prequalification scheme for the procurement of operational

communications

Objective 4 - Improve governance and risk management

Key strategies

41 Enable the Board and related governance arrangements to provide strategic direction to the sector

42 Reduce the likelihood and consequence of risk to the Authority and NSW Government

43 Embed an enhanced shared and rigorous approach to project management

44 Develop and maintain appropriate standards and guidelines

45 Measure and report on performance

201314 achievements

Implementation of stakeholder governance arrangements

Development of an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Framework

Enhancement of the Program Management Office to oversee project control and reporting

Undertaking regular communication with business partners

Publication of the Authorityrsquos first annual report for 201213

Objective 5 - Strengthen sector wide capabilities and engagement with partners

Key strategies

51 Lead improvements to the capacity of the sector

52 Undertake positive proactive engagement with business partners

53 Improve the capacity of the organisation to drive reform

54 Build an inclusive culture of performance and innovation

201314 achievements

Completion of a sector wide capability audit

Implementation of a new Authority organisational structure

Key positions with the Authority recruited

Implementation of performance plans aligned to the Corporate Plan for all staff

17

Projects ITS 2573 Improved Government

Telecommunications Prequalification Scheme

The Telco Authorityrsquos ITS 2573 scheme has saved

over $3 million since its introduction in May 2013

The scheme streamlines purchasing arrangements

for operational telecommunications equipment

infrastructure and services including handsets

network assets and design services

More than 70 NSW Government agencies

including emergency services agencies own

andor operate radio telecommunications

networks to support their operations The scheme

has simplified access for NSW Government buyers

and industry suppliers meaning agencies can

better match the right supplier to the right job This

allows agencies to focus on their core business As

a result the scheme saves time and money while

driving a more competitive marketplace that is

fairer for both large and small suppliers

Under the arrangements vendors can be added

to the scheme periodically and are lsquoprequalifiedrsquo

to do work over $150000 or lsquoregisteredrsquo for work

under $150000 The Authority will continue to work

with stakeholders to use the scheme to drive

greater efficiencies through its combined

purchasing power A recent example is the

terminal equipment subpanel

GRN Core Upgrade

During October 2013 the Telco Authority

completed an upgrade of the Government Radio

Network (GRN) core The core upgrade was a

highly complex project that was delivered in two

stages to reduce risks and have a minimal impact

on the network The project which ensures that

the GRN core is operating on up to date software

also allows several emergency services agencies

to connect their dispatch consoles to the GRN

Spectrum Management Office establishment

The Telco Authority established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to sit within the

Authority This office oversees the efficient

allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of all Government licences in the

400 MHz HGS bands as well as any other

spectrum allocations as required

Some of the ongoing benefits of this approach

are expected to include

a reduction in the allocation of spectrum

required to operate business as usual and

emergency response operations

a reduction in licensing costs to the NSW

Government by surrendering redundant

licences through the removal of duplicated

services

improved spectrum allocation through more

efficient processes and effective tools

an increased opportunity for better planning

in the 400 MHz HGS band by increasing the

allocation and usability of spectrum in that

band

a more efficient use of available spectrum

due to enabling a spectrum assignment that

is fit for purpose

assurance that agencies will be allocated

spectrum they need within the new HGS

bands

Infrastructure Rationalisation Project

In 201314 the Telco Authority commenced a

project to develop a series of rationalisation plans

The project is developing a framework to identify

opportunities for cost avoidance or cost reduction

through asset rationalisation of network

infrastructure The objectives of the project are to

identify what an optimised portfolio of NSW

Government assets consists of

develop a framework to identify opportunities

for cost avoidance or cost reduction through

NSW Government operational

telecommunications asset rationalisation

which will result in an equal or improved level

of service to stakeholder agencies

apply the framework to determine the

quantifiable benefit to the NSW Government

achieved through rationalisation

Plans will be developed for infrastructure

backhaul services and radio networks The project

will provide a basis for development of a forward

technology strategy architecture and roadmap

The Infrastructure Rationalisation Project will

conclude during the 201415 financial year

18

Sector Capability Review

The Telco Authority carried out a Sector Capability

Review to understand how agencies and state-

owned corporations (SOCs) plan deploy and

manage operational telecommunications (OT)

The objective of the review was to document and

measure 16 key capabilities for each agency The

findings were used to identify recommendations

to achieve more effective and efficient

management of operational telecommunications

and improve services to the public

Participation and responses to

inquiries

The Telco Authority is the lead organisation

focused on government operational

telecommunications in NSW and a key driver of

sector reform To meet this role the Authority

provides input to significant inquiries and

consultation reviews throughout the year During

201314 the Telco Authority contributed to a

number of national forums on radio and

communications issues The main ones are

highlighted below

Objects of the Radiocommunications Act

1992 (Commonwealth)

The former Commonwealth Department of

Broadband Communications and the Digital

Economy (DBCDE) commenced a process to

examine the regulatory framework for the

management of spectrum in Australia An initial

focus point of this work was the objects of the

Radiocommunications Act 1992 The objects set

out the priorities for the regulator of spectrum the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA)

The Telco Authority provided a submission

highlighting the importance of maintaining the

requirement for the ACMA to allocate spectrum

for public safety law enforcement and

emergency services purposes NSW public safety

agencies rely on radio services to ensure that

frontline staff are able to communicate when

dealing with an incident so it is essential that they

have access to sufficient and appropriate

spectrum for this purpose

Australian Parliament Inquiry ndash Allocation of

Spectrum for PSMB

In July 2013 the Parliamentary Joint Committee on

Law Enforcement issued a report following its

inquiry into the allocation of spectrum for public

safety mobile broadband (PSMB) purposes The

inquiry was established to consider the quantum

and type of spectrum required in order to ensure

public safety agencies are able to access a PSMB

capability

The Telco Authority along with the Department of

Premier and Cabinet contributed to a multi-

jurisdictional submission to the Inquiry that spelt

out the need for 2 x10MHz of spectrum for

PSMB This amount is required to ensure that

agencies are able to respond to large scale

incidents which occur with increasing frequency

The submission also addressed overflow

arrangements to commercial services during

periods of significant demand

19

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 12: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Digital Information Security Annual Attestation Statement for the 2013-2014 Financial Year for the

New South Wales Government Telecommunications Authority

I Shaun Smith AManaging Director of the New South Wales Government Telecommunications

Telco) Authority am of the opinion that the Telco Authority has implemented actions towards an

Information Security Management System during the financial year being reported on consistent

with the Core Requirements set out in the Digital Information Security Policy for the NSW Public

Sector and the approach in place with the Office of Finance and Services and its Shared Service

Provider

I am of the opinion that the security controls in place to mitigate identified risks to the digital

information and digital information systems of the Telco Authority are being made adequate for the

foreseeable future Risk assessments performed during the year identified areas requiring

improvement Plans to address these areas including completing the transition to an information

classification and labelling scheme are developed and being implemented

I am of the opinion that all business units under the control of the Telco Authority with a risk profile

sufficient to warrant an independent Information Security Management System have developed an

Information Security Management System in accordance with the Core Requirements of the Digital

Information Security Policy for the NSW Public Sector

I am of the opinion that where necessary in accordance with the Digital Information Security Policy

for the NSW Public Sector the Telco Authority is transitioning towards adopting relevant practices

aligned with ASNZS ISO IEC 27001 Information technology -Security techniques - Information

security management systems - Requirements

Shaun Smith

Acting Managing Director

Date ~(t~tj

Digital information security policy

12

Year in review

The 2013 to 2014 financial year was the Authorityrsquos

second full year of operation as a statutory

authority within the Office of Finance and

Services

In the past 12 months the Authority has been

committed to achieving priority activities

developing and maintaining key projects and

putting into place important governance and risk

management arrangements

Core activities

Strategic planning

As part of its long term strategic planning

approach the Board of the Telco Authority held a

planning day in November 2013 and discussed

with the Minister for Finance and Services how

best to plan for the future direction of the NSW

Government operational telecommunications

sector Following these discussions the NSW

Government endorsed the Telco Authorityrsquos

approach to develop a long-term operational

telecommunications strategy The focus of the

strategy will be planning for the most efficient and

cost-effective way of delivering operational

telecommunications services to frontline staff

Consultation with frontline agencies on long term

plans for the sector will continue throughout 2014

The strategy will look at the most cost effective

and efficient service delivery models while

maintaining or improving existing services for

officers in the field The strategy will build on the

existing work of the Telco Authority to rationalise

existing infrastructure and reduce duplication of

effort while addressing sector capability issues

and the deployment of new technology and

services such as a mobile broadband capability

The long term strategy together with the sector

wide reform activities already being undertaken

helped define the Telco Authorityrsquos 201415

Corporate Plan The Corporate Plan was

considered and approved by the Board in June

2014 The combination of the strategy and the

Authorityrsquos own corporate planning work will

ensure that a cohesive and coordinated

approach to sector reform will be achieved

NSW Government Radio Network

The Telco Authority manages the NSW

Government Radio Network (GRN) The GRN is

used by public safety entities and other NSW

government agencies for essential

communications The GRN is an important

strategic asset supporting the Authorityrsquos focus to

provide better services whilst delivering

meaningful sector reform in line with Government

policy

Following a comprehensive competitive tender

process and managed transition period on 1

August 2013 Airwave Solutions (Australia)

13

commenced the management and operation of

the GRN With oversight and assurance provided

by the Telco Authority Airwave provides day-to-

day management monitoring maintenance and

service restoration for the network

A separate maintenance agreement is in place

with Motorola Solutions who continue to support

the core and critical components of the network

The GRN geographically covers a third of NSW

and provides mission critical grade

telecommunication services to frontline agencies

over an area covering approximately 80 per cent

of the NSW population as well as the Australian

Capital Territory

Users with a GRN-enabled terminal are able to

communicate with other users within the

coverage area The contractual target is to

achieve 99950 per cent availability During

201314 availability of 99927 per cent was

achieved

Mobile Data Radio Network

The Telco Authority continued to provide the

Government Mobile Data Radio Network in

partnership with Sigtec Pty Ltd as the network

manager responsible for day to day operations

and maintenance This network provides a shared

capacity for low speed data communications use

for computer-aided dispatching of data

The network is utilised by approximately 400

vehicles in the NSW Ambulance fleet to send

information via data as opposed to voice and is

essential to achieving a rapid patient response

The mobile data radio network was available

99999 per cent of the year

Telecommunications Services Functional Area

The Telco Authorityrsquos Telecommunications Services

Functional Area (TELCOFAC) is operational 24

hours a day seven days a week

TELCOFAC plays a critical role in managing

operational activities with telecommunications

carriers public safety agencies and other partner

agencies during emergencies These activities

ensure that critical telecommunication links are

maintained so that members of the public are

able to call triple zero and receive emergency

alert messages during emergencies

TELCOFAC coordinates a comprehensive

approach for handling emergencies and

incidents through the following phases

Prevention ndash designed to minimise emergency

consequences

Preparation ndash addresses the preparation

planning and skills training for the TELCOFAC

to mobilise their structures and resources to

support response to and recovery from an

emergency

Response ndash responding to emergencies to

minimise impacts to individuals the

community and property

Recovery ndash restores critical and significant

telecommunications services to normal

operations

October 2013 bushfires

In October 2013 the TELCOFAC was involved in

the most intensive operations since its inception ndash

the State of Emergency declared in response to

the bushfires in the Blue Mountains the Greater

Hunter Central Coast and Southern Highlands

The TELCOFAC coordinated the effort by

telecommunication carriers and public safety

agencies to protect critical telecommunications

infrastructure restore telecommunication services

affected by the severe bushfires and where

necessary coordinate the augmentation of

telecommunication services to support

responders in the field TELCOFAC also

coordinated the deployment of emergency

communications for the Springwood Recovery

Centre

The focus of the TELCOFAC in 2014 is building

capability With a full complement of staff the

focus is on the tactical and operational training

improving our capability to operate out of hours

improving capabilities for mobile deployment and

sustaining high intensity protracted liaison

operations

14

15

201314 Corporate Plan

The Corporate Plan presents the Telco Authorityrsquos purpose objectives and goals as well as the values and

operating principles that the Authority operates under The plan was developed in collaboration with key

stakeholders client groups staff and the Board

The Plan aligns with the goals set out in NSW 2021 A Plan to Make NSW Number One the Governmentrsquos

commitment to improve opportunities and quality of life for people in regional and metropolitan NSW It is a

short term plan and is the first step towards delivering on a long term vision for the Telco Authorityrsquos

management in NSW

As the Authority will be leading a period of significant sector wide change the plan is a living document

which will actively drive organisation achievement for the next financial year and beyond

Objective 1 - Integrate and enhance service delivery to better meet the needs of

business partners

Key strategies

11 Understand and plan for the diverse needs of business partners

12 Progressively integrate NSW Police into the Government Radio Network

13 Maintain and improve the quality reliability and efficiency of services

14 Build emergency telecommunications capability across the four phases of emergency management

201314 achievements

Documenting the service requirements of agencies

Development of an asset management framework

Ongoing use of the GRN by NSW Police Force special operations officers

Establishment of governance arrangements for trialling general purpose police officers on the GRN

Development of a strategy to address risks and improve reliability of backhaul links

Establishment of the telecommunications services functional area subcommittee (TELCOFAC)

Objective 2 - Manage the efficient allocation and use of spectrum

Key strategies

21 Participate in strategic partnerships with other jurisdictions to achieve interoperability and improve

services

22 Ensure a coordinated and strategic approach to the allocation of radio spectrum to meet the needs

of NSW Government

23 Develop a dedicated data capability to meet the needs of NSW Government

201314 achievements

Establishment of a Spectrum Management Office within the Authority to plan manage and

implement the allocation of spectrum across NSW Government

Development of a framework for spectrum management

Contributed to the development of a national implementation plan for Public Safety Mobile

Broadband

16

Objective 3 - Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets which are fit for purpose

Key strategies

31 Work with partners to improve the efficiency and reduce duplication of telecommunications assets

across NSW

32 Coordinate capital planning processes for telecommunications assets across government

33 Improve and align access to telecommunications assets across NSW

34 Maintain a centralised understanding of all government telecommunications assets across NSW

35 Coordinate the procurement of operational telecommunications assets across government

201314 achievements

Initiating pilot programs to consolidate telecommunications assets on a small number targeted sites

Undertaking a cooperative telecommunications capital planning process with key business partners

Designing of a legal framework for future access to telecommunications sites

Implementation of the ITS 2573 prequalification scheme for the procurement of operational

communications

Objective 4 - Improve governance and risk management

Key strategies

41 Enable the Board and related governance arrangements to provide strategic direction to the sector

42 Reduce the likelihood and consequence of risk to the Authority and NSW Government

43 Embed an enhanced shared and rigorous approach to project management

44 Develop and maintain appropriate standards and guidelines

45 Measure and report on performance

201314 achievements

Implementation of stakeholder governance arrangements

Development of an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Framework

Enhancement of the Program Management Office to oversee project control and reporting

Undertaking regular communication with business partners

Publication of the Authorityrsquos first annual report for 201213

Objective 5 - Strengthen sector wide capabilities and engagement with partners

Key strategies

51 Lead improvements to the capacity of the sector

52 Undertake positive proactive engagement with business partners

53 Improve the capacity of the organisation to drive reform

54 Build an inclusive culture of performance and innovation

201314 achievements

Completion of a sector wide capability audit

Implementation of a new Authority organisational structure

Key positions with the Authority recruited

Implementation of performance plans aligned to the Corporate Plan for all staff

17

Projects ITS 2573 Improved Government

Telecommunications Prequalification Scheme

The Telco Authorityrsquos ITS 2573 scheme has saved

over $3 million since its introduction in May 2013

The scheme streamlines purchasing arrangements

for operational telecommunications equipment

infrastructure and services including handsets

network assets and design services

More than 70 NSW Government agencies

including emergency services agencies own

andor operate radio telecommunications

networks to support their operations The scheme

has simplified access for NSW Government buyers

and industry suppliers meaning agencies can

better match the right supplier to the right job This

allows agencies to focus on their core business As

a result the scheme saves time and money while

driving a more competitive marketplace that is

fairer for both large and small suppliers

Under the arrangements vendors can be added

to the scheme periodically and are lsquoprequalifiedrsquo

to do work over $150000 or lsquoregisteredrsquo for work

under $150000 The Authority will continue to work

with stakeholders to use the scheme to drive

greater efficiencies through its combined

purchasing power A recent example is the

terminal equipment subpanel

GRN Core Upgrade

During October 2013 the Telco Authority

completed an upgrade of the Government Radio

Network (GRN) core The core upgrade was a

highly complex project that was delivered in two

stages to reduce risks and have a minimal impact

on the network The project which ensures that

the GRN core is operating on up to date software

also allows several emergency services agencies

to connect their dispatch consoles to the GRN

Spectrum Management Office establishment

The Telco Authority established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to sit within the

Authority This office oversees the efficient

allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of all Government licences in the

400 MHz HGS bands as well as any other

spectrum allocations as required

Some of the ongoing benefits of this approach

are expected to include

a reduction in the allocation of spectrum

required to operate business as usual and

emergency response operations

a reduction in licensing costs to the NSW

Government by surrendering redundant

licences through the removal of duplicated

services

improved spectrum allocation through more

efficient processes and effective tools

an increased opportunity for better planning

in the 400 MHz HGS band by increasing the

allocation and usability of spectrum in that

band

a more efficient use of available spectrum

due to enabling a spectrum assignment that

is fit for purpose

assurance that agencies will be allocated

spectrum they need within the new HGS

bands

Infrastructure Rationalisation Project

In 201314 the Telco Authority commenced a

project to develop a series of rationalisation plans

The project is developing a framework to identify

opportunities for cost avoidance or cost reduction

through asset rationalisation of network

infrastructure The objectives of the project are to

identify what an optimised portfolio of NSW

Government assets consists of

develop a framework to identify opportunities

for cost avoidance or cost reduction through

NSW Government operational

telecommunications asset rationalisation

which will result in an equal or improved level

of service to stakeholder agencies

apply the framework to determine the

quantifiable benefit to the NSW Government

achieved through rationalisation

Plans will be developed for infrastructure

backhaul services and radio networks The project

will provide a basis for development of a forward

technology strategy architecture and roadmap

The Infrastructure Rationalisation Project will

conclude during the 201415 financial year

18

Sector Capability Review

The Telco Authority carried out a Sector Capability

Review to understand how agencies and state-

owned corporations (SOCs) plan deploy and

manage operational telecommunications (OT)

The objective of the review was to document and

measure 16 key capabilities for each agency The

findings were used to identify recommendations

to achieve more effective and efficient

management of operational telecommunications

and improve services to the public

Participation and responses to

inquiries

The Telco Authority is the lead organisation

focused on government operational

telecommunications in NSW and a key driver of

sector reform To meet this role the Authority

provides input to significant inquiries and

consultation reviews throughout the year During

201314 the Telco Authority contributed to a

number of national forums on radio and

communications issues The main ones are

highlighted below

Objects of the Radiocommunications Act

1992 (Commonwealth)

The former Commonwealth Department of

Broadband Communications and the Digital

Economy (DBCDE) commenced a process to

examine the regulatory framework for the

management of spectrum in Australia An initial

focus point of this work was the objects of the

Radiocommunications Act 1992 The objects set

out the priorities for the regulator of spectrum the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA)

The Telco Authority provided a submission

highlighting the importance of maintaining the

requirement for the ACMA to allocate spectrum

for public safety law enforcement and

emergency services purposes NSW public safety

agencies rely on radio services to ensure that

frontline staff are able to communicate when

dealing with an incident so it is essential that they

have access to sufficient and appropriate

spectrum for this purpose

Australian Parliament Inquiry ndash Allocation of

Spectrum for PSMB

In July 2013 the Parliamentary Joint Committee on

Law Enforcement issued a report following its

inquiry into the allocation of spectrum for public

safety mobile broadband (PSMB) purposes The

inquiry was established to consider the quantum

and type of spectrum required in order to ensure

public safety agencies are able to access a PSMB

capability

The Telco Authority along with the Department of

Premier and Cabinet contributed to a multi-

jurisdictional submission to the Inquiry that spelt

out the need for 2 x10MHz of spectrum for

PSMB This amount is required to ensure that

agencies are able to respond to large scale

incidents which occur with increasing frequency

The submission also addressed overflow

arrangements to commercial services during

periods of significant demand

19

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 13: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Year in review

The 2013 to 2014 financial year was the Authorityrsquos

second full year of operation as a statutory

authority within the Office of Finance and

Services

In the past 12 months the Authority has been

committed to achieving priority activities

developing and maintaining key projects and

putting into place important governance and risk

management arrangements

Core activities

Strategic planning

As part of its long term strategic planning

approach the Board of the Telco Authority held a

planning day in November 2013 and discussed

with the Minister for Finance and Services how

best to plan for the future direction of the NSW

Government operational telecommunications

sector Following these discussions the NSW

Government endorsed the Telco Authorityrsquos

approach to develop a long-term operational

telecommunications strategy The focus of the

strategy will be planning for the most efficient and

cost-effective way of delivering operational

telecommunications services to frontline staff

Consultation with frontline agencies on long term

plans for the sector will continue throughout 2014

The strategy will look at the most cost effective

and efficient service delivery models while

maintaining or improving existing services for

officers in the field The strategy will build on the

existing work of the Telco Authority to rationalise

existing infrastructure and reduce duplication of

effort while addressing sector capability issues

and the deployment of new technology and

services such as a mobile broadband capability

The long term strategy together with the sector

wide reform activities already being undertaken

helped define the Telco Authorityrsquos 201415

Corporate Plan The Corporate Plan was

considered and approved by the Board in June

2014 The combination of the strategy and the

Authorityrsquos own corporate planning work will

ensure that a cohesive and coordinated

approach to sector reform will be achieved

NSW Government Radio Network

The Telco Authority manages the NSW

Government Radio Network (GRN) The GRN is

used by public safety entities and other NSW

government agencies for essential

communications The GRN is an important

strategic asset supporting the Authorityrsquos focus to

provide better services whilst delivering

meaningful sector reform in line with Government

policy

Following a comprehensive competitive tender

process and managed transition period on 1

August 2013 Airwave Solutions (Australia)

13

commenced the management and operation of

the GRN With oversight and assurance provided

by the Telco Authority Airwave provides day-to-

day management monitoring maintenance and

service restoration for the network

A separate maintenance agreement is in place

with Motorola Solutions who continue to support

the core and critical components of the network

The GRN geographically covers a third of NSW

and provides mission critical grade

telecommunication services to frontline agencies

over an area covering approximately 80 per cent

of the NSW population as well as the Australian

Capital Territory

Users with a GRN-enabled terminal are able to

communicate with other users within the

coverage area The contractual target is to

achieve 99950 per cent availability During

201314 availability of 99927 per cent was

achieved

Mobile Data Radio Network

The Telco Authority continued to provide the

Government Mobile Data Radio Network in

partnership with Sigtec Pty Ltd as the network

manager responsible for day to day operations

and maintenance This network provides a shared

capacity for low speed data communications use

for computer-aided dispatching of data

The network is utilised by approximately 400

vehicles in the NSW Ambulance fleet to send

information via data as opposed to voice and is

essential to achieving a rapid patient response

The mobile data radio network was available

99999 per cent of the year

Telecommunications Services Functional Area

The Telco Authorityrsquos Telecommunications Services

Functional Area (TELCOFAC) is operational 24

hours a day seven days a week

TELCOFAC plays a critical role in managing

operational activities with telecommunications

carriers public safety agencies and other partner

agencies during emergencies These activities

ensure that critical telecommunication links are

maintained so that members of the public are

able to call triple zero and receive emergency

alert messages during emergencies

TELCOFAC coordinates a comprehensive

approach for handling emergencies and

incidents through the following phases

Prevention ndash designed to minimise emergency

consequences

Preparation ndash addresses the preparation

planning and skills training for the TELCOFAC

to mobilise their structures and resources to

support response to and recovery from an

emergency

Response ndash responding to emergencies to

minimise impacts to individuals the

community and property

Recovery ndash restores critical and significant

telecommunications services to normal

operations

October 2013 bushfires

In October 2013 the TELCOFAC was involved in

the most intensive operations since its inception ndash

the State of Emergency declared in response to

the bushfires in the Blue Mountains the Greater

Hunter Central Coast and Southern Highlands

The TELCOFAC coordinated the effort by

telecommunication carriers and public safety

agencies to protect critical telecommunications

infrastructure restore telecommunication services

affected by the severe bushfires and where

necessary coordinate the augmentation of

telecommunication services to support

responders in the field TELCOFAC also

coordinated the deployment of emergency

communications for the Springwood Recovery

Centre

The focus of the TELCOFAC in 2014 is building

capability With a full complement of staff the

focus is on the tactical and operational training

improving our capability to operate out of hours

improving capabilities for mobile deployment and

sustaining high intensity protracted liaison

operations

14

15

201314 Corporate Plan

The Corporate Plan presents the Telco Authorityrsquos purpose objectives and goals as well as the values and

operating principles that the Authority operates under The plan was developed in collaboration with key

stakeholders client groups staff and the Board

The Plan aligns with the goals set out in NSW 2021 A Plan to Make NSW Number One the Governmentrsquos

commitment to improve opportunities and quality of life for people in regional and metropolitan NSW It is a

short term plan and is the first step towards delivering on a long term vision for the Telco Authorityrsquos

management in NSW

As the Authority will be leading a period of significant sector wide change the plan is a living document

which will actively drive organisation achievement for the next financial year and beyond

Objective 1 - Integrate and enhance service delivery to better meet the needs of

business partners

Key strategies

11 Understand and plan for the diverse needs of business partners

12 Progressively integrate NSW Police into the Government Radio Network

13 Maintain and improve the quality reliability and efficiency of services

14 Build emergency telecommunications capability across the four phases of emergency management

201314 achievements

Documenting the service requirements of agencies

Development of an asset management framework

Ongoing use of the GRN by NSW Police Force special operations officers

Establishment of governance arrangements for trialling general purpose police officers on the GRN

Development of a strategy to address risks and improve reliability of backhaul links

Establishment of the telecommunications services functional area subcommittee (TELCOFAC)

Objective 2 - Manage the efficient allocation and use of spectrum

Key strategies

21 Participate in strategic partnerships with other jurisdictions to achieve interoperability and improve

services

22 Ensure a coordinated and strategic approach to the allocation of radio spectrum to meet the needs

of NSW Government

23 Develop a dedicated data capability to meet the needs of NSW Government

201314 achievements

Establishment of a Spectrum Management Office within the Authority to plan manage and

implement the allocation of spectrum across NSW Government

Development of a framework for spectrum management

Contributed to the development of a national implementation plan for Public Safety Mobile

Broadband

16

Objective 3 - Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets which are fit for purpose

Key strategies

31 Work with partners to improve the efficiency and reduce duplication of telecommunications assets

across NSW

32 Coordinate capital planning processes for telecommunications assets across government

33 Improve and align access to telecommunications assets across NSW

34 Maintain a centralised understanding of all government telecommunications assets across NSW

35 Coordinate the procurement of operational telecommunications assets across government

201314 achievements

Initiating pilot programs to consolidate telecommunications assets on a small number targeted sites

Undertaking a cooperative telecommunications capital planning process with key business partners

Designing of a legal framework for future access to telecommunications sites

Implementation of the ITS 2573 prequalification scheme for the procurement of operational

communications

Objective 4 - Improve governance and risk management

Key strategies

41 Enable the Board and related governance arrangements to provide strategic direction to the sector

42 Reduce the likelihood and consequence of risk to the Authority and NSW Government

43 Embed an enhanced shared and rigorous approach to project management

44 Develop and maintain appropriate standards and guidelines

45 Measure and report on performance

201314 achievements

Implementation of stakeholder governance arrangements

Development of an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Framework

Enhancement of the Program Management Office to oversee project control and reporting

Undertaking regular communication with business partners

Publication of the Authorityrsquos first annual report for 201213

Objective 5 - Strengthen sector wide capabilities and engagement with partners

Key strategies

51 Lead improvements to the capacity of the sector

52 Undertake positive proactive engagement with business partners

53 Improve the capacity of the organisation to drive reform

54 Build an inclusive culture of performance and innovation

201314 achievements

Completion of a sector wide capability audit

Implementation of a new Authority organisational structure

Key positions with the Authority recruited

Implementation of performance plans aligned to the Corporate Plan for all staff

17

Projects ITS 2573 Improved Government

Telecommunications Prequalification Scheme

The Telco Authorityrsquos ITS 2573 scheme has saved

over $3 million since its introduction in May 2013

The scheme streamlines purchasing arrangements

for operational telecommunications equipment

infrastructure and services including handsets

network assets and design services

More than 70 NSW Government agencies

including emergency services agencies own

andor operate radio telecommunications

networks to support their operations The scheme

has simplified access for NSW Government buyers

and industry suppliers meaning agencies can

better match the right supplier to the right job This

allows agencies to focus on their core business As

a result the scheme saves time and money while

driving a more competitive marketplace that is

fairer for both large and small suppliers

Under the arrangements vendors can be added

to the scheme periodically and are lsquoprequalifiedrsquo

to do work over $150000 or lsquoregisteredrsquo for work

under $150000 The Authority will continue to work

with stakeholders to use the scheme to drive

greater efficiencies through its combined

purchasing power A recent example is the

terminal equipment subpanel

GRN Core Upgrade

During October 2013 the Telco Authority

completed an upgrade of the Government Radio

Network (GRN) core The core upgrade was a

highly complex project that was delivered in two

stages to reduce risks and have a minimal impact

on the network The project which ensures that

the GRN core is operating on up to date software

also allows several emergency services agencies

to connect their dispatch consoles to the GRN

Spectrum Management Office establishment

The Telco Authority established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to sit within the

Authority This office oversees the efficient

allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of all Government licences in the

400 MHz HGS bands as well as any other

spectrum allocations as required

Some of the ongoing benefits of this approach

are expected to include

a reduction in the allocation of spectrum

required to operate business as usual and

emergency response operations

a reduction in licensing costs to the NSW

Government by surrendering redundant

licences through the removal of duplicated

services

improved spectrum allocation through more

efficient processes and effective tools

an increased opportunity for better planning

in the 400 MHz HGS band by increasing the

allocation and usability of spectrum in that

band

a more efficient use of available spectrum

due to enabling a spectrum assignment that

is fit for purpose

assurance that agencies will be allocated

spectrum they need within the new HGS

bands

Infrastructure Rationalisation Project

In 201314 the Telco Authority commenced a

project to develop a series of rationalisation plans

The project is developing a framework to identify

opportunities for cost avoidance or cost reduction

through asset rationalisation of network

infrastructure The objectives of the project are to

identify what an optimised portfolio of NSW

Government assets consists of

develop a framework to identify opportunities

for cost avoidance or cost reduction through

NSW Government operational

telecommunications asset rationalisation

which will result in an equal or improved level

of service to stakeholder agencies

apply the framework to determine the

quantifiable benefit to the NSW Government

achieved through rationalisation

Plans will be developed for infrastructure

backhaul services and radio networks The project

will provide a basis for development of a forward

technology strategy architecture and roadmap

The Infrastructure Rationalisation Project will

conclude during the 201415 financial year

18

Sector Capability Review

The Telco Authority carried out a Sector Capability

Review to understand how agencies and state-

owned corporations (SOCs) plan deploy and

manage operational telecommunications (OT)

The objective of the review was to document and

measure 16 key capabilities for each agency The

findings were used to identify recommendations

to achieve more effective and efficient

management of operational telecommunications

and improve services to the public

Participation and responses to

inquiries

The Telco Authority is the lead organisation

focused on government operational

telecommunications in NSW and a key driver of

sector reform To meet this role the Authority

provides input to significant inquiries and

consultation reviews throughout the year During

201314 the Telco Authority contributed to a

number of national forums on radio and

communications issues The main ones are

highlighted below

Objects of the Radiocommunications Act

1992 (Commonwealth)

The former Commonwealth Department of

Broadband Communications and the Digital

Economy (DBCDE) commenced a process to

examine the regulatory framework for the

management of spectrum in Australia An initial

focus point of this work was the objects of the

Radiocommunications Act 1992 The objects set

out the priorities for the regulator of spectrum the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA)

The Telco Authority provided a submission

highlighting the importance of maintaining the

requirement for the ACMA to allocate spectrum

for public safety law enforcement and

emergency services purposes NSW public safety

agencies rely on radio services to ensure that

frontline staff are able to communicate when

dealing with an incident so it is essential that they

have access to sufficient and appropriate

spectrum for this purpose

Australian Parliament Inquiry ndash Allocation of

Spectrum for PSMB

In July 2013 the Parliamentary Joint Committee on

Law Enforcement issued a report following its

inquiry into the allocation of spectrum for public

safety mobile broadband (PSMB) purposes The

inquiry was established to consider the quantum

and type of spectrum required in order to ensure

public safety agencies are able to access a PSMB

capability

The Telco Authority along with the Department of

Premier and Cabinet contributed to a multi-

jurisdictional submission to the Inquiry that spelt

out the need for 2 x10MHz of spectrum for

PSMB This amount is required to ensure that

agencies are able to respond to large scale

incidents which occur with increasing frequency

The submission also addressed overflow

arrangements to commercial services during

periods of significant demand

19

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 14: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

commenced the management and operation of

the GRN With oversight and assurance provided

by the Telco Authority Airwave provides day-to-

day management monitoring maintenance and

service restoration for the network

A separate maintenance agreement is in place

with Motorola Solutions who continue to support

the core and critical components of the network

The GRN geographically covers a third of NSW

and provides mission critical grade

telecommunication services to frontline agencies

over an area covering approximately 80 per cent

of the NSW population as well as the Australian

Capital Territory

Users with a GRN-enabled terminal are able to

communicate with other users within the

coverage area The contractual target is to

achieve 99950 per cent availability During

201314 availability of 99927 per cent was

achieved

Mobile Data Radio Network

The Telco Authority continued to provide the

Government Mobile Data Radio Network in

partnership with Sigtec Pty Ltd as the network

manager responsible for day to day operations

and maintenance This network provides a shared

capacity for low speed data communications use

for computer-aided dispatching of data

The network is utilised by approximately 400

vehicles in the NSW Ambulance fleet to send

information via data as opposed to voice and is

essential to achieving a rapid patient response

The mobile data radio network was available

99999 per cent of the year

Telecommunications Services Functional Area

The Telco Authorityrsquos Telecommunications Services

Functional Area (TELCOFAC) is operational 24

hours a day seven days a week

TELCOFAC plays a critical role in managing

operational activities with telecommunications

carriers public safety agencies and other partner

agencies during emergencies These activities

ensure that critical telecommunication links are

maintained so that members of the public are

able to call triple zero and receive emergency

alert messages during emergencies

TELCOFAC coordinates a comprehensive

approach for handling emergencies and

incidents through the following phases

Prevention ndash designed to minimise emergency

consequences

Preparation ndash addresses the preparation

planning and skills training for the TELCOFAC

to mobilise their structures and resources to

support response to and recovery from an

emergency

Response ndash responding to emergencies to

minimise impacts to individuals the

community and property

Recovery ndash restores critical and significant

telecommunications services to normal

operations

October 2013 bushfires

In October 2013 the TELCOFAC was involved in

the most intensive operations since its inception ndash

the State of Emergency declared in response to

the bushfires in the Blue Mountains the Greater

Hunter Central Coast and Southern Highlands

The TELCOFAC coordinated the effort by

telecommunication carriers and public safety

agencies to protect critical telecommunications

infrastructure restore telecommunication services

affected by the severe bushfires and where

necessary coordinate the augmentation of

telecommunication services to support

responders in the field TELCOFAC also

coordinated the deployment of emergency

communications for the Springwood Recovery

Centre

The focus of the TELCOFAC in 2014 is building

capability With a full complement of staff the

focus is on the tactical and operational training

improving our capability to operate out of hours

improving capabilities for mobile deployment and

sustaining high intensity protracted liaison

operations

14

15

201314 Corporate Plan

The Corporate Plan presents the Telco Authorityrsquos purpose objectives and goals as well as the values and

operating principles that the Authority operates under The plan was developed in collaboration with key

stakeholders client groups staff and the Board

The Plan aligns with the goals set out in NSW 2021 A Plan to Make NSW Number One the Governmentrsquos

commitment to improve opportunities and quality of life for people in regional and metropolitan NSW It is a

short term plan and is the first step towards delivering on a long term vision for the Telco Authorityrsquos

management in NSW

As the Authority will be leading a period of significant sector wide change the plan is a living document

which will actively drive organisation achievement for the next financial year and beyond

Objective 1 - Integrate and enhance service delivery to better meet the needs of

business partners

Key strategies

11 Understand and plan for the diverse needs of business partners

12 Progressively integrate NSW Police into the Government Radio Network

13 Maintain and improve the quality reliability and efficiency of services

14 Build emergency telecommunications capability across the four phases of emergency management

201314 achievements

Documenting the service requirements of agencies

Development of an asset management framework

Ongoing use of the GRN by NSW Police Force special operations officers

Establishment of governance arrangements for trialling general purpose police officers on the GRN

Development of a strategy to address risks and improve reliability of backhaul links

Establishment of the telecommunications services functional area subcommittee (TELCOFAC)

Objective 2 - Manage the efficient allocation and use of spectrum

Key strategies

21 Participate in strategic partnerships with other jurisdictions to achieve interoperability and improve

services

22 Ensure a coordinated and strategic approach to the allocation of radio spectrum to meet the needs

of NSW Government

23 Develop a dedicated data capability to meet the needs of NSW Government

201314 achievements

Establishment of a Spectrum Management Office within the Authority to plan manage and

implement the allocation of spectrum across NSW Government

Development of a framework for spectrum management

Contributed to the development of a national implementation plan for Public Safety Mobile

Broadband

16

Objective 3 - Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets which are fit for purpose

Key strategies

31 Work with partners to improve the efficiency and reduce duplication of telecommunications assets

across NSW

32 Coordinate capital planning processes for telecommunications assets across government

33 Improve and align access to telecommunications assets across NSW

34 Maintain a centralised understanding of all government telecommunications assets across NSW

35 Coordinate the procurement of operational telecommunications assets across government

201314 achievements

Initiating pilot programs to consolidate telecommunications assets on a small number targeted sites

Undertaking a cooperative telecommunications capital planning process with key business partners

Designing of a legal framework for future access to telecommunications sites

Implementation of the ITS 2573 prequalification scheme for the procurement of operational

communications

Objective 4 - Improve governance and risk management

Key strategies

41 Enable the Board and related governance arrangements to provide strategic direction to the sector

42 Reduce the likelihood and consequence of risk to the Authority and NSW Government

43 Embed an enhanced shared and rigorous approach to project management

44 Develop and maintain appropriate standards and guidelines

45 Measure and report on performance

201314 achievements

Implementation of stakeholder governance arrangements

Development of an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Framework

Enhancement of the Program Management Office to oversee project control and reporting

Undertaking regular communication with business partners

Publication of the Authorityrsquos first annual report for 201213

Objective 5 - Strengthen sector wide capabilities and engagement with partners

Key strategies

51 Lead improvements to the capacity of the sector

52 Undertake positive proactive engagement with business partners

53 Improve the capacity of the organisation to drive reform

54 Build an inclusive culture of performance and innovation

201314 achievements

Completion of a sector wide capability audit

Implementation of a new Authority organisational structure

Key positions with the Authority recruited

Implementation of performance plans aligned to the Corporate Plan for all staff

17

Projects ITS 2573 Improved Government

Telecommunications Prequalification Scheme

The Telco Authorityrsquos ITS 2573 scheme has saved

over $3 million since its introduction in May 2013

The scheme streamlines purchasing arrangements

for operational telecommunications equipment

infrastructure and services including handsets

network assets and design services

More than 70 NSW Government agencies

including emergency services agencies own

andor operate radio telecommunications

networks to support their operations The scheme

has simplified access for NSW Government buyers

and industry suppliers meaning agencies can

better match the right supplier to the right job This

allows agencies to focus on their core business As

a result the scheme saves time and money while

driving a more competitive marketplace that is

fairer for both large and small suppliers

Under the arrangements vendors can be added

to the scheme periodically and are lsquoprequalifiedrsquo

to do work over $150000 or lsquoregisteredrsquo for work

under $150000 The Authority will continue to work

with stakeholders to use the scheme to drive

greater efficiencies through its combined

purchasing power A recent example is the

terminal equipment subpanel

GRN Core Upgrade

During October 2013 the Telco Authority

completed an upgrade of the Government Radio

Network (GRN) core The core upgrade was a

highly complex project that was delivered in two

stages to reduce risks and have a minimal impact

on the network The project which ensures that

the GRN core is operating on up to date software

also allows several emergency services agencies

to connect their dispatch consoles to the GRN

Spectrum Management Office establishment

The Telco Authority established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to sit within the

Authority This office oversees the efficient

allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of all Government licences in the

400 MHz HGS bands as well as any other

spectrum allocations as required

Some of the ongoing benefits of this approach

are expected to include

a reduction in the allocation of spectrum

required to operate business as usual and

emergency response operations

a reduction in licensing costs to the NSW

Government by surrendering redundant

licences through the removal of duplicated

services

improved spectrum allocation through more

efficient processes and effective tools

an increased opportunity for better planning

in the 400 MHz HGS band by increasing the

allocation and usability of spectrum in that

band

a more efficient use of available spectrum

due to enabling a spectrum assignment that

is fit for purpose

assurance that agencies will be allocated

spectrum they need within the new HGS

bands

Infrastructure Rationalisation Project

In 201314 the Telco Authority commenced a

project to develop a series of rationalisation plans

The project is developing a framework to identify

opportunities for cost avoidance or cost reduction

through asset rationalisation of network

infrastructure The objectives of the project are to

identify what an optimised portfolio of NSW

Government assets consists of

develop a framework to identify opportunities

for cost avoidance or cost reduction through

NSW Government operational

telecommunications asset rationalisation

which will result in an equal or improved level

of service to stakeholder agencies

apply the framework to determine the

quantifiable benefit to the NSW Government

achieved through rationalisation

Plans will be developed for infrastructure

backhaul services and radio networks The project

will provide a basis for development of a forward

technology strategy architecture and roadmap

The Infrastructure Rationalisation Project will

conclude during the 201415 financial year

18

Sector Capability Review

The Telco Authority carried out a Sector Capability

Review to understand how agencies and state-

owned corporations (SOCs) plan deploy and

manage operational telecommunications (OT)

The objective of the review was to document and

measure 16 key capabilities for each agency The

findings were used to identify recommendations

to achieve more effective and efficient

management of operational telecommunications

and improve services to the public

Participation and responses to

inquiries

The Telco Authority is the lead organisation

focused on government operational

telecommunications in NSW and a key driver of

sector reform To meet this role the Authority

provides input to significant inquiries and

consultation reviews throughout the year During

201314 the Telco Authority contributed to a

number of national forums on radio and

communications issues The main ones are

highlighted below

Objects of the Radiocommunications Act

1992 (Commonwealth)

The former Commonwealth Department of

Broadband Communications and the Digital

Economy (DBCDE) commenced a process to

examine the regulatory framework for the

management of spectrum in Australia An initial

focus point of this work was the objects of the

Radiocommunications Act 1992 The objects set

out the priorities for the regulator of spectrum the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA)

The Telco Authority provided a submission

highlighting the importance of maintaining the

requirement for the ACMA to allocate spectrum

for public safety law enforcement and

emergency services purposes NSW public safety

agencies rely on radio services to ensure that

frontline staff are able to communicate when

dealing with an incident so it is essential that they

have access to sufficient and appropriate

spectrum for this purpose

Australian Parliament Inquiry ndash Allocation of

Spectrum for PSMB

In July 2013 the Parliamentary Joint Committee on

Law Enforcement issued a report following its

inquiry into the allocation of spectrum for public

safety mobile broadband (PSMB) purposes The

inquiry was established to consider the quantum

and type of spectrum required in order to ensure

public safety agencies are able to access a PSMB

capability

The Telco Authority along with the Department of

Premier and Cabinet contributed to a multi-

jurisdictional submission to the Inquiry that spelt

out the need for 2 x10MHz of spectrum for

PSMB This amount is required to ensure that

agencies are able to respond to large scale

incidents which occur with increasing frequency

The submission also addressed overflow

arrangements to commercial services during

periods of significant demand

19

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 15: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

15

201314 Corporate Plan

The Corporate Plan presents the Telco Authorityrsquos purpose objectives and goals as well as the values and

operating principles that the Authority operates under The plan was developed in collaboration with key

stakeholders client groups staff and the Board

The Plan aligns with the goals set out in NSW 2021 A Plan to Make NSW Number One the Governmentrsquos

commitment to improve opportunities and quality of life for people in regional and metropolitan NSW It is a

short term plan and is the first step towards delivering on a long term vision for the Telco Authorityrsquos

management in NSW

As the Authority will be leading a period of significant sector wide change the plan is a living document

which will actively drive organisation achievement for the next financial year and beyond

Objective 1 - Integrate and enhance service delivery to better meet the needs of

business partners

Key strategies

11 Understand and plan for the diverse needs of business partners

12 Progressively integrate NSW Police into the Government Radio Network

13 Maintain and improve the quality reliability and efficiency of services

14 Build emergency telecommunications capability across the four phases of emergency management

201314 achievements

Documenting the service requirements of agencies

Development of an asset management framework

Ongoing use of the GRN by NSW Police Force special operations officers

Establishment of governance arrangements for trialling general purpose police officers on the GRN

Development of a strategy to address risks and improve reliability of backhaul links

Establishment of the telecommunications services functional area subcommittee (TELCOFAC)

Objective 2 - Manage the efficient allocation and use of spectrum

Key strategies

21 Participate in strategic partnerships with other jurisdictions to achieve interoperability and improve

services

22 Ensure a coordinated and strategic approach to the allocation of radio spectrum to meet the needs

of NSW Government

23 Develop a dedicated data capability to meet the needs of NSW Government

201314 achievements

Establishment of a Spectrum Management Office within the Authority to plan manage and

implement the allocation of spectrum across NSW Government

Development of a framework for spectrum management

Contributed to the development of a national implementation plan for Public Safety Mobile

Broadband

16

Objective 3 - Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets which are fit for purpose

Key strategies

31 Work with partners to improve the efficiency and reduce duplication of telecommunications assets

across NSW

32 Coordinate capital planning processes for telecommunications assets across government

33 Improve and align access to telecommunications assets across NSW

34 Maintain a centralised understanding of all government telecommunications assets across NSW

35 Coordinate the procurement of operational telecommunications assets across government

201314 achievements

Initiating pilot programs to consolidate telecommunications assets on a small number targeted sites

Undertaking a cooperative telecommunications capital planning process with key business partners

Designing of a legal framework for future access to telecommunications sites

Implementation of the ITS 2573 prequalification scheme for the procurement of operational

communications

Objective 4 - Improve governance and risk management

Key strategies

41 Enable the Board and related governance arrangements to provide strategic direction to the sector

42 Reduce the likelihood and consequence of risk to the Authority and NSW Government

43 Embed an enhanced shared and rigorous approach to project management

44 Develop and maintain appropriate standards and guidelines

45 Measure and report on performance

201314 achievements

Implementation of stakeholder governance arrangements

Development of an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Framework

Enhancement of the Program Management Office to oversee project control and reporting

Undertaking regular communication with business partners

Publication of the Authorityrsquos first annual report for 201213

Objective 5 - Strengthen sector wide capabilities and engagement with partners

Key strategies

51 Lead improvements to the capacity of the sector

52 Undertake positive proactive engagement with business partners

53 Improve the capacity of the organisation to drive reform

54 Build an inclusive culture of performance and innovation

201314 achievements

Completion of a sector wide capability audit

Implementation of a new Authority organisational structure

Key positions with the Authority recruited

Implementation of performance plans aligned to the Corporate Plan for all staff

17

Projects ITS 2573 Improved Government

Telecommunications Prequalification Scheme

The Telco Authorityrsquos ITS 2573 scheme has saved

over $3 million since its introduction in May 2013

The scheme streamlines purchasing arrangements

for operational telecommunications equipment

infrastructure and services including handsets

network assets and design services

More than 70 NSW Government agencies

including emergency services agencies own

andor operate radio telecommunications

networks to support their operations The scheme

has simplified access for NSW Government buyers

and industry suppliers meaning agencies can

better match the right supplier to the right job This

allows agencies to focus on their core business As

a result the scheme saves time and money while

driving a more competitive marketplace that is

fairer for both large and small suppliers

Under the arrangements vendors can be added

to the scheme periodically and are lsquoprequalifiedrsquo

to do work over $150000 or lsquoregisteredrsquo for work

under $150000 The Authority will continue to work

with stakeholders to use the scheme to drive

greater efficiencies through its combined

purchasing power A recent example is the

terminal equipment subpanel

GRN Core Upgrade

During October 2013 the Telco Authority

completed an upgrade of the Government Radio

Network (GRN) core The core upgrade was a

highly complex project that was delivered in two

stages to reduce risks and have a minimal impact

on the network The project which ensures that

the GRN core is operating on up to date software

also allows several emergency services agencies

to connect their dispatch consoles to the GRN

Spectrum Management Office establishment

The Telco Authority established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to sit within the

Authority This office oversees the efficient

allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of all Government licences in the

400 MHz HGS bands as well as any other

spectrum allocations as required

Some of the ongoing benefits of this approach

are expected to include

a reduction in the allocation of spectrum

required to operate business as usual and

emergency response operations

a reduction in licensing costs to the NSW

Government by surrendering redundant

licences through the removal of duplicated

services

improved spectrum allocation through more

efficient processes and effective tools

an increased opportunity for better planning

in the 400 MHz HGS band by increasing the

allocation and usability of spectrum in that

band

a more efficient use of available spectrum

due to enabling a spectrum assignment that

is fit for purpose

assurance that agencies will be allocated

spectrum they need within the new HGS

bands

Infrastructure Rationalisation Project

In 201314 the Telco Authority commenced a

project to develop a series of rationalisation plans

The project is developing a framework to identify

opportunities for cost avoidance or cost reduction

through asset rationalisation of network

infrastructure The objectives of the project are to

identify what an optimised portfolio of NSW

Government assets consists of

develop a framework to identify opportunities

for cost avoidance or cost reduction through

NSW Government operational

telecommunications asset rationalisation

which will result in an equal or improved level

of service to stakeholder agencies

apply the framework to determine the

quantifiable benefit to the NSW Government

achieved through rationalisation

Plans will be developed for infrastructure

backhaul services and radio networks The project

will provide a basis for development of a forward

technology strategy architecture and roadmap

The Infrastructure Rationalisation Project will

conclude during the 201415 financial year

18

Sector Capability Review

The Telco Authority carried out a Sector Capability

Review to understand how agencies and state-

owned corporations (SOCs) plan deploy and

manage operational telecommunications (OT)

The objective of the review was to document and

measure 16 key capabilities for each agency The

findings were used to identify recommendations

to achieve more effective and efficient

management of operational telecommunications

and improve services to the public

Participation and responses to

inquiries

The Telco Authority is the lead organisation

focused on government operational

telecommunications in NSW and a key driver of

sector reform To meet this role the Authority

provides input to significant inquiries and

consultation reviews throughout the year During

201314 the Telco Authority contributed to a

number of national forums on radio and

communications issues The main ones are

highlighted below

Objects of the Radiocommunications Act

1992 (Commonwealth)

The former Commonwealth Department of

Broadband Communications and the Digital

Economy (DBCDE) commenced a process to

examine the regulatory framework for the

management of spectrum in Australia An initial

focus point of this work was the objects of the

Radiocommunications Act 1992 The objects set

out the priorities for the regulator of spectrum the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA)

The Telco Authority provided a submission

highlighting the importance of maintaining the

requirement for the ACMA to allocate spectrum

for public safety law enforcement and

emergency services purposes NSW public safety

agencies rely on radio services to ensure that

frontline staff are able to communicate when

dealing with an incident so it is essential that they

have access to sufficient and appropriate

spectrum for this purpose

Australian Parliament Inquiry ndash Allocation of

Spectrum for PSMB

In July 2013 the Parliamentary Joint Committee on

Law Enforcement issued a report following its

inquiry into the allocation of spectrum for public

safety mobile broadband (PSMB) purposes The

inquiry was established to consider the quantum

and type of spectrum required in order to ensure

public safety agencies are able to access a PSMB

capability

The Telco Authority along with the Department of

Premier and Cabinet contributed to a multi-

jurisdictional submission to the Inquiry that spelt

out the need for 2 x10MHz of spectrum for

PSMB This amount is required to ensure that

agencies are able to respond to large scale

incidents which occur with increasing frequency

The submission also addressed overflow

arrangements to commercial services during

periods of significant demand

19

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 16: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

201314 Corporate Plan

The Corporate Plan presents the Telco Authorityrsquos purpose objectives and goals as well as the values and

operating principles that the Authority operates under The plan was developed in collaboration with key

stakeholders client groups staff and the Board

The Plan aligns with the goals set out in NSW 2021 A Plan to Make NSW Number One the Governmentrsquos

commitment to improve opportunities and quality of life for people in regional and metropolitan NSW It is a

short term plan and is the first step towards delivering on a long term vision for the Telco Authorityrsquos

management in NSW

As the Authority will be leading a period of significant sector wide change the plan is a living document

which will actively drive organisation achievement for the next financial year and beyond

Objective 1 - Integrate and enhance service delivery to better meet the needs of

business partners

Key strategies

11 Understand and plan for the diverse needs of business partners

12 Progressively integrate NSW Police into the Government Radio Network

13 Maintain and improve the quality reliability and efficiency of services

14 Build emergency telecommunications capability across the four phases of emergency management

201314 achievements

Documenting the service requirements of agencies

Development of an asset management framework

Ongoing use of the GRN by NSW Police Force special operations officers

Establishment of governance arrangements for trialling general purpose police officers on the GRN

Development of a strategy to address risks and improve reliability of backhaul links

Establishment of the telecommunications services functional area subcommittee (TELCOFAC)

Objective 2 - Manage the efficient allocation and use of spectrum

Key strategies

21 Participate in strategic partnerships with other jurisdictions to achieve interoperability and improve

services

22 Ensure a coordinated and strategic approach to the allocation of radio spectrum to meet the needs

of NSW Government

23 Develop a dedicated data capability to meet the needs of NSW Government

201314 achievements

Establishment of a Spectrum Management Office within the Authority to plan manage and

implement the allocation of spectrum across NSW Government

Development of a framework for spectrum management

Contributed to the development of a national implementation plan for Public Safety Mobile

Broadband

16

Objective 3 - Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets which are fit for purpose

Key strategies

31 Work with partners to improve the efficiency and reduce duplication of telecommunications assets

across NSW

32 Coordinate capital planning processes for telecommunications assets across government

33 Improve and align access to telecommunications assets across NSW

34 Maintain a centralised understanding of all government telecommunications assets across NSW

35 Coordinate the procurement of operational telecommunications assets across government

201314 achievements

Initiating pilot programs to consolidate telecommunications assets on a small number targeted sites

Undertaking a cooperative telecommunications capital planning process with key business partners

Designing of a legal framework for future access to telecommunications sites

Implementation of the ITS 2573 prequalification scheme for the procurement of operational

communications

Objective 4 - Improve governance and risk management

Key strategies

41 Enable the Board and related governance arrangements to provide strategic direction to the sector

42 Reduce the likelihood and consequence of risk to the Authority and NSW Government

43 Embed an enhanced shared and rigorous approach to project management

44 Develop and maintain appropriate standards and guidelines

45 Measure and report on performance

201314 achievements

Implementation of stakeholder governance arrangements

Development of an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Framework

Enhancement of the Program Management Office to oversee project control and reporting

Undertaking regular communication with business partners

Publication of the Authorityrsquos first annual report for 201213

Objective 5 - Strengthen sector wide capabilities and engagement with partners

Key strategies

51 Lead improvements to the capacity of the sector

52 Undertake positive proactive engagement with business partners

53 Improve the capacity of the organisation to drive reform

54 Build an inclusive culture of performance and innovation

201314 achievements

Completion of a sector wide capability audit

Implementation of a new Authority organisational structure

Key positions with the Authority recruited

Implementation of performance plans aligned to the Corporate Plan for all staff

17

Projects ITS 2573 Improved Government

Telecommunications Prequalification Scheme

The Telco Authorityrsquos ITS 2573 scheme has saved

over $3 million since its introduction in May 2013

The scheme streamlines purchasing arrangements

for operational telecommunications equipment

infrastructure and services including handsets

network assets and design services

More than 70 NSW Government agencies

including emergency services agencies own

andor operate radio telecommunications

networks to support their operations The scheme

has simplified access for NSW Government buyers

and industry suppliers meaning agencies can

better match the right supplier to the right job This

allows agencies to focus on their core business As

a result the scheme saves time and money while

driving a more competitive marketplace that is

fairer for both large and small suppliers

Under the arrangements vendors can be added

to the scheme periodically and are lsquoprequalifiedrsquo

to do work over $150000 or lsquoregisteredrsquo for work

under $150000 The Authority will continue to work

with stakeholders to use the scheme to drive

greater efficiencies through its combined

purchasing power A recent example is the

terminal equipment subpanel

GRN Core Upgrade

During October 2013 the Telco Authority

completed an upgrade of the Government Radio

Network (GRN) core The core upgrade was a

highly complex project that was delivered in two

stages to reduce risks and have a minimal impact

on the network The project which ensures that

the GRN core is operating on up to date software

also allows several emergency services agencies

to connect their dispatch consoles to the GRN

Spectrum Management Office establishment

The Telco Authority established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to sit within the

Authority This office oversees the efficient

allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of all Government licences in the

400 MHz HGS bands as well as any other

spectrum allocations as required

Some of the ongoing benefits of this approach

are expected to include

a reduction in the allocation of spectrum

required to operate business as usual and

emergency response operations

a reduction in licensing costs to the NSW

Government by surrendering redundant

licences through the removal of duplicated

services

improved spectrum allocation through more

efficient processes and effective tools

an increased opportunity for better planning

in the 400 MHz HGS band by increasing the

allocation and usability of spectrum in that

band

a more efficient use of available spectrum

due to enabling a spectrum assignment that

is fit for purpose

assurance that agencies will be allocated

spectrum they need within the new HGS

bands

Infrastructure Rationalisation Project

In 201314 the Telco Authority commenced a

project to develop a series of rationalisation plans

The project is developing a framework to identify

opportunities for cost avoidance or cost reduction

through asset rationalisation of network

infrastructure The objectives of the project are to

identify what an optimised portfolio of NSW

Government assets consists of

develop a framework to identify opportunities

for cost avoidance or cost reduction through

NSW Government operational

telecommunications asset rationalisation

which will result in an equal or improved level

of service to stakeholder agencies

apply the framework to determine the

quantifiable benefit to the NSW Government

achieved through rationalisation

Plans will be developed for infrastructure

backhaul services and radio networks The project

will provide a basis for development of a forward

technology strategy architecture and roadmap

The Infrastructure Rationalisation Project will

conclude during the 201415 financial year

18

Sector Capability Review

The Telco Authority carried out a Sector Capability

Review to understand how agencies and state-

owned corporations (SOCs) plan deploy and

manage operational telecommunications (OT)

The objective of the review was to document and

measure 16 key capabilities for each agency The

findings were used to identify recommendations

to achieve more effective and efficient

management of operational telecommunications

and improve services to the public

Participation and responses to

inquiries

The Telco Authority is the lead organisation

focused on government operational

telecommunications in NSW and a key driver of

sector reform To meet this role the Authority

provides input to significant inquiries and

consultation reviews throughout the year During

201314 the Telco Authority contributed to a

number of national forums on radio and

communications issues The main ones are

highlighted below

Objects of the Radiocommunications Act

1992 (Commonwealth)

The former Commonwealth Department of

Broadband Communications and the Digital

Economy (DBCDE) commenced a process to

examine the regulatory framework for the

management of spectrum in Australia An initial

focus point of this work was the objects of the

Radiocommunications Act 1992 The objects set

out the priorities for the regulator of spectrum the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA)

The Telco Authority provided a submission

highlighting the importance of maintaining the

requirement for the ACMA to allocate spectrum

for public safety law enforcement and

emergency services purposes NSW public safety

agencies rely on radio services to ensure that

frontline staff are able to communicate when

dealing with an incident so it is essential that they

have access to sufficient and appropriate

spectrum for this purpose

Australian Parliament Inquiry ndash Allocation of

Spectrum for PSMB

In July 2013 the Parliamentary Joint Committee on

Law Enforcement issued a report following its

inquiry into the allocation of spectrum for public

safety mobile broadband (PSMB) purposes The

inquiry was established to consider the quantum

and type of spectrum required in order to ensure

public safety agencies are able to access a PSMB

capability

The Telco Authority along with the Department of

Premier and Cabinet contributed to a multi-

jurisdictional submission to the Inquiry that spelt

out the need for 2 x10MHz of spectrum for

PSMB This amount is required to ensure that

agencies are able to respond to large scale

incidents which occur with increasing frequency

The submission also addressed overflow

arrangements to commercial services during

periods of significant demand

19

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 17: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Objective 3 - Manage a consolidated portfolio of assets which are fit for purpose

Key strategies

31 Work with partners to improve the efficiency and reduce duplication of telecommunications assets

across NSW

32 Coordinate capital planning processes for telecommunications assets across government

33 Improve and align access to telecommunications assets across NSW

34 Maintain a centralised understanding of all government telecommunications assets across NSW

35 Coordinate the procurement of operational telecommunications assets across government

201314 achievements

Initiating pilot programs to consolidate telecommunications assets on a small number targeted sites

Undertaking a cooperative telecommunications capital planning process with key business partners

Designing of a legal framework for future access to telecommunications sites

Implementation of the ITS 2573 prequalification scheme for the procurement of operational

communications

Objective 4 - Improve governance and risk management

Key strategies

41 Enable the Board and related governance arrangements to provide strategic direction to the sector

42 Reduce the likelihood and consequence of risk to the Authority and NSW Government

43 Embed an enhanced shared and rigorous approach to project management

44 Develop and maintain appropriate standards and guidelines

45 Measure and report on performance

201314 achievements

Implementation of stakeholder governance arrangements

Development of an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Framework

Enhancement of the Program Management Office to oversee project control and reporting

Undertaking regular communication with business partners

Publication of the Authorityrsquos first annual report for 201213

Objective 5 - Strengthen sector wide capabilities and engagement with partners

Key strategies

51 Lead improvements to the capacity of the sector

52 Undertake positive proactive engagement with business partners

53 Improve the capacity of the organisation to drive reform

54 Build an inclusive culture of performance and innovation

201314 achievements

Completion of a sector wide capability audit

Implementation of a new Authority organisational structure

Key positions with the Authority recruited

Implementation of performance plans aligned to the Corporate Plan for all staff

17

Projects ITS 2573 Improved Government

Telecommunications Prequalification Scheme

The Telco Authorityrsquos ITS 2573 scheme has saved

over $3 million since its introduction in May 2013

The scheme streamlines purchasing arrangements

for operational telecommunications equipment

infrastructure and services including handsets

network assets and design services

More than 70 NSW Government agencies

including emergency services agencies own

andor operate radio telecommunications

networks to support their operations The scheme

has simplified access for NSW Government buyers

and industry suppliers meaning agencies can

better match the right supplier to the right job This

allows agencies to focus on their core business As

a result the scheme saves time and money while

driving a more competitive marketplace that is

fairer for both large and small suppliers

Under the arrangements vendors can be added

to the scheme periodically and are lsquoprequalifiedrsquo

to do work over $150000 or lsquoregisteredrsquo for work

under $150000 The Authority will continue to work

with stakeholders to use the scheme to drive

greater efficiencies through its combined

purchasing power A recent example is the

terminal equipment subpanel

GRN Core Upgrade

During October 2013 the Telco Authority

completed an upgrade of the Government Radio

Network (GRN) core The core upgrade was a

highly complex project that was delivered in two

stages to reduce risks and have a minimal impact

on the network The project which ensures that

the GRN core is operating on up to date software

also allows several emergency services agencies

to connect their dispatch consoles to the GRN

Spectrum Management Office establishment

The Telco Authority established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to sit within the

Authority This office oversees the efficient

allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of all Government licences in the

400 MHz HGS bands as well as any other

spectrum allocations as required

Some of the ongoing benefits of this approach

are expected to include

a reduction in the allocation of spectrum

required to operate business as usual and

emergency response operations

a reduction in licensing costs to the NSW

Government by surrendering redundant

licences through the removal of duplicated

services

improved spectrum allocation through more

efficient processes and effective tools

an increased opportunity for better planning

in the 400 MHz HGS band by increasing the

allocation and usability of spectrum in that

band

a more efficient use of available spectrum

due to enabling a spectrum assignment that

is fit for purpose

assurance that agencies will be allocated

spectrum they need within the new HGS

bands

Infrastructure Rationalisation Project

In 201314 the Telco Authority commenced a

project to develop a series of rationalisation plans

The project is developing a framework to identify

opportunities for cost avoidance or cost reduction

through asset rationalisation of network

infrastructure The objectives of the project are to

identify what an optimised portfolio of NSW

Government assets consists of

develop a framework to identify opportunities

for cost avoidance or cost reduction through

NSW Government operational

telecommunications asset rationalisation

which will result in an equal or improved level

of service to stakeholder agencies

apply the framework to determine the

quantifiable benefit to the NSW Government

achieved through rationalisation

Plans will be developed for infrastructure

backhaul services and radio networks The project

will provide a basis for development of a forward

technology strategy architecture and roadmap

The Infrastructure Rationalisation Project will

conclude during the 201415 financial year

18

Sector Capability Review

The Telco Authority carried out a Sector Capability

Review to understand how agencies and state-

owned corporations (SOCs) plan deploy and

manage operational telecommunications (OT)

The objective of the review was to document and

measure 16 key capabilities for each agency The

findings were used to identify recommendations

to achieve more effective and efficient

management of operational telecommunications

and improve services to the public

Participation and responses to

inquiries

The Telco Authority is the lead organisation

focused on government operational

telecommunications in NSW and a key driver of

sector reform To meet this role the Authority

provides input to significant inquiries and

consultation reviews throughout the year During

201314 the Telco Authority contributed to a

number of national forums on radio and

communications issues The main ones are

highlighted below

Objects of the Radiocommunications Act

1992 (Commonwealth)

The former Commonwealth Department of

Broadband Communications and the Digital

Economy (DBCDE) commenced a process to

examine the regulatory framework for the

management of spectrum in Australia An initial

focus point of this work was the objects of the

Radiocommunications Act 1992 The objects set

out the priorities for the regulator of spectrum the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA)

The Telco Authority provided a submission

highlighting the importance of maintaining the

requirement for the ACMA to allocate spectrum

for public safety law enforcement and

emergency services purposes NSW public safety

agencies rely on radio services to ensure that

frontline staff are able to communicate when

dealing with an incident so it is essential that they

have access to sufficient and appropriate

spectrum for this purpose

Australian Parliament Inquiry ndash Allocation of

Spectrum for PSMB

In July 2013 the Parliamentary Joint Committee on

Law Enforcement issued a report following its

inquiry into the allocation of spectrum for public

safety mobile broadband (PSMB) purposes The

inquiry was established to consider the quantum

and type of spectrum required in order to ensure

public safety agencies are able to access a PSMB

capability

The Telco Authority along with the Department of

Premier and Cabinet contributed to a multi-

jurisdictional submission to the Inquiry that spelt

out the need for 2 x10MHz of spectrum for

PSMB This amount is required to ensure that

agencies are able to respond to large scale

incidents which occur with increasing frequency

The submission also addressed overflow

arrangements to commercial services during

periods of significant demand

19

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 18: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Projects ITS 2573 Improved Government

Telecommunications Prequalification Scheme

The Telco Authorityrsquos ITS 2573 scheme has saved

over $3 million since its introduction in May 2013

The scheme streamlines purchasing arrangements

for operational telecommunications equipment

infrastructure and services including handsets

network assets and design services

More than 70 NSW Government agencies

including emergency services agencies own

andor operate radio telecommunications

networks to support their operations The scheme

has simplified access for NSW Government buyers

and industry suppliers meaning agencies can

better match the right supplier to the right job This

allows agencies to focus on their core business As

a result the scheme saves time and money while

driving a more competitive marketplace that is

fairer for both large and small suppliers

Under the arrangements vendors can be added

to the scheme periodically and are lsquoprequalifiedrsquo

to do work over $150000 or lsquoregisteredrsquo for work

under $150000 The Authority will continue to work

with stakeholders to use the scheme to drive

greater efficiencies through its combined

purchasing power A recent example is the

terminal equipment subpanel

GRN Core Upgrade

During October 2013 the Telco Authority

completed an upgrade of the Government Radio

Network (GRN) core The core upgrade was a

highly complex project that was delivered in two

stages to reduce risks and have a minimal impact

on the network The project which ensures that

the GRN core is operating on up to date software

also allows several emergency services agencies

to connect their dispatch consoles to the GRN

Spectrum Management Office establishment

The Telco Authority established a Spectrum

Management Office (SMO) to sit within the

Authority This office oversees the efficient

allocation assignment and ongoing

administration of all Government licences in the

400 MHz HGS bands as well as any other

spectrum allocations as required

Some of the ongoing benefits of this approach

are expected to include

a reduction in the allocation of spectrum

required to operate business as usual and

emergency response operations

a reduction in licensing costs to the NSW

Government by surrendering redundant

licences through the removal of duplicated

services

improved spectrum allocation through more

efficient processes and effective tools

an increased opportunity for better planning

in the 400 MHz HGS band by increasing the

allocation and usability of spectrum in that

band

a more efficient use of available spectrum

due to enabling a spectrum assignment that

is fit for purpose

assurance that agencies will be allocated

spectrum they need within the new HGS

bands

Infrastructure Rationalisation Project

In 201314 the Telco Authority commenced a

project to develop a series of rationalisation plans

The project is developing a framework to identify

opportunities for cost avoidance or cost reduction

through asset rationalisation of network

infrastructure The objectives of the project are to

identify what an optimised portfolio of NSW

Government assets consists of

develop a framework to identify opportunities

for cost avoidance or cost reduction through

NSW Government operational

telecommunications asset rationalisation

which will result in an equal or improved level

of service to stakeholder agencies

apply the framework to determine the

quantifiable benefit to the NSW Government

achieved through rationalisation

Plans will be developed for infrastructure

backhaul services and radio networks The project

will provide a basis for development of a forward

technology strategy architecture and roadmap

The Infrastructure Rationalisation Project will

conclude during the 201415 financial year

18

Sector Capability Review

The Telco Authority carried out a Sector Capability

Review to understand how agencies and state-

owned corporations (SOCs) plan deploy and

manage operational telecommunications (OT)

The objective of the review was to document and

measure 16 key capabilities for each agency The

findings were used to identify recommendations

to achieve more effective and efficient

management of operational telecommunications

and improve services to the public

Participation and responses to

inquiries

The Telco Authority is the lead organisation

focused on government operational

telecommunications in NSW and a key driver of

sector reform To meet this role the Authority

provides input to significant inquiries and

consultation reviews throughout the year During

201314 the Telco Authority contributed to a

number of national forums on radio and

communications issues The main ones are

highlighted below

Objects of the Radiocommunications Act

1992 (Commonwealth)

The former Commonwealth Department of

Broadband Communications and the Digital

Economy (DBCDE) commenced a process to

examine the regulatory framework for the

management of spectrum in Australia An initial

focus point of this work was the objects of the

Radiocommunications Act 1992 The objects set

out the priorities for the regulator of spectrum the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA)

The Telco Authority provided a submission

highlighting the importance of maintaining the

requirement for the ACMA to allocate spectrum

for public safety law enforcement and

emergency services purposes NSW public safety

agencies rely on radio services to ensure that

frontline staff are able to communicate when

dealing with an incident so it is essential that they

have access to sufficient and appropriate

spectrum for this purpose

Australian Parliament Inquiry ndash Allocation of

Spectrum for PSMB

In July 2013 the Parliamentary Joint Committee on

Law Enforcement issued a report following its

inquiry into the allocation of spectrum for public

safety mobile broadband (PSMB) purposes The

inquiry was established to consider the quantum

and type of spectrum required in order to ensure

public safety agencies are able to access a PSMB

capability

The Telco Authority along with the Department of

Premier and Cabinet contributed to a multi-

jurisdictional submission to the Inquiry that spelt

out the need for 2 x10MHz of spectrum for

PSMB This amount is required to ensure that

agencies are able to respond to large scale

incidents which occur with increasing frequency

The submission also addressed overflow

arrangements to commercial services during

periods of significant demand

19

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 19: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Sector Capability Review

The Telco Authority carried out a Sector Capability

Review to understand how agencies and state-

owned corporations (SOCs) plan deploy and

manage operational telecommunications (OT)

The objective of the review was to document and

measure 16 key capabilities for each agency The

findings were used to identify recommendations

to achieve more effective and efficient

management of operational telecommunications

and improve services to the public

Participation and responses to

inquiries

The Telco Authority is the lead organisation

focused on government operational

telecommunications in NSW and a key driver of

sector reform To meet this role the Authority

provides input to significant inquiries and

consultation reviews throughout the year During

201314 the Telco Authority contributed to a

number of national forums on radio and

communications issues The main ones are

highlighted below

Objects of the Radiocommunications Act

1992 (Commonwealth)

The former Commonwealth Department of

Broadband Communications and the Digital

Economy (DBCDE) commenced a process to

examine the regulatory framework for the

management of spectrum in Australia An initial

focus point of this work was the objects of the

Radiocommunications Act 1992 The objects set

out the priorities for the regulator of spectrum the

Australian Communications and Media Authority

(ACMA)

The Telco Authority provided a submission

highlighting the importance of maintaining the

requirement for the ACMA to allocate spectrum

for public safety law enforcement and

emergency services purposes NSW public safety

agencies rely on radio services to ensure that

frontline staff are able to communicate when

dealing with an incident so it is essential that they

have access to sufficient and appropriate

spectrum for this purpose

Australian Parliament Inquiry ndash Allocation of

Spectrum for PSMB

In July 2013 the Parliamentary Joint Committee on

Law Enforcement issued a report following its

inquiry into the allocation of spectrum for public

safety mobile broadband (PSMB) purposes The

inquiry was established to consider the quantum

and type of spectrum required in order to ensure

public safety agencies are able to access a PSMB

capability

The Telco Authority along with the Department of

Premier and Cabinet contributed to a multi-

jurisdictional submission to the Inquiry that spelt

out the need for 2 x10MHz of spectrum for

PSMB This amount is required to ensure that

agencies are able to respond to large scale

incidents which occur with increasing frequency

The submission also addressed overflow

arrangements to commercial services during

periods of significant demand

19

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 20: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

e

20

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 21: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Financial statements

Independent auditorrsquos report

21

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 22: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

PAy opinion does not provide aSsurance

about the future viability of the AuthOltity that It has carried out its activities effectively efficiently and eoonomicallI

bull about the effectiveness of its internal oonlrol

about the security and controls over the electronc publication of the audited financial statements on any web~e where they may be ptesented about other Information v1hich may have been hypertinked tofrom the finulCial statements

Independence

In conducting my audit I have oomplied with the independence requirements of the Australian Auditing Standards and other relevant ethical pronouncements The PFampA Act further promotes independence by

PfOviding that only Parliament and not the executive govemmint can remove an Auditor-General

mandating the Auditor-General as auditor of public sector agencies but precluding the provision of non-audit services thus ensuring the Audit0lt-Goneral and the Audt Office of Nevi South WaJes are not compromised in their roles by the possibility of losing cllens or inoome

David Nolan Director Financial Audit Servicas

22 September 2014 SYDNEY

22

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 23: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Statement by the Acting Managing

Director

23

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 24: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Statement of comprehensive

income

STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel Services

Other Operating Expenses

Depreciation

Total Expenses excluding losses

Revenue

Sale of Goods and Services

Grants and Contributions

Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Loss on disposal

NET RESULT

Other comprehensive income

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

2(a)

2(b)

2(c)

3(a)

3(b)

3(c)

4

2688

27818

5865

2716

25404

5821

36371 33941

37609

3543

1231

37616

-

403

42383 38019

(33) (1136)

5979 2942

- -

5979 2942

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

24

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 25: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Statement of financial position

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Receivables

Inventory

Other

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and Equipment

Total Non-Current Assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Payables

Provision

Other

Total Current Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Net Assets

EQUITY

Accumulated funds

Total Equity

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

45590

3524

415

401

34495

2774

-

-

49930 37269

25974 28455

25974 28455

75904 65724

8450

388

-

3286

-

1351

8838 4637

8838 4637

67066 61087

67066 61087

67066 61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

25

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 26: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Statement of changes in equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

Balance at 1 July 2013

Net Result for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfers

Balance at 30 June 2014

Balance at 1 July 2012

Net Result for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transfers with owners in their capacity as owners

Increase in net assets from equity transfer

Balance at 30 June 2013

Notes Accumulate

d

Funds

$rsquo000

14

61087

5979

-

5979

-

67066

-

2942

-

2942

58145

61087

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

26

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 27: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Statement of cash flows

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Payments

Payment to suppliers and employees

Total Payments

Receipts

Receipts from customers and rentals

Interest received

Total Receipts

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of Plant and Equipment

Other - Reimbursement of advance for capital project

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE IN CASH

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Cash transferred as a result of Administration Restructure

from the Office of Finance and Services

CLOSING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Notes Actual

2014

$rsquo000

Actual

2013

$rsquo000

13b

13a

5

(31925) (19265)

(31925) (19265)

45365

1231

32030

402

46596 32432

14671 13167

(3945)

369

(401)

-

(3576) (401)

11095

34495

-

12766

-

21729

45590 34495

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

27

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 28: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Notes to the financial statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Reporting entity

The NSW Government Telecommunications Authority is a NSW Government entity The NSW

Government Telecommunications Authority (the Authority) is a not-for-profit entity (as profit

is not its principal objective) and it has no cash generating units The reporting entity is

consolidated as part of the NSW Total State Sector Accounts

These financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been authorised for issue

by the Acting Managing Director on 19 September 2014

The Authority as a reporting entity comprises of the following major activities

i Government Radio Network

The NSW Government Radio Network (GRN) provides a common platform for

government agencies and authorities who use mobile radio communications

including as a mission-critical tool for public safety and emergency services

organisations The GRN is owned by the NSW Government and managed on its

behalf by a private sector network manager with oversight and assurance provided

by the Authority User charges are based on the Government approved full cost

recovery IPART funding methodology

ii Mobile Data Radio Network

The Mobile Data Radio Network (MDRN) provides a shared capacity for low speed

data communications use for computer aided dispatching of data The Network is

used by the NSW Ambulance Service The delivery of dispatch information via data

is essential to achieving a rapid patient response

iii Emergency Management

The Telecommunications Services Functional Area forms part of the NSW

Governmentrsquos emergency management arrangements and acts as a link between

telecommunications carriers and emergency services agencies

(b) Basis of preparation

The Authorityrsquos financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have

been prepared on an accrual basis and in accordance with

applicable Australian Accounting Standards (which include Australian Accounting

Interpretations) and

the requirements of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and Public Finance and the

Audit Regulation 2010 and

Treasurerrsquos Directions

Plant and equipment assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and financial assets at fair

value through profit or loss and available for sale are measured at fair value Other

financial statement items are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention

Judgements key assumptions and estimations management has made are disclosed in the

relevant notes to the financial statements

28

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 29: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

All amounts are rounded to the nearest one thousand dollars and are expressed in

Australian currency

(c) Statement of compliance

The financial statements and notes comply with Australian Accounting Standards which

include Australian Accounting Interpretations

(d) Insurance

The Authorityrsquos insurance activities are conducted through the NSW Treasury Managed

Fund Scheme of self-insurance for Government entities The expense (premium) is

determined by the Fund Manager based on past claim experience

(e) Accounting for the Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenue expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except that

the amount of GST incurred by the Authority as a purchaser that is not recoverable from

the Australian Taxation Office is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset

or as part of an item of expense and

receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included

Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis However the GST

components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities which are

receivable from or payable to the Australian Taxation Office are classified as operating

cash flows

(f) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration or contribution received or

receivable Additional comments regarding the accounting policies for the recognition of

income are discussed below

(i) Sale of Goods and Services

Sale of Goods and Services is recognised when the service is provided

(ii) Interest Revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB

139 Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement

(g) Assets

(i) Acquisitions of assets

Assets acquired are initially recognised at cost Cost is the amount of cash or cash

equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given to acquire the

asset at the time of its acquisition or construction or where applicable the amount

attributed to that asset when initially recognised in accordance with the

requirements of other Australian Accounting Standards

29

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 30: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Assets acquired at no cost or for nominal consideration are initially recognised at

their fair value at the date of acquisition (see also assets transferred as a result of a

restructure - Note 1(l))

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly

transaction between market participants at measurement date

Where payment for an item is deferred beyond normal credit terms its cost is the

cash price equivalent ie the deferred payment amount is effectively discounted at

an asset-specific rate

The Authorityrsquos plant and equipment are measured at depreciated historical cost

as a surrogate for fair value

(ii) Capitalisation thresholds

As in previous years plant and equipment assets costing $5000 and above

individually (or forming part of a network costing more than $5000) are capitalised

(iii) Revaluation of plant and equipment

Physical non-current assets are valued in accordance with the NSW Treasuryrsquos

ldquoValuation of Physical Non-Current Assets at Fair Valuerdquo Policy and Guidelines Paper

(TPP 14-01) This policy adopts fair value in accordance with AASB 13 Fair Value

Measurement and AASB 116 Property Plant and Equipment

Non-specialised assets with short useful lives like plant and equipment are measured

at depreciated historical cost as a surrogate for fair value

(iv) Impairment of plant and equipment

As a not-for-profit entity with no cash generating units impairment under AASB 136

Impairment of Assets is unlikely to arise

Specifically impairment is unlikely for not-for-profit entities given that AASB 136

modifies the recoverable amount test for non-cash generating assets of not-for-

profit entities to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and depreciated

replacement cost where depreciated replacement cost is also fair value

(v) Depreciation of plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided for on a straight line basis for all depreciable assets so as to

write off the depreciable amount of each asset as it is consumed over its useful life

to the Authority

All material separately identifiable component assets are recognised and

depreciated over their useful lives

The depreciation rates used for 201314 for each class of assets remain unchanged

from previous years are

Plant and equipment

Huts and Tower 25 to 50

Network Equipment

Hardware 100

Software 250

30

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 31: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

(vi) Maintenance

Day-to-day servicing costs or maintenance are charged as expenses as incurred

except where they relate to the replacement of a part or component of an asset in

which case the costs are capitalised and depreciated

(vii) Receivables

Short-term receivables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original

invoice amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(viii) Inventories

Inventories (other than those held for distribution) are stated at the lower of cost and

net realisable value Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost or first in

first out method

(ix) Impairment of financial assets

All financial assets except those measured at fair value through profit and loss are

subject to an annual review for impairment An allowance for impairment is

established when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to

collect all amounts due

For financial assets carried at amortised cost the amount of the allowance is the

difference between the assetrsquos carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate The amount of the

impairment loss is recognised in the net result for the year

Any reversals of impairment losses are reversed through the net result for the year

where there is objective evidence Reversals of impairment losses of financial assets

carried at amortised cost cannot result in a carrying amount that exceeds what the

carrying amount would have been had there not been an impairment loss

(x) Other assets

Other assets are recognised on a cost basis

(h) Liabilities

(i) Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Authority

and other amounts Payables are recognised initially at fair value usually based on

the transaction cost or face value Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost

using the effective interest method

Short-term payables with no stated interest rate are measured at the original invoice

amount where the effect of discounting is immaterial

(ii) Personnel services benefits and other payables

The Authority receives personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services

The Office of Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose Service Entity and does

not control the Authority under this arrangement (Note 1(a))

In accordance with NSW Treasury Circular 1119 Financial and Annual Reporting

Requirements Arising from Personnel Service Arrangements a liability representing

the total amount payable to the Office of Finance and Services is recognised in the

Statement of Financial Position

31

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 32: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

As the Authority is not an employer the disclosure requirements of AASB 119

Employee Benefits in respect of employee benefits do not apply

(i) Other provisions

Other provisions exist when the Authority has a present legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation

Any provisions for restructuring are recognised only when an agency has a detailed formal

plan and the agency has raised a valid expectation in those affected by the restructuring

that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its

main features to those affected

(j) Fair value hierarchy

A number of the entityrsquos accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of

fair values for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities When measuring fair

value the valuation technique used maximises the use of relevant observable inputs and

minimises the use of unobservable inputs Under AASB 13 the entity categorises for

disclosure purposes the valuation techniques based on the inputs used in the valuation

techniques as follows

(i) Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets liabilities that the

entity can access at the measurement date

(ii) Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are

observable either directly or indirectly

(iii) Level 3 - inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable

inputs)

The entity recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the

reporting period during which the change has occurred

Refer Note 18 for further disclosures regarding fair value measurements of financial assets

(k) Equity

(i) Accumulated funds

The category lsquoAccumulated Fundsrsquo includes all current and prior period retained

funds

(l) Equity transfers

The transfer of net assets between agencies as a result of an administrative restructure

transfers of programs functions and parts thereof between NSW public sector agencies

and lsquoequity appropriationsrsquo (refer Note 1(g)(i)) are designated or required by Accounting

Standards to be treated as contributions by owners and recognised as an adjustment to

ldquoAccumulated Fundsrdquo This treatment is consistent with AASB 1004 Contributions and

Australian Interpretation 1038 Contributions by Owners Made to Wholly-Owned Public

Sector Entities

32

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 33: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

The transfer of net assets from the Office of Finance and Services to the Authority were

transferred at book value After being examined by the management of both entities

along with related NSW Treasury policy and the Australian Accounting Standards it was

determined that the book value represented fair value

(m) Comparative information

Except when an Australian Accounting Standard permits or requires otherwise

comparative information is disclosed in respect of the previous reporting period 30 June

2013 for all amounts reported in the financial statements

The current period represents the period ended 30 June 2014

(n) Changes in accounting policy including new or revised Australian Accounting Standards

(i) Effective for the First Time in 201314

The accounting policies applied in 201314 are consistent with those of the previous

financial year except as a result of the following new or revised Australian

Accounting Standards that have been applied for the first time in 201314

bull AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement aims to improve consistency and reduce

complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of

fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across Australian

Accounting Standards

The Authorityrsquos adoption of AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement has only affected

the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements (refer Note 18)

(ii) Issued but not effective

NSW public sector entities are not permitted to early adopt new Australian

Accounting Standards unless NSW Treasury determines otherwise

The following new Accounting Standards have not been applied and are not yet effective

Accounting Standard Interpretation

AASB 9 AASB 2010-7 and AASB 2012-6 regarding financial instruments

AASB 127 (NFP) Separate Financial Statements

AASB 1031 Materiality

AASB 1055 and AASB 2013-1 regarding budgetary reporting

AASB 2012-3 regarding offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 - Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial

Assets

AASB 2013-6 regarding Reduced Disclosure Requirements

AASB 2013-8 Australian Implementation Guidance for Not-for-Profit Entities

AASB 2013-9 regarding the Conceptual Framework Materiality and Financial Instruments

(parts B and C)

It is considered that the implementation of these Standards will not have any material

impact on the Authorityrsquos financial statements

33

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 34: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

2 Expenses excluding losses

(a) Personnel services expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Salaries and wages (including recreation leave) 2368 2279

Superannuation 227 219

Long service leave() 70 (93)

Workers compensation insurance 24 13

Payroll tax and fringe benefits tax 155 142

Voluntary redundancy() (156) 156

2688 2716

() The credit balance for Long Service Leave is due to the actuarial adjustment applied to the

provision as at 30 June 2013

() During the year the Authority was reimbursed for the redundancy payment made in 201213

The Authority received personnel services from the Office of Finance and Services as it is unable to

employ staff Refer note 1(h)(ii)

(b) Other operating expenses

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Auditorrsquos remuneration

- audit of the financial statements 48 51

Network operating expenses 16683 18892

Rent 2827 2325

Maintenance 610 234

Legal Fees 132 308

Consultants 2268 1722

Contractors 3041 504

Power 451 394

Decommissioning expenses 388 -

Other 1370 974

27818 25404

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Reconciliation - Total Maintenance

Maintenance expense as above 610 234

Personnel Services Employee related maintenance

expenses included in Note 2(a) - -

Total maintenance expenses included in Notes 2(a) and

2(b) 610 234

Maintenance related services are generally provided by external service providers and therefore

employee related maintenance expenses are nil

34

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 35: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

(c) Depreciation expense

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Depreciation

- Plant and equipment 5865 5821

5865 5821

3 Revenue

(a) Sale of goods and services

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Radio Network Services 37609 37616

37609 37616

(b) Grants and contributions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Grants received from the Office of Finance and Services 1762 -

Capital contributions received from other agencies 1781 -

3543 -

(c) Other revenue

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Interest Revenue 1231 403

1231 403

4 Gain(loss) on disposal

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment

Written down value of assets disposed (33) (1136)

Net gain(loss) on disposal of plant amp equipment (33) (1136)

5 Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash at bank and on hand 45590 34495

45590 34495

The deposits are bearing floating interest rate average of 341 for the period ended 30 June 2014

(2013 - 302) These funds are at call

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows includes Cash at bank

35

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 36: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Cash assets recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are reconciled to cash at the end of

the financial year as shown in the Statement of Cash Flows as follows

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of Financial

Position) 45590 34495

Closing cash and cash equivalents (per Statement of

Cash Flows) 45590 34495

Refer Note 18 for details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk arising from financial

instruments

6 Current assets ndash receivables

Trade Debtors

Prepayments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

2530 1955

994 819

3524 2774

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including financial assets that are either

due or impaired are disclosed in Note 18

7 Current assets - inventories

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Inventory - Spare parts 415 -

415 -

8 Current assets - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Input Tax Credits 401 -

401 -

36

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 37: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

9 Non-current assets - plant and equipment

At 1 July 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

At 30 June 2014 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 71212 14371 1144 86727

Accumulated depreciation (47317) (13436) - (60753)

Net carrying amount 23895 935 1144 25974

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Plant and Plant and

Period Ended 30 June 2014 Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year 26592 1863 28455

Additions 3309 - 3309

Disposals (33) - (33)

Depreciation expense (4937) (928) (5865)

Assets under construction 108 - 108

Carrying amount at end of year 25039 935 25974

At 30 June 2013 ndash Fair Value Plant and Plant and Assets under

Equipment Equipment Construction

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Gross carrying amount 68021 14371 1036 83428

Accumulated depreciation (42465) (12508) - (54973)

Net carrying amount 25556 1863 1036 28455

37

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 38: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Reconciliation

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of plant and equipment at the beginning

and end of the current reporting period is set out below

Year Ended 30 June 2013 Plant and Plant and

Equipment Equipment

(GRN) (MDRN) Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at start of year - - -

Assets transferred from DFS 31238 2844 34082

Additions 294 - 294

Disposals (1136) - (1136)

Depreciation expense (4840) (981) (5821)

Assets under construction 1036 - 1036

Carrying amount at end of year 26592 1863 28455

Note The assets were transferred during the year 201213 The written down value included GRN ndash

Network Equipment $293 million Huts and Towers $19 million MDRN ndash Network equipment $24

million Huts and Towers $04 million

10 Current liabilities - payables

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Trade Creditors 7885 3162

Accrued Personnel Services 565 124

8450 3286

Details regarding credit risk liquidity risk and market risk including a maturity analysis of the above

payables are disclosed in Note 18

11 Current liabilities - provisions

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Other Provisions

Decommissioning Costs 388 -

388 -

The provision represents the cost of decommissioning existing operational assets arising from a

forced site exit and decommissioning microwave equipment as a result of relocating one of the

Network Control Centres

Movement in Provisions (other than employee benefits)

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year other than employee benefits are

set out below

2014 Other Total

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Carrying amount at the beginning of financial year - -

Additional provisions recognised 388 388

Carrying amount at end of financial year 388 388

38

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 39: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

12 Current liabilities - other

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

GST Output Tax Liability - 1351

- 1351

13 Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities to net results

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Net Cash from Operating Activities 14671 13167

Depreciation and amortisation (5865) (5821)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities

Increase(Decrease) in trade and other receivables 749 (9683)

Increase in inventory 415 -

Increase in other assets 401 1437

(Increase)Decrease in revenue in advance - 5224

(Increase)Decrease in trade creditors and provisions (5743) 125

(Decrease)Increase in other liabilities 1351 (1507)

Net Result 5979 2942

b) Cash Flow Comparatives

The cash flow comparatives for year ending 30 June 2013 represent eight months of

operational activities The first four months were included as part of the cash transferred arising

from the Administrative Restructure from the Office of Finance and Services

14 Increasedecrease in net assets from equity transfers

Assets and liabilities transferred to the Authority from the Office of Finance and Services on 1 July

2012 with respect to the Authority are summarised as assets $605 million and liabilities $24 million

The transfer had a $581 million impact on net assets

The Assets and Liabilities transferred were Fixed Assets $341 million Receivables and Prepayments

$99 million Cash $217 million Accrued Income ($52 million) and Payables ($24 million)

15 Commitments for expenditure

(a) Capital commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Aggregate capital expenditure for the acquisition of

information technology equipment and other equipment

contracted for at balance date and not provided for

Not later than one year - 6051

Later than one year and not later than five years - -

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) - 6051

39

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 40: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

(b) Operating lease commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating lease rentals not

provided for and payable

Not later than one year 1667 2010

Later than one year and not later than five years 4478 5005

Later than five years 655 1736

Total (including GST) 6800 8751

The Authority has entered into operating lease agreements with government agencies and private

companies for provision of accommodation for the Authorityrsquos use

Site rental leases are entered into with other NSW Government agencies and private sector

companies The term of accommodation leases range from one to ten years with the option for

renewal for further terms The lease agreement allows the lessor to review rents on specified dates

There is no option for the purchase of buildings at the expiry of the lease term Recurrent outgoings

including cleaning electricity rates management fee and public liability insurance is the

responsibility of the Authority and all repairs and maintenance

(c) Operating contractual obligations

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Future non-cancellable operating contractual

obligations not provided for and payable

Not later than one year 12167 13729

Later than one year and not later than five years 6608 12458

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 18775 26187

16 Lease revenue commitments

2014 2013

$rsquo000 $rsquo000

Not later than one year 61 61

Later than one year and not later than five years 72 124

Later than five years - -

Total (including GST) 133 185

17 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Authority is in dispute with a key supplier and is seeking reimbursement of potential overcharges

arising from the interpretation of the timing and treatment of the contractual pricing

schedule Legal counsel has been engaged and negotiations with the supplier continue however

due to counter claims and ongoing discussions the outcome is not virtually certain and it is

premature to determine the amount that will be reimbursed to the Authority

The Authority is not aware of any contingent liabilities at the date of these financial statements

40

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 41: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

18 Financial instruments

The Authorityrsquos principal financial instruments are outlined below These financial instruments arise

directly from the Authorityrsquos operations or are required to finance its operations The Authority does

not enter into or trade financial instruments including derivative financial instruments for

speculative purposes

The Authorityrsquos main risks arising from financial instruments are outlined below together with the

Authorityrsquos objectives policies and processes for measuring and managing risk Further

quantitative and qualitative disclosures are included throughout these financial statements

The Managing Director has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of risk

management and reviews and agrees on policies for managing each of these risks Risk

management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Authority to set

limits and controls and to monitor risks Compliance with policies is reviewed by the Authority on a

regular basis

The Authorityrsquos financial instruments include cash receivables and payables

(a) Financial Instrument Categories

Financial Assets Note Category

2014

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

2013

$rsquo000

Carrying

Amount

Class

Cash and cash

equivalents

Receivables

5

6

Not applicable

Loans and receivable (at

amortised cost)

45590

2300

34495

1777

Financial Liabilities

Class

Payables 10 Financial liabilities

measured at amortised

cost

7733 2987

Excludes statutory receivables and prepayments (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

Excludes statutory payables and unearned revenue (ie not within scope of AASB 7)

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk arises when there is the possibility that the counter party will default on their

contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the entity The maximum exposure to

credit risk is generally represented by the carrying amount of the financial assets (net of any

allowance for impairment)

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the entity including cash receivables and

authority deposits No collateral is held by the Authority The Authority has not granted any

financial guarantees

Credit risk associated with the Authorityrsquos financial assets other than receivables is

managed through the selection of counterparties and establishment of minimum credit

rating standards

41

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 42: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Cash

Cash comprises cash on hand and bank balances held with the preferred supplier for NSW

Government Cash and Banking Services Interest is earned on the daily bank balance at

monthly commercially comparable interest rates

Receivables - Trade Debtors

All trade debtors are recognised as amounts receivable at balance date Collectability of

trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis Procedures as established in the Treasurerrsquos

Directions are followed to recover outstanding amounts including letters of demand

Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off An allowance for impairment is

raised when there is objective evidence that the entity will not be able to collect all

amounts due This evidence includes past experience and current and expected changes

in economic conditions and debtor credit ratings No interest is earned on trade debtors

Invoicing terms are 30 days At 30 June 2014 the Authority does not have debtors that are

past due and impaired

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Authority will be unable to meet its payment obligations when

they fall due The Authority continuously manages risk through monitoring future cash flows

and maturities planning to ensure adequate holding of high quality liquid assets

During the current and prior years there were no defaults on any loans payable No assets

have been pledged as collateral The Authorityrsquos exposure to liquidity risk is deemed

insignificant based on prior periodsrsquo data and current assessment or risk

The liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services

received whether or not invoiced Amounts owing to suppliers (which are unsecured) are

settled in accordance with the policy set out in NSW TC 1112

For small business suppliers where terms are not specified payment is made not later than

30 days from date of receipt of a correctly rendered invoice For other suppliers if trade

terms are not specified payment is made no later than the end of the month following the

month in which an invoice or a statement is received For small business suppliers where

payment is not made within the specified time period simple interest must be paid

automatically unless an existing contract specifies otherwise For payments to other

suppliers the Head of an authority (or a person appointed by the Head of an authority)

may automatically pay the supplier simple interest There was no interest applied to

payables during the year

(d) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in market prices The Authority has no exposure to foreign

currency risk and does not enter into commodity contracts

The effect on profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in risk variable is

outlined in the information below for interest rate risk and other price risk A reasonably

possible change in risk variable has been determined after taking into account the

economic environment in which the entity operates and the time frame for the assessment

(ie until the end of the next annual reporting period) The sensitivity analysis is based on risk

exposures in existence at the statement of financial position date The analysis is performed

on the same basis as for 2013 The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant

42

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 43: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Interest Rate Risk - Cash Facility

Exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily through the investments in cash facilities The

Authority has no direct equity investments The Authority holds units in the following facilities

$rsquo000

2014

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 45590 (456) (456) 456 456

$rsquo000

2013

Financial assets

Carrying

Amount

Net Result

-1

Equity

-1

Net Result

+1

Equity

+1

Cash and cash

equivalents 34495 (345) (345) 345 345

(e) Fair Value Compared to Carrying Amount

Financial instruments are generally recognised at cost The amortised cost of financial

instruments recognised in the Statement of Financial Position approximates the fair value

because of the short-term nature of many of the financial instruments

19 After balance date events

The Authority has no after balance date events

END OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

43

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 44: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Budget outline for 201415 Budget

FY 2015

$000

Expenses excluding losses

Personnel servicesemployee related 5856

Other operating expenses 28852

Depreciation and amortisation 7497

Finance cost -

Total expenses excluding losses 42205

Revenue

Sale of goods and services 38104

Other revenue 4989

Total revenue 43093

Total comprehensive income for the year 888

Statutory reporting obligations

Human resources

The Telco Authority does not directly employ full time equivalents All staff are employed by the Office of

Finance and Services with the Office charging the Telco Authority for personnel services The Authority

actively seeks secondments from business partners to increase sector wide experience as well as the

Authorityrsquos capacity Personnel policies are based on those used by the Office of Finance and Services

As employees of the Office of Finance and Services the full details of the Authorityrsquos human resources

activities for the 201314 financial year are reported on in the Office of Finance and Servicesrsquo Annual

Report The workplace profile 201314 is set out below

Category No of staff 201213 No of staff 201314

Senior Executive Service 2 1

Senior Officer Classification 8 3

Executive Office 2 3

Business Management 2 2

Emergency Management 1 4

Network Operations 3 3

Policy Governance and Reform 2 4

Strategy and Architecture 1 4

Commercial NA 2

TOTAL 19 26

44

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 45: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Senior Executives

2014

Female Male Total

Senior Executive Band12

Representation

by Women

Band 4 (Secretary) - - - -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) - - - -

Band 2 (Executive Director) - - - -

Band 1 (Director) - 4 4 0

Total - 4 4 0

Senior Executive Band12

2014

Range

$

Average

Remuneration

$

Band 4 (Secretary) 422501 - 488100 -

Band 3 (Deputy Secretary) 299751 - 422500 -

Band 2 (Executive Director) 238301 - 299750 -

Band 1 (Director) 167100 - 238300 167917

385 of the agencys employee related expenditure in 2014 was related to senior executives

Note 1 Senior Executive statistics exclude casuals contractoragency staff statutory appointments staff

on secondment to other agencies and staff on long term leave without pay)

Note 2 Statistics are based on Workforce Profile census data as at 19 June 2014

Credit card certification

In accordance with the Treasurerrsquos Directions 20501- 20508 the Telco Authority certifies that corporate

credit card use by officers of the Authority is in accordance with the established government

requirements Premierrsquos Memorandum and Treasurerrsquos Directions

The Telco Authority has three credit cards on issue with a total limit of $20000

45

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 46: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Payment of accounts

The table below summarises the account payment performance during 201314

Quarters

Current

within due

date

lt30 days

overdue

30 - 60 days

overdue

61 - 90 days

overdue

90+ days

overdue

All Suppliers

September 81248474 33551343 - - 3443000

December 41971464 7017701 77840 9471580 36087040

March 13724394 119467746 (6423600) (343617) (216160)

June 16489402 - (8883) - (157342)

Small Business Suppliers

September 2155672 54505

- - -

December 3573830 2989800

- - -

March - 38725048 - - -

June 5956867

- -(157342)

Zero interest was paid during the financial year as a result of late payments

46

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 47: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Investment performance

The Authorityrsquos investment performance for the

reporting period is outlined below The Authority

used the Treasury Corporatelsquos Hourglass

investment vehicle for a 1 month period The

Westpac investment was the primary source of

interest revenue for the reporting period

Category Weighted Revenue Annual

portfolio rate of

composition return

TCorp

Hourglass

5 $63457 293

Bank

Interest

95 $1167564 340

Risk management and insurance

The Authority complies with all relevant insurance

requirements including workersrsquo compensation

motor vehicles public liability property and

miscellaneous items During the 201314 financial

year the Authority paid $136860 (excluding

goods and services tax) in insurance premiums

Disclosure of controlled entities

The Authority receives personnel services from the

Office of Finance and Services The Office of

Finance and Services is not a Special Purpose

Service Entity and does not control the Authority

under this arrangement

Consultants

The Authority engages external consultants to

support specific projects and workload peaks as

required This allows the Authority to draw on

specialist expertise from the private sector

Engagements above $50000

Consultant Description Amount

Management Services

Protiviti PL Enterprise Risk

Management

$52940

IBM Australia Asset

management

framework

$76945

UXC

Consulting PL

Greater Metro

Area

rationalisation

planning

$87430

RF Industries

Pty Ltd

Radio frequency

coverage

assessment

$88920

Portland

Group PL

Scheme

Management

Services

$111186

Gravelroad

Consulting

Government

radio

rationalisation

planning

$180745

KPMG Strategic options

and market

analysis

$403166

Jacobs Group

(Australia) Pty

Ltd

Infrastructure

rationalisation

planning

$984333

Total $1985665

Engagements under $50000

Category Engagements Amount

Management

services

20 $ 274968

Organisational

review

1 $ 7200

Total $ 282168

Work Health and Safety

The Authority manages its obligations under the

Work Health and Safety Act 2011 by ensuring all

work health and safety (WHS) issues from staff

and management are raised with the Office of

Finance and Services This is carried out through a

committee structure formed between NSW

Procurement the Information Communications

Technology Strategy Group and the Telco

Authority

47

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 48: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

Established under the Act this Committee is a

consultative forum made up of management

and employee representatives Investigating and

discussing issues raised by Telco Authority staff

and contractors the Committee provides

recommendations and actions on WHS issues for

the benefit of all Authority employees The

Committee also facilitates the consultation

process for resolving all WHS issues between

employees and management of the Telco

Authority the Office of Finance and Services and

Building Controllers

The Telco Authority management team

recognises the broader WHS environment that is

operated within The Authority will continue to

monitor the WHS Management Committee

structure to ensure the most appropriate structure

is used to handle WHS issues The Authority is

committed to keeping staff informed on any new

arrangements that should be considered

The WHS Committee comprises

Robert Trieste Chairperson

Warren Grant Management

representative

David Thomson Management

representative

Tim Pearse Telco Authority

employee

representative

Government Information (Public

Access) Act 2009

The intention of the Government Information

(Public Access) Act 2009 is to make government

information more open and available to the

general public As part of the Office of Finance

and Services within the Treasury and Finance

Cluster the Telco Authority complies with this Act

by proactively releasing information on its

website and responding to formal applications

made to the Right to Information Officer of the

Office of Finance and Services

Statistical information about access applications

is received in relation to the Authority is reported

in the Office of Finance and Services Annual

Report

Public interest disclosures

For the period July 2013 to June 2014 no Telco

Authority officials made public interest

disclosures

As staff are employees of the Office of Finance

and Services the Telco Authority has adopted

and adheres to the Finance and Services Fraud

and Corruption Internal Reporting Policy All staff

are advised of this policy by means of the Code

of Conduct and intranet access Changes within

the Treasury and Finance Cluster in 2014 require

amendments to be made to the Finance and

Services public interest disclosure processes and

policies Revised information and education and

training of staff senior management and

nominated disclosure officers is planned to be

undertaken during the July 2014 to June 2015

financial year

Exemptions

As a small statutory body Telco Authority plans to

meet its obligation to report on the following

areas triennially

Disability plans

Workforce diversity

Multicultural policies and services

program

Work health and safety

Waste reduction

Progress is these areas will be reported in the 2014

to 2015 annual report and will include the

preceding two years

Annual report production

The Telco Authority annual report was prepared

internally and no external costs were incurred

A PDF version of the report is available at

wwwtelconswgovau

48

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49

Page 49: i.k Telco Authority · PDF fileAbout the NSW Telco Authority ... Our senior management team ... (SMO) to oversee the efficient allocation,

wwwtelconswgovau

October 2014

Tel co Authority

49


Recommended